Skip to main content

Full text of "Impaired democracy in Guatemala : 1944-1951"

See other formats


IMPAIRED  DEMOCRACY 

IN  GUATEMALA: 

1 944-1 951 


BY 


ALAN  LEBARON 


A  DISSERTATION  PRESENTED  TO  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  FLORIDA  IN  PARTIAL  FULFILLMENT 

OF  THE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF 

DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 


UNIVERSITY  OF  FLORIDA 
1988 


II^PF  F  LIBRARIES 


Copyright  1988 
by 


Alan  LeBaron 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 
ABSTRACT iv 

CHAPTERS 

1  INTRODUCTION 1 

2  THE  REVOLUTIONARIES  OF  1944 8 

3  TRANSITION  TO  ELECTED  GOVERNMENT,  1944-1945 18 

4  DR.  JUAN  JOSf;  ARfiVALO  BERMEJO 3  4 

5  POLICIES  AND  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF  THE  AREVALISTAS: 
PART  I 46 

6  POLICIES  AND  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF  THE  AREVALISTAS: 
PART  II 75 

7  THE  BREAKDOWN  OF  REVOLUTIONARY  UNITY 91 

8  AREVALISTAS  VS.  THE  OPPOSITION,  1945-1949 112 

9  AREVALISMO:  UNITY  AND  DISUNITY,  1945-1949 141 

10  THE  MILITARY  AND  THE  ARANA-ARBENZ  FEUD, 
1945-1949 162 

11  THE  USA  AND  GUATEMALA,  1945-1949 178 

12  ELIMINATION  OF  ARANA,  1949 199 

1  3  THE  ARBENZ  COALITION 211 

14  THE  USA  AND  GUATEMALA,  1949-1951 235 

1  5  SUMMARY  AND  INTERPRETATIONS 2  53 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 270 

BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCH 286 


Abstract  of  Dissertation  Presented  to  the  Graduate  School 
of  the  University  of  Florida  in  Partial  Fulfillment  of  the 
Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy 


IMPAIRED  DEMOCRACY  IN  GUATEMALA: 
1 944-1 951 


BY 
ALAN  LEBARON 

December   1  988 

Chairman:  David  Bushnell 
Major  Department:  History 

In  1944,  civilians  and  military  officers  united  to 
overthrow  a  dictatorial  regime  and  install  popular 
government.  With  the  fall  of  the  dictatorship,  a 
remarkable  group  of  men  gained  political  control  and 
developed  programs  of  reform  that  affected  many  aspects  of 
Guatemalan  life.  Acting  largely  on  democratic  principles, 
the  new  men  in  charge  worked  for  economic  modernization 
and  social  justice.  Housing  for  the  poor,  hospitals, 
schools,  meal  programs  for  children,  water  for  the 
villages,  roads,  and  much  more  were  integral  parts  of  the 
reform  movement.  The  need  to  transform  the  landholding 
patterns  of  traditional  Guatemala  was  well  understood,  and 


efforts  were  made  in  this  regard.  A  popularly  elected 
constituent  assembly  drew  up  a  democratic  charter,  and  the 
people  elected  a  strongly  reformist  president.  The 
reformers  could  not  achieve  all  of  their  high  goals  in 
only  six  years,  but  significant  progress  did  occur. 

Unfortunately,  the  road  to  reform  and  modernization 
lay  covered  with  profound  difficulties.  Specifically, 
three  major  obstacles  hindered  the  reform  movement  and 
left  an  impaired  democracy  in  Guatemala.  One  obstacle  was 
a  violent  and  rebellious  opposition,  composed  mainly  of 
the  traditionally  dominant  economic  groups.  Disunity 
within  the  reform  movement  created  another  obstacle,  while 
the  actions  of  the  United  States  government  and  United 
States-owned  companies,  which  worked  in  tandem  to  oppose 
the  Guatemalan  government  and  the  reformers,  created  the 
third  obstacle.  By  the  end  of  1949,  conflict  and  a  lack  of 
compromise  characterized  Guatemalan  society  and  politics. 
The  various  actors  on  the  scene  had  failed  to  find  peace, 
compromise,  or  consenting  co-existence.  They  had  instead 
become  more  profoundly  splintered,  and  prepared  for 
continued  warfare.  The  impaired  democracy  thus  developed 
under  Arevalo  would  continue  into  the  presidency  of  Jacobo 
Arbenz  and  eventually  lead  to  the  destruction  of  the 
reform  movement  in  1954. 


CHAPTER  1 
INTRODUCTION 


In    marked    contrast    to    the    years    which 
immediately   preceded   and   followed,   the   decade   in 
Guatemala  from  1944  to  1954  was  an  outstanding  period  of 
reform.  During  these  ten  years,  the  Guatemalan  government 
struggled  to  establish  social,  political,  and  economic 
reforms,  and  made  some  impressive  achievements.   In  the 
words  of  Luis  Cardoza  y  Aragon,   the  decade  was  "ten 
years  of  spring  in  a  nation  of  eternal  tyranny."   During 
the  "ten  years  of  spring,"  three  separate  governments  led 
the   Guatemalan   nation:   a   three   member   "junta"   from 
October  20,  1944  to  March  15,  1945;  the  government  of 
President  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  from  March  15,  1945  to  March 
15,  1951;  and  the  government  of  President  Jacobo  Arbenz 
Guzman,  March  15,  1951-June  27,  1954.  The  following  pages 
f  this  dissertation  will  treat  the  first  two  of  the 
three  governments,  with  primary  emphasis  on  the  Arevalo 

period . 

General  Jorge  Ubico,  a  dictator  who  came  to  power 
in  1931,  still  ruled  Guatemala  in  1944.  Guatemala  made 
steady  advances  toward  modernization  under  Ubico,  and  a 

1 


o 


2 


boom   in   export   agriculture   occurred.   But   Ubico's 
policies  benefited  primarily  the  nation's  wealthy  few, 
while  the  dictator  virtually  ignored  the  nation's  social 
problems.  Furthermore,  Ubico  "ruthlessly  eliminated"  his 
opposition,  "rigidly  restricted"  the  lives  of  Guatemalan 
citizens,  and  "cynically  perpetuated"  himself  in  office. 
The  disparity  between  the  rich  and  poor  remained  great. 
Nearly  ninety  percent  of  the  Guatemalan  workers  engaged 
in  agriculture.   The  national  economy  suffered  from  the 
adverse  effects  of  monoculture  and  overdependence  on 
foreign    markets.     Wealthy     landowners     possessed 
approximately  seventy  percent  of  the  good  farm  land,  much 
of  which  belonged  to  only  a  few  dozen  families.  In  spite 
of  a  largely  domestic  control  over  the  production  of  the 
major  export  crop  (coffee),  U.S.  companies  dominated  the 
import-export    trade,    internal    transportation,    and 
communications.  Among  Guatemala's  many  problems  was  an 
underdeveloped  transportation  system.  Urban  centers  were 
far  from  the  rural  villages,  often  connected  only  by 
small  paths  or  very   substandard  roads.   International 
Railways   of   Central   America   (IRCA)   owned   the   only 
railroad  that  ran  from  Guatemala  City  to  the  Caribbean 
coast.  NO  roads  capable  of  competition  with  the  railroad 
ran  the  same  route. 


3 

A  small  professional  class  had  developed,  but  few 
middle  class  opportunities  existed.  For  example,  Ubico 
kept  the  government  bureaucracy  small,  and  did  not  allow 
aspiring  politicians  a  place  in  government.  Education 
received  a  low  priority  under  Ubico.  Teachers  received  a 
low  salary;  secondary  school  students  (who  previously  had 
attended  gratis)  had  to  pay  tuition,  forcing  many  to 
abandon  studies;  the  university  lost  its  autonomy;  and 
the  freedom  to  express  scholarly  opinions  was 
surpressed. 

The  majority  of  the  rural  population  did  not  share 
the  same  culture  or  language  as  the  city  dwellers.  Out 
of  a  population  of  less  than  three  million,  about  sixty 
percent  retained  the  Indian  culture  and  remained 
unassimilated  with  the  more  modern  urban  elements. 
Indian  Guatemala  consisted  of  numerous  small  communities, 
speaking  a  variety  of  languages  and  dialects,  and  having 
few  direct  economic  or  social  contacts  outside  their 
local  area.  Indian  communities  remained  suspicious  and 
afraid  of  outsiders  and  tended  to  self -protective 
isolation.  Ubico  made  no  effort  to  develop  the  Indian's 

potential . 

In  the  spring  of  1944,  the  dictatorship  began  to 

fall   apart,   as   large   numbers  of   Guatemala's   most 

important   citizens,   along   with  university   students. 


4 

military  officers,  and  workers,  clamored  for  Ubico's 
resignation.  Even  members  of  Ubico's  own  government 
turned  against  him.  The  movement  became  "as  solid  a  wave 
of  unified  political  feeling  as  Guatemala  has  seen  before 
or  since. "'^  Jorge  Ubico  resigned  on  July  1,  and  General 
Federico  Ponce,  who  had  supported  Ubico,  became  the 
provisional  president.  Although  Ponce  promised  some 
limited  reforms,  he  carried  on  much  the  same  as  Ubico  had 
done.  When  the  leaders  of  the  reform  movement  began  to 
suspect  that  the  promised  presidential  elections  would 
never  come  about,  they  opted  for  revolution.  On  October 
20,  1944,  civilian  and  military  dissidents  united  to 
overthrow  Ponce  by  armed  force. 

With  the  fall  of  dictatorship,  a  remarkable  group 
of  men  gained  political  control  and  developed  programs 
of  reform  that  affected  many  aspects  of  Guatemalan  life. 
Acting  largely  on  democratic  principles,  the  new  men  in 
charge  worked  for  economic  modernization  and  social 
justice.  Housing  for  the  poor,  hospitals,  schools,  meal 
programs  for  children,  water  for  the  villages,  roads,  and 
much  more  were  integral  parts  of  the  reform  movement.  The 
need  to  transform  the  landholding  patterns  of  traditional 
Guatemala  was  well  understood,  and  efforts  were  made  in 
this  regard.  A  popularly  elected  constituent  assembly 
drew  up  a  democratic  charter,  and  the  people  elected  a 


5 

charter,  and  the  people  elected  a  strongly  reformist 
president.  The  reformers  could  not  achieve  all  of  their 
high  goals  m  only  six  years,  but  significant  progress 

did  occur. 

The  revolution  in  Guatemala  mirrored  the  rise  of 
relative  freedom  in  many  parts  of  the  world,  with  the 
defeat  of  nazism  and  fascism,  and  the  further  breakdown 
of  the  international  colonial  order.  Many  Guatemalan 
reformers  realized  their  place  in  world  events,  and 
looked  forward  to  a  free  Guatemala  contributing  to  world 
peace  and  the  growth  of  universal  democracy.  Contemporary 
world  events,  in  fact,  had  helped  inspire  the  Guatemalan 
revolution,  although  previous  struggles  for  freedom,  in 
particular  the  Mexican  Revolution,  and  Guatemala's  own 
inherent  needs,  provided  even  greater  impetus. 

Unfortunately,  the  road  to  reform  and 
modernization  lay  covered  with  profound  difficulties. 
Specifically,  three  major  obstacles  hindered  the  reform 
movement,  and  left  an  impaired  democracy  in  Guatemala. 
One  obstacle  was  a  violent  and  rebellious  opposition, 
composed  mainly  of  the  traditionally  dominant  economic 
groups.  Disunity  within  the  reform  movement  created 
another  obstacle,  while  the  actions  of  the  United  States 
government  and  United  States-owned  companies,  which 
worked  in  tandem  to  oppose  the  Guatemalan  government  and 


6 

the  reformers,  created  the  third  obstacle.  By  the  end  of 
1949,  although  the  government  was  more  democratic  than 
at  any  time  before  Arevalo,  conflict  and  a  lack  of 
compromise  characterized  Guatemalan  society  and  politics. 
The  various  actors  on  the  scene  had  failed  to  find  peace, 
compromise,  or  consenting  co-existence.  They  had  instead 
become  more  profoundly  splintered,  and  prepared  for 
continued  warfare.  The  impaired  democracy  thus  developed 
under  Arevalo  would  continue  into  the  presidency  of 
Jacobo  Arbenz ,  and  eventually  lead  to  the  destruction  of 
the  reform  movement  in  1954. 

Many  authors  have  designated  the  entire  1944-1954 
decade  a  "revolution,"  in  order  to  emphasize  the  reforms 
made,  and  the  political  continuity  between  the  initial 
anti-Ubico  movement  and  the  eventual  programs  of  Arbenz. 
Thus,  "the  revolution  of  1944-1954,"  is  a  phrase  of 
wide  popularity.  The  term  "revolutionaries,"  in  this 
sense,  indicates  the  men  and  women  who  supported  the 
reform  governments  of  the  October  1944  Junta,  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo,  and  Jacobo  Arbenz.  However,  "revolution"  is 
also  frequently  used  in  a  more  limited  sense  to  denote 
specifically  the  movement  that  defeated  Jorge  Ubico 
and  Federico  Ponce.  Thus  it  is  not  always  clear  whether 
an  author  is  referring  to  the  "revolution"  and 
"revolutionaries"  of  October  20  or  to  the  "revolution" 


this  confusion,  "revolution"  in  the  following  pages  will 
indicate  only  the  revolution  of  October  20,  and 
revolutionaries  will  indicate  those  Guatemalans  who  took 
an  active  part  in  the  overthrow  of  the  dictators .Not  all 
of  the  revolutionaries  in  this  sense  would  be  supporters 
of  the  subsequent  governments  of  Arbenz  and  Arevalo,  in 
fact  some  of  them  would  participate  in  the  opposition. 


Notes 


1  .  Manuel  Galich,  "Diez  anos^  de  primavera 
(T944_54)  en  el  pais  de  la  eterna  tirania  (1838-974)," 
Alero,  8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974),  70. 

2.  Kenneth  J.  Grieb,  Guatemalan  Caudillo:  The 
Regime  of  Jorge  Ubico  (Athens,  1979),  xi,  282-283. 

3.  Carlos  Gonzalez  Orellana,   Historia  de la 

educaciSn  en  Guatemala  (Guatemala,  1970),  359. 

4.  Kalman  H.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government: 
Guatemala   (New  Orleans,  1954),  5. 


CHAPTER  2 
THE  REVOLUTIONARIES  OF  1944 


No   single   person,   political   party,   age   group, 
economic  sector  or  class,  can  claim  full  credit  for  the 
fall   of   the   dictatorship.   A   great   many   Guatemalans 
contributed   to   the   resignation   of   Ubico   and   the 
subsequent  October   revolution,   prompting   El   Imparcial 
to  claim  that  only  a  few  hundred  Guatemalans  were  not 
happy  with  the  revolution.     To  be  sure,  not  all  were 
equally  active,  or  effective.  Many  had  joined  the  fight 
against  the  dictators  only  during  the  last  moments,  and 
many  dragged  their  heels  or  worked  against  the  more 
profound  reforms.  Nor  can  one  deny  that  some  had  been 
motivated  primarily  by  greed  and  ambition,  and  maybe 
all  of  them  hoped  that  their  own  interests  would  be 
advanced  during  the  revolution.   They  variously  wished 
for  better  jobs,  more  money,  power,  prestige,  and  the 
self-fulfillment  of  living  out  their  ideals.  Some  of  the 
revolutionaries  would  later  be  accused  of  political  and 
economic  opportunism,  and  no  doubt  opportunism  did  exist. 
According  to  Contreras  Velez ,  himself  a  revolutionary, 
there  were  those  who  took  advantage  of  the  new  situation. 


and   "without  having   risked   a  finger  for  the  cause," 

2 
reaped  financial  gain.   But  many  others  were  touched  by 

a   desire   to   better  not  only  themselves  but  all  of 

Guatemala;   they   envisioned   a   modern,   industrialized 

nation,  under  a  government  dedicated  to  justice  and  to 

the  needs  of  the  inhabitants. 

The  words  of  the  revolutionaries  themselves  best 

capture  the  euphoria  and  the  goals  of  the  revolution. 

Juan  Jose  Arevalo  said,  "The  revolution  of  October  was 

not   sectarian   in   its   ideology.   It   was   a   national 

3 
movement  of  emancipation."   Jorge  Toriello  stated  that 

"in   the   revolution   of   20   October,   all   Guatemalans 

participated  without  distinction  of  class  or  hierarchy. 

Their  only  preoccupation  was  to  forge  a  new  Guatemala 

within   the   concept   that   is   today   known   as   human 

rights,"^   For   Manuel   Galich,   it   was   a   "romantic" 

movement,  and  for  Marco  Antonio  Villamar,  the  revolution 

"recuperated  national  dignity."   According  to  Contreras 

Velez,  "we  did  not  fight  for  jobs,  nor  to  make  from  the 

revolution  a  lucrative  enterprise  with  easy  profit." 

The  revolutionary  movement  included  men  and  women 

from  virtually  all  the  major  sectors  of  the  Guatemalan 

population:  the  military,  rural  landowners,  businessmen, 

students,   journalists   and   other   professional   groups, 

workers,    and    peasants.    Each    sector    contained 


10 

individuals  who  variously  accepted  political  views  that 
were  conservative,  moderate,  or  strongly  reformist. 
However,  individuals  who  had  benefitted  from  Ubico's 
rule  (primarily  landowners  and  military  generals)  and 
the  hierarchy  of  the  Church,  which  had  close  ties  to  the 
upper  class,  opposed  the  revolution. 

Military  participation  had  been  crucial  in  the 
downfall  of  Ubico  and  Ponce.  During  Ubico's 
dictatorship,  some  80  generals  commanded  the  armed 
forces,  which  numbered  about  15,000  men.  In  return  for 
the  generals'  support,  Ubico  handed  out  land,  wealth,  and 
favors.  In  sharp  contrast,  he  held  back  the  younger 
officers  of  lower  rank,  who  did  not  share  the  fruits  of 
dictatorship,  and  earned  a  low  salary.  The  generals,  who 
had  received  their  positions  from  political  or  social 
connections,  were  usually  less  well  trained  militarily 
than  the  younger  officers.  Although  military  men  who 
joined  the  revolutionary  movement  were  motivated  also  by 
their  desire  for  better  pay  and  advancement 
opportunities,  many  of  them  shared  in  the  more  idealistic 
goals  of  the  broader  revolution.  Only  officers,  however, 
had  leadership  roles  in  the  revolution,  for  the  ordinary 
soldiers  had  been  largely  conscripted  from  the  peasantry, 
and  in  the  main  they  simply  followed  their  officers. 


11 

Rural  landowners  made  up  another  key  sector  of 
the  Guatemalan  population.  Wealthy  landowners  were 
usually  political  conservatives,  yet  a  significant  number 
had   grown  weary   of   Ubico's  despotism.   They  wanted  a 

larger  part  in  government,  and  they  recognized  a  need  for 

9 
certain    economic    reforms.     A    few    embraced    the 

revolutionary  ideals  of  democracy  and  justice.  The  role 

of  middle  income  landowners  is  less  well  documented,  but 

these  groups  had  also  suffered  a  lack  of  freedom  and 

opportunity  under  Ubico's  rule,  and  had  good  reason  to 

support  an  end  to  dictatorship. 

The  professional  middle  class  had  strongly  united 
against  Ubico,  solidly  supported  the  revolution,  and 
supplied  much  of  its  leadership.  Special  interest  needs 
of  the  professionals  included  freedom  of  speech  for 
journalists  and  newscasters,  more  responsibility  and  more 
control  over  government  policy  for  civilian  politicians 
and  bureaucrats,  and  freedom  of  education  for  students 
and  teachers.  Middle-class  groups  in  general  looked  for 
an  expanded  job  market  which  would  accommodate  their 
ability  and  ambitions. 

Businessmen,  or  in  many  cases  those  who 
aspired  to  be  businessmen,  also  participated  in  the 
revolution.  Those  who  did  so  dreamed  of  an  industrialized 
and  economically  diversified  state  that  could  offer  the 


12 
entrepreneur  new  opportunities.  Ubico  had  largely 
continued  an  old  economic  pattern  that  emphasized 
a  limited  number  of  agrarian  exports  and 
reliance  on  manufactured  imports.  Thus  the  businessmen 
wanted  modernization  and  reform  leading  to  broader 
and  more  rapid  economic  growth.  The  business-oriented 
revolutionaries  often  demonstrated  more  concern  with  the 
rights  of  management  than  labor,  but  they  understood  that 
labor  reform  could  promote  a  healthy  and  efficient  labor 

force,  which  in  turn  would  boost  production  and  create  a 

11 
consumer  sector. 

Urban   workers,   many   of   them   low-skilled   or 

unskilled,  generally  supported  the  revolution.   In  the 

words  of  one  observer,  "an  important  sector  of  workers" 

1  2 
took   part   in  the  October  fighting.     But,   weak  and 

unorganized,  they  were  in  no  position  to  give  leadership. 

Rural  workers  in  some  areas,  in  particular  around  major 

rural   towns  or   large  plantations,  were  aware  of  the 

efforts  being  made  to  overthrow  the  dictatorship,  and 

some  had  been  armed  and  organized  with  the  help  of  the 

urban   revolutionaries.   Shots  were   fired   in  at   least 

a   few   areas,   and   a   potential   for   violence   in   the 

countryside  existed,  but  virtually  all  the  major  fighting 

1  3 
took  place  in  Guatemala  City. 


1  3 
Youth  was  a  characteristic  widely  shared  by  the 
revolutionaries,  many  of  whom  were  in  their  teens, 
twenties  and  early  thirties.  In  1944,  Jose  Manuel 
Fortuny  was  twenty-eight,  Alfredo  Guerra  Borges  was 
nineteen,  Bernardo  Alvarado  Monzon  was  eighteen,  Victor 
Manuel  Gutierrez  was  twenty-two,  Mario  Mendez  Montenegro 
was  about  thirty,  Carlos  Manuel  Pellecer  was  twenty-four, 
Mario  Silva  Jonama  was  twenty-one,  Jacobo  Arbenz  Guzman 
was  thirty-one,  Francisco  Arana  was  about  thirty-eight, 
and  Jorge  Toriello  was  about  thirty-five.  Some  of  these 
men  had  been  fighting  Ubico  for  years.  At  the  age  of 
nineteen,  Pellecer  had  been  arrested  and  jailed  by  the 
Ubico  government,  and  barely  escaped  execution. 
Pellecer' s  youth  has  been  characterized  as  "rebellious: 
tormented  adolescence  that  lived  under  a  dictatorship 
that   exhausted   and   asphyxiated,"   until   the   "boy-man 

ii1  4 
Quijote  rose  to  fight.' 

The  young  revolutionaries,   sometimes  called  the 

"generation  of  1940"  or  the  "generation  of  1944,"  were 

aided   by   an   older   group   of   men,   especially   the 

"generation   of   1920."   The  older  generation  had  been 

active  in  the  fight  against  Manuel  Estrada  Cabrera  (which 

succeeded  in  1920),  and  they  remained  proud  of  their 

revolutionary   past.   Francisco   Villagran   (b.1897),   a 

member   of   the  1945  constituent  assembly  and  one  of 


1  4 
President  Arevalo's  ministers  of  government,  had  been  an 
important  member  of  Club  Unionista  and  first  president  of 
the  Asociacion  de  Estudiantes  Universitarios ,  both 
important  anti-Estrada  Cabrera  student  groups  that  also 
worked  for  political  and  social  reform  in  the  1920s. 
Villagran  could  remember  with  pride  a  dangerous  mission 

he  made  to  other  Central  American  nations  in  search  of 

1  5 
help  in  the  fight  against  Estrada  Cabrera.    Clemente 

Marroquin  Rojas  (b.1897)  and  Eugenic  Silva  Peha  (b.1896), 

both   outstanding   revolutionaries   in   1920   and   again 

in  1944,  may  have  delayed  Ubico's  initial  rise  to  power 

by  four  years,  at  great  risk  to  their  own  safety. 

Jorge  Garcia  Granados  (b.1900),  the  "father"  of  the  1945 

constitution,   contributed  to  Estrada  Cabrera's  demise, 

then  was  nearly  executed  for  his  fight,  in  1920-1921, 

against  President  Carlos  Herrera,  a  wealthy  landowner  who 

opposed  reform.  Asked  why  he  conspired  against  Herrera, 

1  7 
he  had  replied,  "for  the  love  of  liberty."    By  the  time 

the  overthrow  of  Ubico  and  Ponce  occurred,  a  number  of 
the  "generation  of  1920"  had  experienced  years  in  jail 
and  exile. 

The  Indian  population  played  a  more  ambiguous  role 
in  the  revolution.  Geographically  and  culturally 
isolated,  the  Indians  remained  largely  outside  of  direct 
participation   in   national   political   events.   But   the 


15 

Indian  was  feared  and  sought  after  by  both 
revolutionaries  and  anti-revolutionaries.  Revolutionaries 
proposed  to  liberate  the  Indian,  yet  feared  that  the 
Ubico  government  might  muster  significant  support  from 
the  indigenous  population,  which  at  times  had  benefited 
in  small  ways  from  Ubico' s  paternalistic  treatment,  and 

was   said   to   have   looked   upon   him   with   a   "mystic 

1  fi 
reverence."     Ponce,   moreover,   had   some   success   in 

getting  several  thousand  Indians  to  make  an  armed  march 

in  his  favor  through  the  streets  of  Guatemala  City.  But 

the  Indian  population  in  general  contributed  extremely 

little  to  the  efforts  of  either  the  dictatorship  or  the 

,  ^.     .    19 
revolutionaries . 

The   revolution   of   1944   was   not   a   revolution 

of  any  one  class.  True,   the  revolution  was  primarily 

carried  out   in  Guatemala  City,  and  led  primarily  by 

members   of   the   middle  class,   but   in  spite  of   this 

significant  urban-middle  class   flavor,   the  revolution 

remained  a  "popular,"  widely  supported  movement,   with 

popular   goals.   In  the  slightly  exaggerated  words  of 

Contreras,  "bourgeois"  elements  "at  no  time  propelled  the 

revolution."     The   revolutionaries   came   from,   and 

represented,   many   backgrounds,   and   their   goals   went 

beyond   narrow   group   interests.   The   majority   of   the 


16 

evolutionaries  would  become  "Arevalistas , "  and  champion 
Juan  Jose  Arevalo  for  President. 


Notes 


1.  El  Imparcial,  Oct.  19,  1950. 

2.  Alvaro  Contreras  Velez,  En  el  XXX 
aniversario  de  la  revoluci5n  de  octubre  (Guatemala, 
1975) ,  123. 

3.  Prensa  Libre,  Feb.  19,  1970. 

4.  El  Imparcial,  Oct.  19,  1972. 

5.  Manuel  Galich,  Por  que  lucha  Guatemala 
(Buenos  Aires,  1956),  74;  Marco  Antonio  Villamar 
Contreras,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July 
17,  1987. 

6.  Contreras  Velez,  Aniversario,  122. 

7.  Grieb,  Guatemalan  Caudillo,  46. 

8.  Ibid. 

9.  Richard  Adams,  Crucifixion  by  Power  (Austin, 
1970),  183;  National  Archives  of  the  United  States 
(hereinafter  cited  as  NAUS ) ,  Category  814.00  File  Date 
6-545  (June  5,  1945),  Dispatch  number  131.  Archival 
material  will  hereafter  be  cited  by  number  only. 

10.  For  an  example  of  one  industrial  success 
story  under  Ubico,  see:  Paul  J.  Dosal,  "The  Political 
Economy  of  Guatemalan  Industrialization,  1871-1948:  the 
Career  of  Carlos  F.  Novella,"  Hispanic  American 
Historical  Review,  68:2  (May  1988),  321-358. 

11.  Leo  A.  Suslow,  "Aspects  of  Social  Reforms  in 
Guatemala,  1944-1949"  (M.A.  thesis,  Colgate  University, 
1949) ,112. 

12.  Gonzalez  Orellana,  Historia,  367. 


17 

13.  Tomas  Herrera,  Guatemala:  revolucion  de 
octubre  (San  Jose,  C.R.,  1986),  67,  72;  Alvaro  Hugo 
Salguero  to  Arevalo,  August  20,  1946,  Archivo  General  de 
Centroamerica,  Guatemala  City  (hereafter  cited  as  AGC), 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

14.  El  Imparcial,  August  14,  1965. 

15.  El  Imparcial,  Sept.  17,  1969. 

16.  La  Hora,  Oct.  5,  1966. 

17.  Prensa  Libre,  Oct.  29,  1974. 

18.  NAUS  814.00/1-1445   no.  1948. 

19.  Huberto  Alvarado,  "En  torno  a  las  clases 
sociales  en  la  revolucion  de  octubre,"  Alero,  8 
(Sept. -Oct.  1974),  73. 

20.  Contreras  Velez,  Aniversario,  123. 


CHAPTER  3 
TRANSITION  TO  ELECTED  GOVERNMENT,  1944-1945 


From  October  20,  1944,  to  March  15,  1945,  the  new 
Guatemalan   leaders  moved  with  great   speed,   unity  of 
purpose,   and   efficiency.   With  the  fall  of   Ponce,   a 
triumvirate  consisting  of  Major  Francisco  Javier  Arana , 
Captain  Jacobo  Arbenz  Guzman,  and  Jorge  Toriello  Garrido, 
took   over   the   reins   of   government.   The   triumvirate 
(the  Junta  Revolucionaria  de  Gobierno)  had  two  primary 
duties:  protect  the  reform  movement  from  its  enemies  and 
serve   as   a   transitional   government   until   popular 
elections  established  a  full-fledged  democracy.  In  decree 
number  one,  dated  October  25,  the  Junta  Revolucionaria 
dissolved   the  national  assembly  that  had  served  the 
dictators,  and  called  for  new  elections  to  take  place 
November   3,   4,   and   5.   The   newly   elected   assembly 
(Asamblea   Legislativa   de   la   Republica   de   Guatemala) 
declared  itself  inaugurated  December  3,  1944.  A  separate 
assembly  was  elected  December  28,  29,  30,  to  draft  a 
constitution.    The    constituent    assembly,    (Asamblea 
Constituyente  de  1945)  held  its  first  official  session 
January  10,  1945,  and  presented  the  finished  constitution 


19 

on  March  11,  1945.  Presidential  elections  were  held 
December  17,  18,  19,  1944,  and  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  the 
president-elect,  took  office  March  15,  1945.  The  Junta 
Revolucionaria  then  dissolved. 

The  Junta,  working  with  a  cabinet  and  with  advice 
from  leading  revolutionaries  outside  the  government, 
issued  86  decrees  between  October  25,  1944  and  March  14, 
1945.  Nearly  all  of  them  were  then  approved  by  the 
legislative  assembly.  Most  of  the  new  laws  made  minor 
changes  in  taxation  or  governmental  structure,  regulating 
among  other  things,  money  and  banking,  imports,  alcohol 
and  cigarettes.  More  decrees  directly  treated  rural 
concerns  than  urban  ones.  Sometimes  favoring  wealthy 
landowners,  sometimes  not,  the  Junta  tried  to  minimize 
the  fears  of  the  upper  class  while  at  the  same  time 
establishing  the  basis  of  social-economic  reform.  Decree 
number  four,  of  October  26,  made  easier  the  importation 
of  pure-blood  cattle  stock.  Decree  number  five 
reorganized  the  advisory  body  of  the  Oficina  Central 
del  Cafe,  giving  greater  representation  to  the  coffee 
growers.  Decree  number  seven  abolished  forced  labor  on 
public  roads,  which  had  been  unjust  to  the  workers,  and 
also  caused  labor  shortages  for  the  landowners.  Decree 
nine  deprived  large  landowners  of  the  rights  of  arbitrary 
punishment  of  thieves  and  trespassers,  which  they  had 


20 

used  for  decades  to  coerce  farm  workers.  Decree  74  called 
for  the  development  of  a  program  of  hygiene  and 
sanitation  in  the  rural  areas.  Decree  75  established 
comprehensive  and  just  regulations  concerning  contracts 
between  landowners  and  agricultural  workers,  to  "preserve 
the  minimum  rights  that  should  be  guaranteed  the  workers, 
in  accordance  with  the  modern  tendencies  to  achieve 
better  social  justice."  Stating  that  agriculture 
deserved  "total  protection,  because  it  is  the  principal 
source  of  national  income,"  the  Junta  by  Decree  83 
established  an  agricultural  experiment  station,  in  order 
to  scientifically  improve  the  nation's  main  industry. 

Another  topic  to  which  the  Junta  gave  its 
attention  was  education.  Decree  12  declared  the 
university  autonomous.  Of  more  general  interest  was 
Decree  20,  which  acknowledged  that  ignorance  was  the 
"primordial  cause"  that  impeded  the  development  of 
democracy,  and  that  the  revolutionaries,  "with  profound 
intensity,"  desired  "a  nation  great  because  of  its 
culture,  its  civility  and  its  liberty."  Therefore,  decree 
20  created  a  national  committee  for  literacy  (Comite 
Nacional  de  Alf abetizacion ) ,  with  jurisdiction  in  all  of 
Guatemala.  Said  committee  could  consist  of  any  Guatemalan 
or  foreigner  who  identified  with  the  ideals  of  the 
revolution.  All  things  considered,  U.S.  Ambassador  Boaz 


21 

Long  was  favorably  impressed  with  the  work  of  the  Junta, 
and  reported  that  the  triumvirate  had  "done  much  to 
provide  a  basis  for  the  assertion  that  it  was  a  most 
democratic'  revolution." 

The  Asamblea  Legislativa,  during  the  transition  to 
elected  government,  passed  54  laws,  the  majority  of  them 
being  approvals  of  various  Junta  decrees.  In  the  spirit 
of  world  freedom  and  democracy,  the  assembly's  first  act 
after  it  recognized  its  own  inauguration  was  the  approval 
of  Junta  decree  number  13,  which  recognized  the 
government  of  General  Charles  de  Gaulle  as  the  legitimate 
government  of  France.  The  assembly  did  refuse  to  accept 
a  few  of  the  Junta's  less  important  decrees,  and  made 
minor  adjustments  to  some  others.  It  also  fell  to  the 
assembly  to  name  the  president  of  the  Poder  Judicial  and 
members  of  the  Corte  Suprema  de  Justicia,  who  would  begin 
duties  in  March,  1945,  at  the  same  time  that  a  new 
President  of  Guatemala  was  inaugurated.  But  in  the  main 
the  assembly  allowed  the  Junta  to  direct  the  pace  of 
affairs . 

A  grand  occurrence  for  the  Guatemalan  public 
during  the  transition  period  was  the  election  of  a 
president.  Political  parties  had  formed  before  and  after 
Ponce's  fall  from  power,  although  these  were  generally 
small  and  inexperienced.  Their  party  platforms  did  not 


22 

reflect  plans  of  government  in  minute  detail,  but  rather 
called  for  broad  goals  of  material  and  moral 
amelioration,  agrarian  reform,  and  assimilation  of  the 
Indian.^  Unions  also  began  to  form,  and  to  become  a 
political  force.  "We  can  say  that  the  syndicate 
organizations  emerged  the  day  following  the  resignation 
of  Ubico,"  wrote  Alfonso  Solorzano  with  only  slight 
exaggeration.^  While  the  Junta  governed,  the  young 
political  organizations  expanded,  strengthened,  and 
prepared  for  the  elections.  Junta  decree  17  prohibited 
the  members  of  the  Junta,  their  relatives,  and  the 
members  of  the  cabinet  from  becoming  president  for  six 

years . 

Among  the  sixteen  candidates  for  president.  Dr. 
Juan  Jose  Arevalo  was  the  most  popular  choice.  While 
living  in  self-exile  in  Argentina,  Arevalo  received  word 
that  he  had  been  nominated  for  President  of  Guatemala. 
The  nomination  surprised  Arevalo,  who  had  not  been 
involved  with  the  anti-Ubico  struggle  since  he  left 
Guatemala  in  1935.  He  had  in  the  meantime  married  an 
Argentine  woman,  taken  Argentine  citizenship,  and  lost 
much  of  his  direct  contact  with  Guatemala.  He  had  not 
demonstrated  a  strong  political  ambition.  His  life  work 
had  been  dedicated  to  the  promotion  and  philosophy  of 
education,  as  a  bureaucrat  and  a  university  instructor. 


23 
There  remains  some  confusion  over  who  first 
suggested  Dr.  Arevalo  for  president,  and  how  the 
consensus  spread,  but  most  accounts  mention  Juan  Jose 
Orozco  Posadas,  a  passionate  idealist  and  future  defender 
of  children's  rights,  as  one  of  the  men  who  began  it  all. 
"We  are  not  able  to  precisely  remember  the  date,"  wrote 
Contreras  Velez ,  "when,  one  sunny  morning,  Juan  Jose 
Orozco  Posadas  entered  the  offices  of  Nuestro  Diario,  and 
with  melodramatic  gestures  and  hands  held  high, 
addressing  those  who  were  preparing  the  day's  newspaper, 
exclaimed  with  the  enthusiasm  of  a  boy  who  had  just 
obtained  the  toy  of  his  dreams:   'Senores,  I  have  the 

manl   The   man   with   the   clean   handsl   Juan   Jose 

4 
Arevalo! ' " 

The  great  majority  of  Guatemalans  did  not  know 
Arevalo.  Only  a  small  number  of  teachers,  intellectuals, 
and  friends  had  known  him  personally,  although  many 
educated  people  knew  of  his  work.  Indeed,  throughout 
Latin  America,  where  his  essays  on  philosophy  and 
education  were  highly  respected,  Arevalo  had  a  reputation 
as  a  serious  intellectual.^  Mario  Najera,  a  founder  of 
Renovacion  Nacional  ( RN ) ,  the  first  political  party  to 
nominate  Arevalo,  noted  that  "Arevalo  was  not  known  by 
the  great  majority  of  his  followers.  We  had  few  facts  on 
his  life  in  Buenos  Aires  .  .  .  but  we,  at  least  I,  had 


24 
faith  in  his  capability,  in  his  intelligence  and  in  his 
renowned  reputation  as  an  intellectual."  Along  with 
Renovacion  Nacional  (RN),  other  parties  joined  the 
support  for  Arevalo's  candidacy,  the  most  important  being 
Frente  Popular  Libertador  (FPL),  a  large  party  comprised 
mainly  of  university  students. 

Arevalo  returned  to  Guatemala  September  3,  1944, 
after  Ubico  had  resigned  but  before  the  overthrow  of 
Ponce.  The  Arevalo  campaign  already  commanded  a  large 
popular  following,  and  many  thousands  of  people  took  to 
the  streets  and  celebrated  his  return.  "The  people  of 
Guatemala  had  already  elected  him."  Arevalo  was  well 
aware  that  arriving  in  Guatemala  under  the  rule  of  Ponce 
put  his  life  in  danger,  but  it  was  an  act  that  greatly 
aided  the  momentum  of  revolution.  For  the  many 
Arevalistas  who  had  never  seen  their  candidate  before,  it 
proved  exciting  and  gratifying  to  find  out  that  Arevalo 
was  a  striking  individual.^  He  looked,  sounded,  and 
acted  like  a  president.  Over  six  feet  tall  and  weighing 
about  200  pounds,  a  man  with  a  booming  voice,  Arevalo  was 
handsome,  charismatic,  articulate,  and  passionate. 

The  Arevalistas  constructed  a  coalition  known  as 
Frente  Unido  de  Partidos  Politicos,  and  set  forth  a 
campaign  platform  promising  widespread  political, 
economic,   and  social   reform.   As  of  December  16,   the 


25 
Frente  included  RN  and  FPL  (which  between  them  appealed 
mainly  to  students,  teachers,  and  young  professionals); 
Union  Civica  (consisting  of  older  and  business-oriented 
members);  Frente  Nacional  Revolucionario  (a  conservative 
wing   of   the   revolutionaries);   Vanguardia   Nacional 
(tacitly    Marxist    oriented);    and    various    other 
associations,   unions,   and  minor   parties.   The   largest 
groups   were   urban   focused,   but   pro-Arevalista   rural 
organizations   also   existed  J °   The   actual   number   of 
organizations  fluctuated  before  the  election,   but  the 
Frente  held  together,  and  Arevalo  won  the  presidency  with 
255,260  votes,  or  about  86%  of  the  total.  It  was,  by 
general  consensus,  an  honest  election.  Arevalistas  had 
already  won  over  fifty  of  the  sixty-eight  congressional 
seats  in  the  elections  of  the  previous  month. 

Opposition  groups  had  made  a  frantic  but  vain 
attempt  to  defeat  Arevalo.  Adrian  Recinos,  the 
ambassador  to  the  United  States  under  Ubico,  came  in 
second  behind  Arevalo  with  some  20,749  votes.  The  Church 
had  sided  openly  with  conservative  elements  and  did  not 
support  Arevalo.  A  politically  conservative  sector  of 
the  military  officers'  corps  also  opposed  Arevalo  and  the 
reformist  ideals  that  he  represented,  but  in  the  main 

these  officers  kept  a  low  profile  and  did  not  visibly 

1  1 
participate  in  the  election. 


26 

As  already  noted,  at  the  very  end  of  December,  the 
Guatemalans  also  elected  a  constituent  assembly,  which 
began  work  on  January  10,  1945,  and  finished  March  11, 
1945.  Great  optimism  and  a  desire  to  work  together 
prevailed.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  a  member  of  the 
assembly,  described  his  coworkers  as  being  as  spirited 

as  raw  recruits  who  anxiously  awaited  the  first  encounter 

12  -f 

with   the   enemy.     Marroquin   Rojas   also   thought   the 

assemblymen  worked  quickly  out  of  fear  that  delay  would 

embolden  the  antirevolutionary  forces. 

The   constituent   assembly   elected   a   special 

drafting  committee  of  fifteen  men,  who  would  draw  up 

preliminary  drafts  of  articles  for  the  constitution,  and 

then  submit  them  to  the  assembly  for  debate,  amendment, 

and  vote.  According  to  Kalman  Silvert,  the  commission 

consisted  of  six  "mainstream  democrats,"  six  "centrists" 

(three  slightly  to  the  right,  three  to  the  left),  and 

three  "social  democrats."    The  drafting  committee  and 

the   assembly   based  the  constitution  on  a   number  of 

sources,  including  the  principles  enunciated  by  the  Junta 

and  other  Guatemalans,   and  sections  of  constitutions 

drawn  up  in  other  countries,  for  example  Spain  (1931), 

Bolivia  (1938),  and  in  particular  Mexico  (1917)  and  Cuba 

(1940)  ?^ 


27 

The  finished  constitution  provided  for  an  amount 

of   reform   unparalleled   in   Guatemalan   history.   The 

assembly   generally   agreed  on  the  need  for  a   strong 

legislature;   for   guarantees   of   social   rights,   and 

effective  political  democracy;  and  as  a  reaction  against 

1  fi 
the  dictatorial  past,  a  weak  executive.      Indians  and 

other   low-income   Guatemalans   were   offered   safeguards 

against  past  abuses.  Article  82  promised  education  for 

all  Guatemalans.  Article  83  provided  for  a  comprehensive 

program   of   protection   and   help   for   the   indigenous 

population.  Literate  women  joined  all  males  in  obtaining 

the  vote.  Articles  55  through  69  addressed  labor  reform 

and  included  protection  from  debt  peonage.  Also,  unions 

were  guaranteed  the  right  to  organize,  female  and  child 

workers  obtained  special  rights,  and  work  limits  were  set 

for  all  laborers.  Article  21  banned  discrimination  based 

on   sex,   race,   color,   class,   religious   beliefs   or 

political  ideas.  Article  63  called  for  a  social  security 

system.  Article  91   flatly  prohibited  the  existence  of 

latifundios,  but  neglected  to  define  what  " latif undios" 

meant.   Article   92   allowed   expropriation   of   private 

property  in  the  national  interest.  Various  provisions 

guaranteed   freedom   of   speech,   assembly,   and   other 

democratic  rights. 


28 
Economic  nationalism,  the  desire  to  have 
Guatemalans  control  the  economy,  played  an  important  part 
in  the  constitution.  Article  95  stipulated  that 
hydrocarbons  could  be  exploited  only  by  the  Guatemalan 
government,  or  private  companies  primarily  owned  by 
Guatemalans.  In  the  lumber  industry,  Guatemalans  would 
be  given  first  preference. 

Jorge  Garcia  Granados,  the  outstanding  personality 
and  president  of  both  the  constitutional  assembly  and  the 
drafting  committee,  became  known  as  the  "father"  of  the 
Guatemalan  constitution.  Garcia,  a  grandson  of 
ex-president  Miguel  Garcia  Granados,  had  been  a  well 
known  political  activist  for  many  years  before  the 
revolution.   From   1937   to   1938   he   headed   the   Latin 

American  arm  of  the  Subsecretaria  de  Propaganda  for  the 

1  7 
Spanish  Republican  government.    Garcia  later  described 

himself  as  a  non-Marxist  socialist,  with  viewpoints  close 

1  R 
to   those   of   the   British   Labour   Party.     Garcia' s 

leadership  at  the  constitutional  assembly  helped  make 

some  of   the  more  advanced  provisions  possible.    But 

Garcia  was  not  an  extreme  leftist  or  nationalist--f or 

example   he   favored   foreign   participation   in   oil 

1  9 
exploration  and  exploitation. 

Jorge   Mario   Garcia   Laguardia,   in   a   study   of 

Guatemalan   constitutions,   concluded   that   the   1945 


29 
constitution  was  superior  to  the  two  that  followed,  in 
1954  and  1965,  because  all  sectors  of  the  society  had 
participated  in  its  creation,  including  communists, 
industrialists  and  merchants.  It  was  a  document  of 
political  compromise. ^°  Although  the  constitution  had 
provided  the  basis  for  substantial  reform,  it  did  not 
immediately  break  down  the  old  order.  Conservatives  and 
moderates  participated  in  the  assembly,  and  as  a  result 
of   their   efforts   the   constitution,    according   to 

Marxist-oriented  Guerra  Borges,  had  been  "interwoven  with 

„21 
modern  ideas  and  a  bad  aftertaste  of  obsolete  ways. 

Women   revolutionaries   would   probably   agree.   Women's 

groups,   including   the   women's   branch   of   Renovacion 

Nacional,  had  asked  the  Constituent  Assembly  in  vain  to 

grant  suffrage  rights  to  illiterate  women  as  well  as  to 

illiterate   men.^^   Provisions   which   protected   the 

landowners  included  article  90,  which  guaranteed  private 

property,   while  conservative  elements  generally  could 

take   reassurance   from   Article   32   which   prohibited 

political  organizations  of  an  international  or  foreign 

character.  Article  32  was  meant  to  prohibit  communism  in 

particular,  and  it  thus  gave  added  protection  to  the 

existence  of  private  property,  as  well  as  additional 

clout  to  large  landowners  and  others  who  traditionally 

labeled  their  political  opponents  "communists." 


30 

Dr.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  became  president  of 
Guatemala  on  March  15,  1945.  That  month's  Revista  Azul, 
a  magazine  for  women,  noted  that  the  revolution  had 
brought  "a  fresh  and  renovating  gust  of  wind,"  blowing 
away  apathy  and  discouragement.  "We  have  a  free 
country,"  said  the  magazine,  "a  civic  consciousness  each 
day  grows  deeper."  Furthermore  the  revolution  gave  "new 
respect  to  woman."  Revista  Azul  also  reported  that 
Arevalo' s  inauguration  caused  such  deep  happiness  that 
"a  good  percentage  of  the  spectators  cried  with  sincere 

.,24 
emotion. 

The  revolutionaries  accomplished  the  transition 
from  temporary  rule  to  elected  government  quickly  and 
efficiently.  They  elected  a  president  only  two  and 
one-half  months  after  the  overthrow  of  Ponce;  and  an 
elected  constituent  assembly  worked  fiercely  and  produced 
a  constitution  in  two  months.  The  new  President  took 
office  less  than  five  months  after  the  victory  of  the 
revolution.  In  order  to  achieve  this  rapid  transfer 
of  power  to  a  popularly  elected  government,  the 
revolutionaries  had  to  cooperate  with  one  another.  They 
did   not   always   agree,   but   they   proved   willing   to 

compromise . 

To  be   sure,   not  all  Guatemalans  supported  the 
revolutionary   process   and   transition   to   democratic 


31 

government.  Even  though  virtually  no  possibility  existed 
that  Ubico  or  his  cohorts  would  regain  control  of  the 
government,   rumors   abounded   of   plots   being   made   by 

conservatives   unhappy   with   the   populist,   democratic 

2  5 
nature   of   the   revolution.     Those   unhappy   with   the 

revolution   and   with   the   newly   elected   government, 

however,   were   indeed   few.   The   great   majority   of 

Guatemalans  believed  that  the  Junta  and  the  assemblies 

had  constructed  a  solid  foundation  for  democracy  and 

justice.  A  sense  of  historic  importance  permeated  the 

atmosphere,   it   seemed  Guatemala  was  moving  into  the 

modern  age. 


Notes 

1.  NAUS    814.00/1-445   no.  1948. 

2.  NAUS    814.00/3-2945   no.  2314. 

3.  Alfonso  Solorzano,  "Factores  economicos  y 
corrientes  ideologicas  de  octubre  de  1944"  in  Historia  de 
una  decada  (Guatemala,  n.d.),  50. 

4.  Prensa  Libre,  Feb.  3,  1970. 

5.  For  a  variety  of  positive  opinions  on 
Arevalo,  taken  from  across  Latin  America,  see:  Alberto 

Ordonez   Arqiiello,   ed.,   Arevalo   visto   por America 

(Guatemala,  1951). 

6.  Mario  Efrain  Najera  Farfan,  Los  estafadores 
de  la  democracia  (Buenos  Aires,  1956),  70-71. 

7.  Herrera,  Guatemala,  70. 


32 


8.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "Platicamos  con  el 
Dr.  Arevalo,"  La  Hora,  Sept.  13,  1972. 

9  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela,  interview  with 
author,  "Guatemala  City,  July  8,  1987;  Oscar  Barrios 
Castillo,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  9, 
1987. 

10.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos 
y  discursos  (La  Habana,  1953),  145-6. 

11.  NAUS   814.00/3-945   no.  2237. 

12.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,   Cronicas de la 

constituyente  de  1945,  2nd  ed .  (Guatemala,  1970),  47. 

13.  La  Hora,  June  8,  1970. 

14.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  14. 

15  Luis  Marinas  Otero,  Las  constituciones  de 
Guatemala'  (Madrid,  1958),  198-200;  Silvert,  A  Study  in 
Government,  1 4 . 

16.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  17. 

17.  Ronald   Hilton,   ed..   Who's   Who in Latin 

America:  Central  America  and  Panama,  3rd  ed.  (Stanford, 
1945) ,  25. 

18.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  15. 

19.  Ibid.,  14. 

20  Jorge  Mario  Garcia  Laguardia,  "Politica  y 
constitucionalidad  en  Guatemala,"  El  Imparcial,  Sept. 
21  ,  1978. 

21.  Alfredo  Guerra  Borges,  Pensamiento  economico 
social  de'la  revolucion  de  octubre  (Guatemala,  1977),  15. 

22.  El  Imparcial,  Feb.  5,  1945;  Feb.  6,  1945. 

23  "Proteccion  social:  un  logro  fructifero  de 
la  Revolucion  Guatemalteca , "  Revista  Azul,  4 (March  1945), 
1  8. 


33 


24.  Gloria  Mendez  Mina,  "Toma  posesion  el  nuevo 
Presidente  de  Guatemala,"  Revista  Azul,  4  (March  1945), 
1  4. 


25 


See  for  example:  La  Hora,  Nov.  3,  1944 


CHAPTER  4 
DR.  JUAN  JOSfi  ARfiVALO  BERMEJO 


Arevalo,  as  President  of  Guatemala,  was  a  sincere 

humanist.    He  did  not    leave  the  presidency  a  rich 

man,  nor  did  he  spend  his  time  in  lavish  splendor,  as  had 

been   the   previous   norm   in  Guatemala.   Even  Arevalo 's 

critics,  except  for  the  most  biased,    recognized  his 

inherent  honesty.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  a  formidable 

opponent   of   Arevalo,   observed   that   Arevalo   had   the 

1 
opportunity  to  become  wealthy  but  refused  to  do  so. 

It  is  true  that  as  president  he  lawfully  earned  2,400 

Quetzales  a  month,  that  is,  at  least  24  times  the  salary 

of  most  Guatemalans.   Such  disparity,  however,  was  not 

seen  as  unusual,  and  in  any  case  it  was  hoped  that  with 

the   ensuing   reforms   of   the   post-Ubico   era   income 

disparities   in  Guatemala  would  be  reduced.   In  1959, 

eight  years  after  his  presidency  and  after  he  had  written 

several  books,  his  fortune  in  Guatemala  was  valued  at 

300,000  Quetzales,  which  did  not  include  two  houses  in 

2 

Argentina . 

The  young  Doctor  Arevalo  had  entered  the  Ministry 
of  Education  in  1934,  in  the  post  of  Oficial  Mayor  de 
Educacion  Publica,  but  quickly  clashed  with  the  Ubico 

34 


35 

dictatorship,  and  left  in  self-imposed  exile.  Arevalo's 
great  frustration  with  the  dictatorship  is  reflected  in 
his  1935  essay,  "Istmania,"  where  he  argued  that  if 
only  Ubico  could  be  deposed,  and  free  government 
established,  the  teachers  would  be  able  to  guide  the 
nation's  youth  to  modern  civilization.  Arevalo's 
innovative  ideas  and  efforts  at  educational  reform  in 
Guatemala   subsequently   earned   him   the   praise   of   El 

Imparcial,  which  in  1939  recognized  him  as  one  of  the 

4 
nation's  greatest  teachers. 

Arevalo  had  never  aspired  to  become  a  politician. 

In  a  1968  interview,  Arevalo  admitted  his  disgust  for 

politics.  As  a  child,  he  dreamed  of  becoming  a  great  poet 

or  novelist.  From  the  age  of  14,  he  wrote  verse,  and  he 

finished  a  novel  when  15  years  old.  After  entering  the 

university  he  began  to  favor  philosophy  over  poems  and 

novels,   and   started  to  dream  of  being  "a  universal 

thinker."   Also   at   that   time,   he   began   to   disdain 

politics.^  Such  an  attitude  he  made  clear  in  his  early 

writings,  particularly  with  the  following  statement  in 

1935:  "Politics  is  an  inferior  activity  to  which  certain 

individuals  dedicate  their  lives  when  they  are  incapable 

of  being  of  service  to  a  higher  cause. 

Arevalo   did,    however,    develop    a   political 

philosophy   in   several  essays  he  wrote  from  1935   to 


36 
1939.  It  was  with  these  few  pieces  of  work  that  the 
Guatemalans  had  to  judge  their  nominee  for  president. 
Writing  in  the  abstract  style  of  a  philosopher,  he  called 
for  the  politicians  to  pass  laws  ending  political  and 
economic  exploitation.  In  Latin  America,  Arevalo 
claimed,  more  than  50  million  people  were  "subjected  to 
economic  servitude,  surrounded  by  a  spiritual  vacuum,  and 
obliterated  by  political  incapacity."  Legislators  must, 
therefore,  "redeem  the  masses  in  servitude,"  and  allow 
the  educators  to  "eliminate  the  spiritual  remnants  of 
colonialism."^  Arevalo  believed  that  the  politicians,  the 
economists,  and  the  technocrats  would  take  care  of  the 
nuts  and  bolts,  i.e.  the  physical  needs  of  the  people; 
while  the  educators  would  establish  the  spiritual 
development  of  values  and  culture. 

Throughout  these  pre-1940  writings  can  be  found 
words  of  hope  and  optimism.  Arevalo  saw  great  potential 
in  humanity,  in  all  races,  to  achieve  high  culture  and 

good  government.  Culture  was  not  something  only  a  select 

9 
few  could  obtain,  it  was  achievable  for  everyone.   But 

culture  could  not  be  obtained  by  accident.  It  was  the 

duty,  the  "mission"  of  responsible  intellectuals  who  must 

1  0 
be  the  "bearers  of  the  civilizing  word."     This  duty  was 

historical,   for   "we  are  all  heirs   to  the  spiritual 


37 

legacy  of  the  past,  inevitably  laboring  for  the  future  of 

1  1 
the  species." 

With  proper  guidance,  Arevalo  believed,  the  youth 
of  Central  America  would  break  away  from  the  oppression 

of  the  past.  Moreover,  only  the  young  were  capable  of 

1  2 
forging   a  democratic   structure   in   Central   America, 

because  the  young  always  vigorously  believe  in  their  high 

1  3 
potential  and  are  never  servile.    It  was  the  duty  of 

the   educator   to   nurture   the   youth   toward   their 

revolutionary  goals,  to  instill  in  them  a  high  spiritual 

awareness,   and   put   them  on  the  road  to   social  and 

cultural  excellence,  before  they  could  be  spiritually 

defeated  by  the  oppressive  systems  of  Central  American 

government.     Once   set   in   motion,   youth  would   make 

Central  America  great. 

Arevalo  retained  concern  and  respect  for  Latin 

America's   indigenous   people   but   felt   that   European 

culture  was  superior.  He  wanted  to  preserve  the  wholesome 

aspects  of   indigenous  customs  and  traditions,  but  he 

believed  that  the  Indian  people  must  be  integrated  into 

1  fi 

the   dominant,   European-oriented   culture.     "Our   high 

culture   is   from  across  the  ocean,   predominantly  from 

1  7 
France  and  Spain,"  Arevalo  claimed.     But  he  was  against 

Franco's  "Hispanidad , "  and  the  colonial  legacy  of  Spain. 

"We  desire  to  transform  Guatemala  into  a  modern  state," 


38 
he  said,""^  and  modern,  for  Arevalo,  included  freedom  from 
all  forms  of  foreign  domination.  "From  the  hands  of  the 
Spanish  to  the  hands  of  the  English,  from  English  hands 

to  the  hands  of  the  Yankees,"  Central  America  had  never 

1  9 
known  true  independence. 

Arevalo   also   called   for   the   union   of   Central 

America.  He  believed  that  the  failure  to  unify  Central 

America   into   a   single   nation,   first   tried   after 

independence   from   Spain,   was   a   strong   impediment   to 

cultural   and   economic   development.   Central   American 

provinces  had  fought  among  themselves  and  internally, 

breaking  into  small  states  easily  controlled  by  dictators 

and  strongmen.  If  the  isthmus  would  form  into  one  large 

federation,  it  would  be  impossible  for  these  dictators 

to  stay  in  power.   In  Arevalo"  s  idea  of  a  united  and 

federated  Central  America,  there  would  be  institutional 

and  group  autonomy  within  the  society,  e.g.   for  the 

military,  the  press,  and  the  university.  These  various 

groups  and  institutions  would  work  in  harmony  with  the 

nation  as  a  whole,  but  with  the  freedom  to  best  achieve 

each  one's  highest  potential.  A  united  Central  America, 

democratic  and  free,  would  "finish  automatically"  the 

20 
egotistical  and  voracious  strongmen. 

Arevalo  did  not  alter  his  political  philosophy 
when  he  received  the  nomination  for  president  in  July, 


39 
1944,  but  during  the  months  of  the  presidential  campaign, 
and  after,  he  further  developed  and  defined  his 
pre-revolution  ideas.  Altogether,  Arevalo's  beliefs 
constituted  a  philosophy  he  began  to  call  "spiritual 
socialism,"  in  which  "spiritual"  signified  the  moral, 
ethical,  cultural  aspects  of  humanity.  "I  am  in  favor  of 
an  ethical  or  spiritual  socialism,"  said  Arevalo  in 
December    1944.^^    "Spiritual"    also    included    the 

congeniality  and  sympathy  held  by  mankind  for  mankind, 

22 

and  the  concept  of  patriotism. 

"Spiritual  Socialism,"  as  articulated  by  Arevalo 
when  presidential  nominee  and  president  elect,  contained 
as  corollaries  a  number  of  direct  promises  to  the  people 

of  Guatemala.  The  legislative  and  judicial  branches  of 

23  ^  -   n 
government,  he  promised,  would  be  autonomous.    Arevalo 

would  govern  only  as  an  advisor  or  a  regulator;  he  would 

"coordinate"  the  various  forces  in  society.    Spiritual 

Socialism   would   be   both   a   moral   and   an   economic 

liberation;  a  liberation  and  protection  for  the  whole 

25 
society,  not  just  for  certain  individuals  or  the  rich. 

"V7e   will   liberate   and   protect   the   worker,   without 

persecuting  or  hurting  the  employers,"  he  said.    Arevalo 

praised   the   women   for   their   participation   in   the 

revolution,  and  promised:  "We  will  liberate  woman  from 


40 

social  serfdom,"  and  put  her  in  a  "new  relationship  of 

27 
collaboration  with  man" 

"Spiritual   Socialism,"   which   Arevalo   described 

piecemeal  in  various  articles,  speeches,  and  interviews, 

in  his  esoteric  and  philosophical  style,  was  perhaps  most 

unclear   in   regard   to  his   stand   on  land  reform.   For 

example,  note  the  following  remarks: 

The  dignity  of  the  human  being  is  even  more 
important  than  his  material  interests.  Of  course, 
such  a  point  of  view  does  not  imply  that  material 
interests  should  be  forgotten  or  neglected.  We  hope 
to  establish  a  different  relation  between  the  owner 
or  manager  of  the  farm  and  the  rural  worker  at  his 
service.  This  worker  has  to  be  treated  like  a  human 
being,  not  a  slave.  This  is  of  maximum  importance, 
and,  consequently,  the  worker's  le^^^l  of  income  and 
manner  of  life  have  to  be  elevated. 

Arevalo  recognized  that  to  achieve  the  promised 
improvements  for  rural  workers,  changes  in  the  land 
tenure  system  must  occur.  He  saw  the  need  to  "liberate 
the  land."^^  "Guatemala,"  Arevalo  said,  "is  a  country 
with   a   semifeudal   economy:   agriculture,   livestock, 

latifundios,  powerful  foreign  companies  of  the  colonial 

30 
type,  masses  of  men  rented  out  for  work,   etc."    He 

promised  a  "greater  distribution  of  land,"  but  this  did 

not  mean  anyone  would  be  deprived  of  his  "legitimate 

rights. "^'' 

On  land  reform,  Arevalo  exercised  caution,  knowing 
the  volatility  of  the  land  issue.  Nor  had  he  developed 


41 
detailed  ideas   for  the  future  of  Guatemala's  overall 
economic   structure.   His  expertise,   and  his   interest, 
focused  on  education,  and  on  his  belief  that  with  benign 
government   and   the   help   of   educators,   Guatemala's 
problems  could  be  overcome.  But  Arevalo  promised  to  work 
for   a   modern   and   just   economy   in   cooperation   with 
"capitalists,  workers,  towns,  merchants,  industrialists, 
and  professionals."^^  He  promised  he  would  not  implement 
economic  policy  autocratically,  but  would  seek  the  help 
of  technicians,   specialists,   and  professionals.    Time 
and  effort  would  be  expended,  policy  would  not  be  made 

offhandedly. 

Concerning  international  economics,  Arevalo 
promised  that  Spiritual  Socialism  would  "liberate  the 
nation  from  international  servitude  and  from  economic 
slavery."  The  Republic  of  Guatemala  must  not  stay  "one 
more  day  on  its  knees  before  the  foreigners."  At  the 
same  time,  Arevalo  claimed  that  Spiritual  Socialism  was 
much  different  from  communism.  "We  are  not  materialist 
socialists,"  he  wrote.  "We  do  not  believe  man  is 
primarily   stomach. "^^   Communism,   fascism,   and   nazism 

"give  food  with  the  left  hand,  while  the  right  hand 

-36 
destroys  the  essential  laws  and  morals  ot  man. 

Arevalo    above    all    believed    in    education, 
impartial   justice,   the   value   of   each   human,   and 


42 

responsible  government.  Those  who  influenced  Arevalo's 
political  formation  were  both  Latin  Americans  and  North 
Americans,  including  Abraham  Lincoln,  Benito  Juarez,  and 
Hipolito  Yrigoyen;  while  he  was  especially  inspired  by 
the  policies  of  Franklin  Roosevelt.  In  the  1920s  and 
1930s,  Arevalo  had  been  influenced  by  the  ideas  of  Jose 
Vasconcelos,  and  he  profoundly  admired  the  ideals  of  the 

,  ^  .    38 
Mexican  Revolution. 

In  many  respects,  Arevalo  had  seemed  to  be  the 

perfect  candidate.  His  strong  emphasis  on  the  role  of 

education  attracted  the  teachers.   His  equally   strong 

emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  young  attracted  the  students. 

His  proposal   for  a  strong  legislature  and  judiciary 

appealed  to  the  politicians  and  judges.  His  promise  to 

keep  the  university  and  the  military  largely  autonomous 

pleased  the  members  of  these  institutions.   Political 

conservatives  were  appeased  or  at  least  calmed  by  his 

disdain  for  communism  and  his  promises  to  protect  the 

rights  of  the  employers.  He  also  promised  to  consult  all 

groups  on  economic  reforms,  and  enact  such  measures  only 

after  careful  study.  Arevalo  made  clear  his  desire  to 

bring  justice  and  modernization  to  Guatemala,   not  by 

authoritarian  means  but  by  the  participation  of  the  whole 

society.  Moreover,  the  masses  were  to  be  helped,  taught. 


43 
guided  into  the  modern  world,  not  permitted  uncontrolled 
rebellion . 

For  his  supporters,  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  was  even 
more  than  the  sum  of  the  parts  of  his  political  platform. 
His  energy,  optimism,  sense  of  duty  to  society,  pride 
and  dignity,  all  epitomized  the  highest  ideals  of  the 
revolution.  The  new  Guatemala  also  yearned  for 
international  respect,  and  Arevalo  had,  for  himself 
at  least,  already  achieved  a  measure  of  this.  All  in  all, 
Arevalo  could  be  seen  as  a  worthy  symbol  of  the  educated, 
humanistic,  cultured  image  that  Guatemala  wanted  for 
itself . 


Notes 


1.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "Devueltos  los 
bienes  del  Dr.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,"  La  Hora ,  March  16, 
1  959. 

2.  Prensa  Libre,  March  11,  1959. 

3.  "Istmania,"  not  published  until  1945,  can  be 
found  in  Arevalo' s  Escritos  politicos. 

4.  El  Imparcial,  June  16,  1939. 

5.  "Entrevista  a  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,"  El  libro  y 
el  pueblo  (Mexico  City),  June  1968. 

6.  Arevalo,  Escritos  Politicos,  18. 

7.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  "Social  Structure  of 
Education  in  our  America"  in  Harold  Eugene  Davis,  Latin 
American  Social  Thought  (Washington  D.C.,  1961),  491. 


44 


8.  Ibid.,  487. 

9.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  56. 

10.  Ibid. ,  11,  17. 

11.  Arevalo,  "Social  Structure,"  485 

12.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  18. 

13.  Ibid.,  26. 

14.  Ibid.,  30,  34,  44. 

15.  Ibid.,    47;    and    throughout 
writings . 


Arevalo ' s 


16.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  Escritos  pedagoqicos  y 
f ilosof icos  (Guatemala,  1945),  38-42,  cited  in  Marie 
Berthe  Dion,  "The  Social  and  Political  Ideas  of  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo  and  their  Relationship  to  Contemporary  Trends  of 
Latin  American  Thought"  (M.A.  thesis.  The  American 
University,  1956),  43-44.  Arevalo  was  strongly  attracted 
to  Europe,  he  made  his  first  trip  there  in  1927. 

17.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  "Guatemala  desea  amistad 
de  Mexico,"  Excelsior  (Mexico  City),  Feb.  15,  1945. 

18.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  "Nosotros  deseamos 
transformar  a  Guatemala  en  un  estado  moderno,"  El  Popular 
(Mexico  City),  Nov.  12,  1944. 

19.  Arevalo,  Escritos,  8. 

20.  Ibid.,  59-60. 

21.  Arevalo,  "Nosotros  deseamos,"  El  Popular 
(Mexico  City),  Nov.  12,  1944. 

22.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  165-166. 


23.  Arevalo,     "Guatemala    desea 
Excelsior  (Mexico  City),  Feb.  15,  1945. 

24.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  168. 

25.  Ibid.,  144. 

26.  Ibid. 


amistad , " 


45 


27 


Ibid. 


28.  Arevalo,   "Nosotros   deseamos,"   El   Popular 
(Mexico  City),  Nov.  12,  1944. 

29.  Arevalo,  Escritos  Politicos,  167. 

30.  Ibid.,  165. 

31 .  Ibid. 

32.  Ibid.,  167. 

33.  Ibid.,  167-8. 

34.  Ibid.,  143. 

35.  Ibid.,  130. 

36.  Ibid.,  132. 

37.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  July  14,  1986. 

38  Pedro  Guillen,  "Charla  con  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo,""  El  Imparcial,  May  17,  1960;  "Arevalo," 
Novedades  (Mexico  City),  Nov.  29,  1961. 


CHAPTER  5 
POLICIES  AND  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF  THE 
AREVALISTAS: 
PART  ONE 


At  the  time  of  the  presidential  inauguration  in 
March,  1945,  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  and  the  men  who  would 
share  with  him  the  reins  of  government,  had  not  yet 
decided,  in  exact  detail,  what  policies  they  would  adopt 
to  transform  their  nation.  They  had  not,  for  example, 
developed  plans  on  how  they  would  alter  the  unjust 
patterns  in  land  ownership,  or  balance  the  needs  and 
demands  of  workers  and  employers.  The  main  focus  of 
the  revolution  had  been  the  overthrow  of  dictatorship, 
not  the  formation  of  a  specific  step  by  step  blueprint 
for  the  future.  They  realized  their  inexperience  in 
politics  and  government,  and  recognized  the  need  to 
research,  experiment,  and  learn;  in  this  regard,  they 
were  prepared  to  travel  to  other  nations  in  search  of 
knowledge,  and  bring  foreign  advisors  to  their  own 
country.  However,  many  of  the  reformers  had  already 
developed  firm  convictions  about  the  goals  which 
Guatemala  should  embrace  and  the  means  in  general  that 
should  be  adopted  to  achieve  these  goals.  They  knew  that, 


46 


47 
to  modernize  and  democratize  Guatemala,  they  had  to  build 
a  human  infrastructure  of  educated  and  skilled  people. 
The  masses  would  have  to  be  uplifted  and  brought  into  a 
national  economy;  they  would  need  modern  technical 
skills,  personal  management  skills,  political 
sophistication,  and  physical  health. 

The  Arevalistas  agreed  that  they  must  create 
programs  and  institutions  capable  of  rationally  directing 
the  economy  and  society.  They  believed  it  was  crucial  to 
spend  government  funds  on  projects  of  industrialization, 
agricultural  diversification,  and  scientific  and 
technical  modernization  as  well  as  mass  education.  They 
must  halt  government  malfeasance  and  not  allow  the 
nation's  wealth  to  end  in  the  coffers  of  a  wealthy  few, 
or  rich  foreign-owned  companies.  To  a  large  degree, 
the  New  Deal  of  President  Franklin  Roosevelt  reflected 
the  kind  of  democracy  they  wanted.  The  New  Dealers  in  the 
United  States,  in  the  words  of  Eric  Goldman,  "talked  of 
uplifting    the   masses,    fighting    the    businessmen, 

establishing   economic   controls   over   the   society, 

111 
questioning  the  traditional  in  every  part  of  living." 

The  reformers  achieved,  or  had  begun  to  achieve  by  the 

end  of  Arevalo's  term  in  1951,  some  of  their  goals.  In 

1951,  Guatemala  had  become  a  better  place  to  live,  for 

most  people,  than  in  1944. 


48 

The  revolution  produced  a  political  freedom  far 

more  extensive  than  Guatemalans  had  ever  known  before.  In 

1948,  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  a  severe  critic  of  the 

government,  had  to  admit  that  "one  of  the  few  victories 

of  the  October  20  Revolution  is  individual  liberty,  very 

2 
limited  in  some  ways,  but  liberty  after  all."     Jose 

Castro,   a   friend   of   the   government,   observed   that 

"everyone   talks   in   a   loud   voice,   gesticulates,   and 

argues,   free  from  fear."   Actually,   political  turmoil 

and   oppositionist   threats   resulted   in   some   curbs   on 

freedom,    but   much   less   so   than   under   previous 

governments.  The  new  administration's  treatment  of  the 

Church  serves  as  an  apt  example.  Although  the  Church 

hierarchy  opposed  the  reform  movement  with  hostile  verbal 

attacks,  it  was  not  persecuted  in  return.  The  Church, 

between   1944-1954,   experienced   more   growth   and   more 

freedom  of  religious  and  political  expression  than  at  any 

4 
time  since  1871. 

Education  became  a  top  priority  of  the  Arevalo 

government,   and   by   1951   educational   services   had 

significantly  increased.  Social  welfare  and  educational 

expenditures  under  Ubico  had  remained  rather  constant, 

and  in  the   1943-4   fiscal  year  reached  their  highest 

level  at  2,524,100  Quetzales;  under  Arevalo  expenditures 

for   these   services   rose   every   year,   and   reached 


49 
15,506,600  Quetzales  in  fiscal  1948-9  (i.e.  about  one 
third  of  the  national  budget).  By  1951,  public 
education  by  itself  had  become  the  top  priority  in  the 
national  budget. 

According  to  Arevalo's  annual  message  to  Congress, 
in  March,  1951,  there  were  3,676  schools  in  Guatemala 
(including  industrial,  technical,  and  special  education 
schools),  199,139  students,  10,198  teachers,  and 
1,109  students  were  studying  with  government 
scholarships.  In  the  last  year,  40,990  children  had 
learned  how  to  read,  about  50  new  schools  had  been 
built,  and  more  than  90  more  were  under  construction.  A 
dance  school,  a  commercial  school,  an  art  gallery,  and 
two  museums  had  been  built.  Also,  204  new  positions  for 
secondary  school  teachers  had  been  created.  Teaching 
had  become  a  higher  paying  profession  soon  after  the 
revolution:  pay  went  from  fourteen  Quetzales  a  month  to 
seventy-five  a  month  in  villages,  from  twenty-two  to 
seventy-five  in  department  capitals  and  from  thirty  to 

Q 

seventy-five  in  Guatemala  City. 

Close  to  Arevalo's  heart  was  the  education  of  the 
masses.  An  executive  decree  of  May  23,  1946,  created  the 
Misiones  Ambulantes  de  Cultura  Inicial,  to  be  directly 
dependent  on  President  Arevalo.  The  Misiones  Ambulantes 
were  "moving  schools,"  consisting  of  a  small  number  of 


50 

government  representatives  who  would  move  through  the 
countryside  giving  help  and  advice  to  campesinos. 
Personnel  would  be  limited  to  a  licensed  teacher,  a 
military  officer,  a  last  year  medical  student,  an 
agricultural  expert,  and  a  translator.  These  "moving 
schools",  according  to  plan,  would  teach  patriotism,  the 
rights  and  duties  of  Guatemalan  citizens,  the  origin  and 
goals  of  the  revolution,  and  health  and  childcare.  They 
would  also  promote  and  oversee  the  construction  of  new 
houses,  improve  health  care,  help  solve  labor  problems 
and  improve  the  rural  economy  in  general.  Sports  programs 
would  be  established,  and  when  possible,  cinema,  music, 
and  theater.  All  school-aged  campesino  children  would  be 
taught  to  read  and  write  and  given  a  basic  education,  as 
would  adults  under  age  30.  The  use  of  footwear, 
handcarts,  and  packmules  would  be  encouraged.  The 
misiones  were  also  instructed  to  compile  "complete  and 
systematic  information"  on  the  local  inhabitants  and 
the  region,  "from  economic,  cultural,  military  and 
political  points  of  view."  The  above  cited  guidelines, 
however,  were  only  part  of  the  many  detailed  instructions 
that  were  to  direct  the  program.  Five  of  these  "moving 
schools"  were  actually  established,  and  during  Arevalo's 
period  they  moved  over  a  wide  area  of  the  Guatemalan 
countryside.   The   "schools"   worked   energetically   to 


51 
comply  with  their  guidelines.  Among  other  things  they 
founded  libraries,  handed  out  educational  material, 
formed  musical  and  theatrical  groups,  showed  educational 
films,  and  created  schools  that  would  continue  the 
educational  work  of  the  mission  after  it  had  moved  on  to 
another  place.  In  fiscal  year  1948-1949,  they  treated 
3,145  medical  patients,  and  in  1950-1951,  they  treated 
6,789  patients.  They  helped  with  agriculture  and  local 
construction.'' °  They  also  became  effective  instruments  of 
government  propaganda. 

Arevalo  himself  devised  plans  for  a  unique  system 
of   schools  called  Escuelas  Federacion,   that  he  hoped 
would  offer  solutions  to  a  number  of  existing  problems. 
Arevalo  noted  that  under  the  traditional  school  system,  a 
school  bell  rang  to  cancel  the  class  session,  often  at  a 
time  when  students  and  teacher  were  engaging  in  "premium 
moments  of  fruitful  discourse."  Such  moments  came  only 
after  careful  cultivation  by  the  teacher.  The  students 
would  then  leave,  to  change  class,  recess,  or  go  home, 
and  the  teacher  had  the  task  of  recreating  a  feeling 
of  harmony  at  the  next  class.  The  school  bell,  used  in 
this  way,  would  therefore  have  to  be  eliminated.  But  the 
school  bell,  according  to  Arevalo,  was  only  symbolic  of 
greater   difficulties.   The   entire   educational   system, 
which  dictated  subjects  to  be  covered,   time  allotted 


52 

for  each,  and  even  the  physical  environment,  hampered  the 
best  efforts  of  the  educator.  Arevalo  believed  that  the 
teacher  was  in  fact  an  educational  artist,  who  should 
have  the  freedom  to  create  each  class  in  his  or  her  own 
style . 

In  order  to  give  the  teacher-artist  complete 
autonomy,  even  the  school  building  would  be  constructed 
in  a  new  style.  The  schools  should  be  outside  of  the 
city  center,  and  have  ample  space  indoors  and  out.  The 
actual  style  of  the  buildings  would  vary  according  to 
local  needs,  but  the  largest  would  consist  of  a  large, 
circular  center  core,  with  eight  classrooms  that 
projected  out  from  it  like  spokes  on  a  wheel.  Other 
buildings  erected  on  the  school  site  would  include 
special  technical  training  centers.  Each  teacher  was  to 
be  autonomous  in  his   "spoke,"  free  to  arrange  class 

subjects  and  time,  thus  allowing  the  teacher  and  students 

1  1 
to  achieve  their  highest  potential. 

The  large  center  building  would  serve  a  number  of 

important   roles.   It  could  be  used  by   sport  groups, 

political   parties,   agricultural   societies,   religious 

groups,   and  others.   It  could  be  used  as  a  theater, 

conference   hall,   etc.   Patriotic   themes   created   by 

Guatemalan  artists   should  decorate  the  hall,  and  the 

national  flag  should  top  the  building.    In  short,  the 


53 


center  building  would  unite  the  school  with  local  and 
national  organizations  of  government  and  society,  thereby 
making  the  school,  in  the  highly  abstract  and 
theoretical  mind  of  Arevalo,  a  centerpoint  in  national 
culture  J ^  Education  in  these  schools  was  generally 
considered  to  be  of  high  quality,  during  and  after  the 
Arevalo  period. ""^  Less  than  a  dozen  of  the  larger  type 
"federation  schools"  were  constructed  before  the  end  of 
Arevalo' s  term;^^  new  construction  stopped  under  Arbenz 
because  of  the  high  costs  in  relation  to  traditional 
schools.  However,  the  creation  of  the  federation  schools 
demonstrates  Arevalo' s  and  the  Arevalistas'  commitment  to 
education,  and  the  place  of  central  importance  that  they 

gave  it. 

The  reformers  also  believed  they  had  a  duty  to 
further  educate  themselves,  when  necessary,  by 
researching  in  other  nations,  and  bringing  foreign 
experts  to  Guatemala  to  help  guide  the  reform  programs. 
In  creating  a  social  security  system,  the  government 
sent  Lie.  Jose  Rolz  Bennet  to  the  United  States,  Canada, 
Cuba  and  Mexico  to  research  their  social  security 
programs,^ ^  and  U.S.  experts  on  social  security  were 
brought  to  Guatemala.  In  the  Ministry  of  Economy,  a 
large  number  of  foreign  specialists  worked  as  advisors. 
Juan  Jose  Orozco  Posadas  traveled  to  the  United  States, 


54 


Mexico,  and  Cuba,  to  study  programs  designed  to  protect 
the  rights  of  children,  and  to  ameliorate  the  condition 
of  children  born  into  poverty.  In  order  to  help 
modernize  the  national  police,  in  1946  Edwin  L.  Sweet  of 
the  united   States  was  hired   to   teach  at  the  police 

academy. 

Another  goal  of  the  Arevalo  administration  was 
to  reform  the  economy,  and  at  the  same  time  weaken  the 
power  held  by  the  elite  groups  and  foreign  businesses. 
Although  they  largely  failed  in  this  last  regard,  the 
reformers  managed  to  run  a  generally  successful  economy 
that  brought  many  Guatemalans  increased  benefits,  and 
laid  a  framework  of  reform  that  should  have  eventually 
provided   some   long   term   solutions   to   old   economic 
problems.   The   Arevalistas   benefited   from   treasury 
surpluses  accumulated  during  World  War  II;  and  during 
Arevalo' s  presidency,  Guatemalan  exports  (dominated  by 
coffee,  bananas,  and  chicle)  continued  in  strong  demand 
in  the  united  States. ^^  The  Arevalistas  were  thus  able 
to  promote  their  reforms  with  very  little  foreign  aid, 
and  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  1948-1949  owed  an  external 
debt   of   only   $670,000,   making   the   interest   and 
amortization  charges  "of  negligible  size."^^  Government 
income  for  fiscal  1950-1951  was  44,975,780  Quetzales,  the 
budget  that  year  was  48,948,280  Quetzales. ^^  (Government 


55 


income  in  1944  had  been  18,200,000  Quetzales,  and  Ubico's 
last  approved  budget  had  been  1  1  ,  868 ,  384 .  )  ^^   The  real 

gross  national  product  and  real  per  capita  income  rose 

22 
significantly  under  Arevalo. 

U.S.  Embassy  reports  indicate  a  continued  strength 
in  the  Guatemalan  economy.  The  annual  economic  report 
for  1949  called  the  Guatemalan  economy  "reasonably 
stable,"  and  in  spite  of  rainstorms  that  had  caused 
considerable  damage,  the  year  "ended  in  an  atmosphere  of 
prosperity. "^^  Industrial  production  of  sugar,  matches, 
electric  power,  alcoholic  beverages,  cement,  cigarettes, 
flour,  private  construction,  and  slaughterhouse  output, 
all  increased.  "On  the  whole,  1949  was  a  satisfactory 
year  for  industry .  "^"^  Guatemala  City  and  vicinity 
consumed  50,642,000  kilowatt  hours  in  1949,  an  increase 
of  some  5,000,000  kilowatts  from  1948.  Electric  plant 
facilities  were  significantly  extended  in  other  areas  of 
Guatemala,  and  at  least  nine  rural  villages  received 
electric  light. ^^  Also  in  1949,  rural  and  urban  bus 
traffic  strongly  increased,  and  air  service  expanded,  as 

did  the  number  of  roads.  Eleven  bridges  were  built,  and 

.   .,        ^    26 
Guatemala  City  received  an  automatic  telephone  system. 

For  1950,   U.S.   Embassy  reports  indicate  that  economic 

27 
expansion  continued,  and  stability  remained.    Imports 

for  the  first  10  months  of  1950  were  $59,598,000,  with 


56 


exports  of  $54,178,000,  resulting  in  a  modest  deficit  of 
$5,420,000.^^  Foreign  exchange  reserves  on  December  31, 
1950,  remained  at  $39,400,000.  Reserves  had  increased 
$1,333,000  in  1950,  although  there  had  been  a  decrease  of 
$9,286,000  in  1949.  For  the  first  month  of  1951,  the 
Embassy  reported  that  "business  in  general  was  good,"  and 
"retail  sales  in  most  lines  equaled  or  surpassed  January 
1950  and  January  1949."^^  Jim  Handy  correctly  noted  that 
the  economy  "was  in  significantly  better  shape  in  1951 
than  it  had  been  in  1944."  From  this  he  concluded 
that  "the  economic  policy  of  the  Arevalo  administration 
proved  to  be  a  modest  success,"  although  it  is 
naturally  difficult  to  determine  what  part  governmental 
actions  played  in  the  economy's  overall  performance. 

Taking  advantage  of  their  strong  economy,  the 
Arevalistas  had  enacted  some  important  reforms.  Among 
other  measures,  new  money  and  banking  laws  helped 
modernize  the  monetary  system,  and  a  reorganized  national 
bank,  the  Banco  de  Guatemala,  was  inaugurated  July  1  , 
1946.^''  The  national  bank  would  be  autonomous  from  the 
government,  and  its  services  open  to  all  citizens  and  all 
economic  interests  of  Guatemala.  Government  policies 
under  Arevalo  in  general  favored  the  expansion  of 
agricultural  production,  and  the  staples  of  the  average 
Guatemalan   (corn,   rice,   and   beans)   increased.     An 


57 
autonomous  governmental  development  agency,  the  Institute 
de  Fomento  de  la  Producci6n  ( INFOP ) ,  began  operations  in 
early  1949,  working  with  an  initial  budget  of  6.5  million 
Quetzales.  INFOP  policies  helped  increase  agricultural 
production,  stimulate  industry,  and  raise  the  general 
standard  of  living  of  the  nation.  INFOP,  among  other 
things,  had  the  authority  to  provide  loans  and  farming 
supplies  to  small  farmers,  begin  projects  of  irrigation 
and  other  improvements,  buy  and  sell  both  crops  and  land, 
colonize  new  land,  establish  industrial  enterprises, 
undergo  programs  of  research,  grant  industrial  loans, 
improve  transportation  and  promote   low  cost  housing. 

INFOP  promoted  a  crop  diversification  program,  which  soon 

33 
began  to  have  some  successes,  particularly  with  cotton. 

The  Departamento  de  la  Vivienda  Popular,  a  department  of 

INFOP,   was   entrusted   to   make   investigations   of   the 

housing  problem,  help  plan  and  execute  housing  projects, 

give  loans,   guarantee  mortgages,   etc.   The  department 

received  2  million  Quetzales  for  the  first  year,  with  the 

promise   of   about   250,000   for   a   subsequent   annual 

budget. ^"^   To   further   alleviate   the   housing   problems 

of  the  Guatemalan  poor,  the  Rent  Control  law  of  1949 

created  rent  ceilings,  protected  tenants  from  eviction, 

and   prohibited   discrimination   on   grounds   of   race. 


religion,   and   nationality,   or   against   families   with 

children. 

Students,  professionals,  and  the  middle  class  in 
general  received  many  benefits  after  the  revolution.  They 
secured   government   positions,   and   when   programs   for 
reform  were  enacted,  they  filled  most  of  the  leadership 
posts.  The  Arevalo  government  devoted  about  one-third  of 
the  state  expenditures  to  education  and  social  welfare, 
including  the  construction  of  schools,  hospitals,  and 
housing,  all  of  which  needed  professional  planning  and 
supervision.  The  university  received  autonomy,  and  went 
into  a  period  of  bureaucratic  and  educational  reform. 
Educators,  artists,  and  intellectuals  also  benefited  from 
the  relative  political  freedom  and  the  various  government 
programs.  In  five  years,  according  to  one  source,  more 
books  were  imported  and  more  bookstores  founded  than  in 

36 
the  previous  50  years. 

The  creative  and  artistic  climate  of  the  Arevalo 
years  was  reflected  in  the  appearance  of  numerous 
publications  of  intellectual  quality.  The  Revista  de 
Guatemala,  founded  in  1945,  became  one  of  the  most 
prestigious  cultural  magazines  in  the  Hispanic  world. 
In  the  pages  of  the  Revista,  Guatemalans,  Mexicans, 
Spaniards,  and  others,  many  of  them  already  well  known, 
published  fiction,  nonfiction,  poetry,  and  book  reviews. 


59 
The  Revista  emphasized  artistic  and  literary  themes,  and 
remained  open  to  all  writers  of  merit,  no  matter  what 
their  political   ideology. ^^   Politically,   however,  the 
Revista  supported  the  Arevalo  government,  and  it  retained 
a  Marxist  tone  in  its  articles  and  comments  on  politics. 
The  Revista  de  Economia,  to  name  another  example,  devoted 
itself   exclusively  to  economic   issues.   In   1949,   its 
articles  included  a  comparison  of  the  social  security 
systems   in   Guatemala   and   the   United   States,   and  an 
article  on  banking  by  Dr.  Raul  Prebisch,  who  would  soon 
become   Latin   America's   best   known   economist.   The 
Universidad   de  San  Carlos,   established  on  the  first 
anniversary  of  the  Revolution,  dedicated  itself  to  the 
concerns  of  the  university. 

The  Arevalo  government  contributed  in  a  number  of 
ways  to  the  creation  of  quality  publications.  In  1946, 
for  example,  an  Arevalo  decree  established  "Los  Clasicos 
del  Istmo,"  a  program  designed  to  publish  the  outstanding 
literary  works  of  the  last  125  years,  from  the  five 
Central  American  nations.  Also  in  1946,  Arivalo 
established  a  monthly  pension  of  300  Quetzales  for  each 
of  three  outstanding  Guatemalan  authors,  based  solely  on 
literary  merit,  in  order  to  encourage  the  labor  of 
others.  (One  recipient  was  a  political  conservative.) 
After  five  years  of  the  literacy  crusade,  the  Ministry  of 


60 
Education  noted  that  the  people  who  could  now  read  needed 
books,  cheaply  and  easily  obtained.  So,  on  27  October, 
1950,  the  Ministry  created  the  Biblioteca  de  Cultura 
Popular  "20  de  Octubre,"  which  was  to  be  a  series  of 
works  of  educational  and  cultural  merit,  mass  produced 
and  sold  at  a  very  low  price.  The  first  volume  was: 
Rafael  Landivar,  el  poeta  de  Guatemala. 

The  Arevalista  reform  movement  inspired  some  of 
the  artists  to  become  politically  involved.  Working 
through  publications,  exhibitions,  concerts  and  lectures, 
they  felt  it  their  duty  to  promote  national  reform 
programs.  A  partial  list  of  outstanding  names  would 
include  Otto  Raul  Gonzalez,  Luis  Cardoza  y  Aragon,  Miguel 
Angel  Asturias,  and  Manuel  Galich.  Asturias,  a  later 
Nobel  prize  winner,  promoted  pro-revolution  themes  in  his 
books  Viento  fuerte  (1950),  and  El  papa  verde  (1954). 
Talented  young  writers  and  artists  particularly  attracted 
to  the  political  left  formed  themselves  into  the  small 
group  called  Saker-Ti  (a  Quiche  word  meaning  "dawn").  A 
typical  Saker-Ti  notice  in  the  Diario  de  la  Mahana 
claimed,   "We   are  carrying  our  force   to  the  popular 

,,39 
classes . 

One  manner  in  which  middle  class  reformers 
exercised  their  leadership  involved  efforts  to  ameliorate 
the  condition  of  the  Indian.    The  integration  of  the 


61 
Indian  into  the  national  culture  was  seen  as  "the 
cornerstone  of  progress"  for  Guatemala,  but  the  Indian 

would   be   allowed   to   live   free   in   his   "particular 

^  T  .  .   ,,40 
environment,"  and  "conserve  his  authentic  way  of  iite. 

In   order   to  assist   in   this   endeavor,   the   Institute 

Indigenista  Nacional  was  created  by  the  government  in 

August,   1945.     It   was   placed   officially   under   the 

auspices  of  the  Ministry  of  Education  but  had  an  advisory 

board  that  included  scholars,  a  representative  from  the 

Asociacion     Guatemalteca     de     Agricultores ,     and 

representatives   from   the   ministries   of   education, 

economy,  agriculture,  public  health,  and  government.   The 

Institute  aimed  to  "elevate  the  cultural,  social,  and 

,.41   , 
economic   level  of   the   indigenous  groups     by  means 

of    research,    the    promotion    of    conferences    and 

discussions,  and  the  publication  of  its  findings.  These 

measures,  of  course,  did  little  to  immediately  help  the 

Indian  overcome  poverty  and  oppression,  but  the  work  of 

the   Institute   represented,   and   reinforced,   a   broad 

commitment  to  justice  and  improvement. 

A  number  of  reform  programs  did  in  fact  affect  the 

condition  of  the  rural  population  in  general  and  the 

Indian  in  particular.   Some  Guatemalan  towns   received 

roads,  improved  housing,  water,  electricity,  and  other 

material  aids.  Political  activity  and  social  change  were 


62 
promoted  by  the  "misiones  culturales,"  the  political 
parties,  unions,  and  government  propaganda  in  general. 

New  awareness   resulted,   and   virtually   all   department 

42 
capitals  of  Guatemala  underwent  some  political  changes. 

In  San  Antonio  Sacatepequez ,  for  example,  the  ladinos  had 

long  excluded  the  Indians  from  power.  During  Arevalo's 

term  of  office,  the  Indians  became  politicized  and  began 

43 
to  openly  challenge  the  ladinos.    As  early  as  1945,  the 

Indians  in  San  Luis  Jilotepeque  had  become  active  in 

44 
local  politics. 

A  new  awareness  of  women's  rights  had  also 
surfaced  with  the  revolution.  Women  had  gained  respect 
from  their  active  participation  in  the  overthrow  of  Ubico 
and  Ponce,  and  their  new  involvement  in  the  political 
process.  Although  only  literate  women  had  been  given  the 
vote,  women  activists  continued  to  work  for  complete 
suffrage.  One  group  of  women  who  identified  with  the 
ideals  of  the  Revolution  formed  the  Alianza  Democratica 
Femenina  Guatemalteca  y  Panamericana. 

A  number  of  specific  programs  for  children  began 
under  Arevalo.  The  Comedores  Infantiles  (children's 
kitchens)  provided  food  for  a  limited  number  of 
disadvantaged  children,  and  the  Guarderias  Nacionales 
(day  nurseries)  provided  care  for  the  children  of  women 
working  in  the  market  place.  Income  from  pinball  and  slot 


63 

machines,     private     donations      ^n^ 

v^uuctLxons,     and     government 

appropriations  funded  these  small  scale  programs/^  Leo 
Suslow  in  1949  found  the  children's  kxtchens  xn  Guatemala 
City  neat  and  comfortable,  and  the  children  happy.  "Lunch 
at  a  kitchen  center  included  a  large  portion  of  beef 
stew,  bread,  and  milk."^^  ^^  ^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^  Ministry 
of  Education  began  a  special  national  lottery,  with  the 
profits  reserved  for  children's  education.  One  man  who 
deserves  much  credit  for  the  establishment  of  children's 
aid  programs  was  Juan  Jose  Orozco  Posadas,  RN  member  and 
early  advocate  of  Ar^valo  for  President. 

Penitentiary  reform  and  other  changes  in  the 
Penal  Code  also  concerned  the  Arevalo  government.  Just 
7  days  after  his  inauguration,  Arevalo  directed  his 
Minister  of  Government  to  "investigate  the  judicial 
situation  of  all  and  each  one  of  the  prisoners,  with  the 
goal  to  mitigate,  as  much  as  possible,  their 
conditions. "^7  The  government  also  directed  that  anyone 
who  remained  incarcerated  for  5  or  more  months  must  be 
taught  how  to  read  and  write. '^^ 

It  was  characteristic  of  Arlvalo's  style  of 
government  that  he  was  not  willing  to  rely  exclusively  on 
formal  programs  and  legislation  to  change  his  promises 
into  reality.  He  thus  demonstrated  a  willingness  to  give 
personal  and  individual  help  to  those  in  need.  Arevalo, 


64 
from  the  beginning  of  his  presidency,  received  large 
numbers   of   letters  and  petitions   from  all  parts  of 

Guatemala  informing  him  of  injustices  and  needs;  requests 

49 
and   complaints,     Arevalo   paid   serious   attention   to 

these  letters,  making  his  own  suggestions  and  orders,  or 

passing  them  on  to  other  officials  to  be  investigated. 

Many  of  the  President's  instructions  were  written  in  his 

own   handwriting,   leaving   no   doubt   of   his   personal 

interest . 

People  expected  the  help  of  their  new  President  in 

numerous  ways.  They  wanted  his  intervention  in  family 

problems,  between  parents  and  offspring,  among  relatives. 

Letters   came   from   relatives   of   prison   inmates.   One 

destitute  old  woman  had  relied  on  her  daughter  for  life 

support,  but  her  daughter  had  been  jailed  for  drinking  "a 

little    corn    beer."      Villages    requested    water, 

electricity,   a  cemetery.   Ladinos  expressed  fear  that 

Indians  were  becoming  too  forward,   and  demanding  too 

much.  Indians  complained  about  the  domination  of  ladinos, 

and  property  disputes  were  common.  Local  officials  were 

sometimes   unworthy.   A  village   in   the   department   of 

Solola  declared  that  the  mayor  sold  public  trees  for 

private  profit,   coerced  local  elections,  and  "in  the 

night  entered  the  women's  jail  to  make  evil  use  of  the 


prisoners 


„51 


65 
The  documents  often  do  not  indicate  how,  or  if, 
the  problems  were  resolved,  but  they  do  indicate  that 
Arevalo  took  his  correspondence  seriously,  and  that  he 
often  gave  orders  to  solve  the  issue  in  question.  For 
example,  when  the  mother  of  an  ill,  eleven  year  old  girl 
wrote  the  President,   complaining  that  the  father  had 

refused   to  maintain  or  educate  the  child.   President 

52 
Arevalo  ordered  that  the  man  must  help.    The  mayor  of 

Chiquimulilla  asked  for  musical  instruments;  he  was  sure 

that  Guatemala  City  had  extras  not  being  used.  Arevalo 

wrote  a  memo  to  the  Minister  of  Government,  instructing 

him  to  try  to  find  the  instruments.  "I  am  interested," 

wrote  Arevalo.  ^^  In  another  case,  a  boy  claimed  to  be 

destitute,  with  a  mother  to  take  care  of:  he  wanted  a  job 

as  office  boy  at  the  government  palace,   so  he  could 

attend  school.  Arevalo  directed  that  the  boy  be  given  a 

54 
job  at  the  first  opportunity. 

A  most  pathetic  letter  came  from  Mrs.  Kalksteen 

Rombaut.  She  explained  that  she  was  of  foreign  birth, 

and  had  immigrated  to  Guatemala  in  1931.  She  and  her 

husband,  with  only  five  Quetzales  in  assets,  found  work 

in  a  pastry  shop.  They  lived  poor,  and  worked  sixteen 

years  without  rest.  Her  husband  never  took  her  anywhere, 

and  finally  began  to  beat  her.  Also,  she  had  to  work 

harder  than  he  did.  She  bore  two  children,  but  then  her 


66 
husband  forced  her  to  have  a  sterilization  operation. 
Her  husband  was,  after  all,  despotic  and  cruel.  The 
letter,  three  full  pages  of  small  type,  went  into  great 
detail.  Arevalo  directed  the  letter  to  Francisco  Valdes, 
the  Minister  of  Government,  and  wrote:  "Paco  Valdes: 
another  drama!  Let's  see  what  we  might  do."  Subsequent 
pages  attached  to  the  letter  in  the  archives,  signed  by 
the  national  Chief  of  Police,  show  that  the  police  were 
busy  finding  out  the  facts,  and  trying  to  resolve  the 
women  s  problems. 

In  addition  to  the  correspondence  he  received, 
Arevalo  sent  investigative  teams  into  the  countryside  to 
find  out  the  needs  and  desires,  large  and  small,  of  the 
people.  On  the  basis  of  the  reports  of  these  teams, 
Arevalo  might  send  technocrats  to  specific  villages,  or 
arrange  a  loan  for  developing  a  water  supply.  In  one 
case,  a  village  requested  three  costumes  for  musicians  in 

the  religious  ceremony  of  a  cofradia:  Arevalo  consented, 

56 
and  directed  that  the  bill  be  sent  to  his  office. 

Arevalo  also  made  personal  promises,  face  to  face,  v/hen 

he  traveled  in  the  country.  The  President  received  a 

couple  of  letters  of  follow-up,   reminding  him  of  his 

promises,  in  one  case  to  make  a  son  take  care  of  his 

mother;  in  another  case  to  free  a  woman's  husband  from 


67 


jail,   that  he  might  take  care  of  the  woman  and  her 
children. 

In  spite  of  the  commendable  goals,  and  significant 
successes,  the  reformers  of  the  Arevalo  period  still 
faced  huge  national  problems  in  1951.  Beginnings  had 
been  made,  and  life  for  many  families  had  improved.  But 
"old  Guatemala"  had  not  yet  transformed  itself  into  a 
"new  Guatemala."  In  1950,  one  economic  study  found 
that,  in  spite  of  advances  made  under  Arevalo,  "limited 
markets,  inadequate  agricultural  production,  high  cost  of 
raw  materials,  lack  of  an  integrated  transportation 
system,  shortages  of  capital  and  credit,  obsolete 
technology,  traditional  policies  of  high  profit  margins 
at  the  expense  of  sales  volume,  inadequate  nutrition,  and 
poor  education  of  workers,"  all  conspired  "to  inhibit 

C  Q 

the  growth  of  industry."  El  Imparcial  reported  that 
malnutrition,  unsanitary  housing,  malaria,  tuberculosis, 
intestinal  parasites,  typhoid,  and  alcoholism  remained 
major  health  problems.  Calorie  intake  stayed  20%  below 
minimal  standards;  total  protein  15%;  and  animal  protein 
60%.^^  Despite  literacy  campaigns,  the  1950  census 
discovered  that  illiterates  made  up  71.9%  of  the 
population  over  age  seven.  Although  credible  estimates 
for  the  illiteracy  rate  under  Ubico  are  unavailable,  it 
is   unlikely   that   the   Arevalistas   had   made   great 


68 


progress.  From  the  revolution  to  the  end  of  Arevalo's 
term  in  office,  the  total  population  increased  about 
400,000;^''  and  people  who  learned  to  read  only  numbered 
about  82,000.^^  Annual  wages  remained  low,  about  100  to 
200  Quetzales  for  the  rural  worker  and  about  360  to  1200 
in  Guatemala  City.^°  Export  earnings  continued  to  rely 
heavily  on  coffee. 

In  1950,  a  Pan  American  Union  study  on  housing  in 
Guatemala  reported  that  the  typical  rural  family  still 
lived  in  a  primitive  hut  of  one  room,  dirt  floors,  and 
thatched  roofs.^^  In  the  capital,  which  received  about 
3,000  rural  families  a  year,  thousands  of  families  lived 
in  "flimsy  shacks. "^^  The  report  noted  that  the 
government  was  trying  to  mitigate  the  hardships,  had  made 
some  advances,  and  had  passed  new  laws  that  were  "well 
framed  and  broad  in  scope. "^^  It  calculated,  however, 
that  in  order  to  overcome  present  housing  deficiencies 
and   meet   the   needs   of   the   growing   population,   the 

government  would  have  to  allocate  about  one  quarter  of 

6  fi 
its  budget  to  housing  for  25  years.    This  is  something 

Guatemala  was  clearly  not  in  a  position  to  do. 

Some  observers  of  the  Arevalo  period  have  pointed 

out  various  problems  within  the  government  itself  that 

may   have   slowed   progress.    Suslow   believed   that 

bureaucratic  conflicts  between  the  Institute  Guatemalteco 


69 


de  Seguridad  Social  and  the  Ministry  of  Public  Health 
delayed  social  security  benefits,  and  that  the  "rapid 
turnover"  of  public  health  ministers  damaged  UNICEF 
efforts  to  promote  health  care  programs  for  Guatemalan 


children 


57 


:l  Imparcial  likewise  complained  of  a  lack 


of  coordination  between  branches  of  government,  and  the 
lost  time,  lost  energy,  and  "money  invested  in  things 
stupid  and  crazy. "^^  Arevalo  has  been  criticized  for 
constructing  a  large  expensive  sports  center,  for  the  6th 
Caribbean  Olympics  of  1950,  when  so  many  needed  housing 
and  basic  care;  one  critic  called  the  stadium  "that  white 
elephant  of  the  Revolution. "^^  Jorge  Garcia  Granados 
claimed  that  the  government  put  too  much  money  into 
education   and   political   propaganda,   when   Guatemala 

actually    needed    first    of    all    an    economic 

70 
infrastructure. 

But  many  of  the  claims  of  the  critics  have  been 
poorly  substantiated,  and  often  they  were  politically 
motivated.  Certainly,  the  reformers  deserve  a  measure 
of  blame,  as  in  the  many  cases  of  working  at  cross 
purposes  among  themselves.  Policy  mistakes  were 
indubitably  made.  But  the  reformers  also  had  to  contend 
with  vast  poverty,  ignorance,  and  general  backwardness, 
on  a  scale  that  solidly  defied  any  short-term  solutions. 
At  the  same  time,  a  strong  opposition  worked  against 


70 
reform.  All  in  all,  in  consideration  of  the  obstacles, 
the  Arevalistas  enacted  praiseworthy  reforms  and  made 
some  progress  toward  carrying  them  out.  The  social  and 
economic  welfare  of  the  "people"  had  become  a  government 
priority. 


Notes 


1.  Eric  Goldman,  The  Crucial  Decade  (New  York, 
1956)  ,  121  . 

2  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "No  hay  que  tener 
miedo,"  '(leaflet)  Nov.  24,  1948,  AGC ,  Unfiled  papers  and 
documents  for  1949. 

3.  Jose  Castro,  La  revolucion  desde  el  poder: 
viaie  de'ida  y  vuelta  a  Guatemala  (La  Habana,  1948),  4. 

4  Anita  Frankel,  "Political  Development  in 
Guatemala,  1945-1954:  The  Impact  of  Foreign,  Military, 
and  Religious  Elites"  (Ph.D.  diss..  University  of 
Connecticut,  1969),  169.  For  particulars  on  the  Church, 
see  Chapter  8. 

5.     Adler,  Public  Finance,  72-3. 

6  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  34; 
Gonzalez',  Historia,  370.  Gonzalez  notes  that  education 
held  fifth  place  in  Ubico's  budget. 

7.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  Seis  anos  de  gobierno, 
vol.2  (Guatemala,  1987),  184-5. 

8.  Suslow,  "Social  Reforms,"  45.  One  Quetzal 
equalled  one  dollar. 

9  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion  to  Gobernador 
Departmental,  June  4,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de 
Gobernacion,  Varios. 


71 


10. 


Arevalo,  Seis  anos,  II,  42,  103,  186 


11     Juan   Jose   Arevalo,   Que   significan las 

escuelas  '  "f ederacion" ;   solucion   Guatemalteca en un 

conflicto  universal  entre  la  arguitectura  v  la  pedagogia 
(Guatemala,  1949),  passim. 

12.  Ibid. 

13.  Jorge  Arriola,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  June  20,  1987;  Gonzalez,  Historia,  370, 
434.  Some  of  these  schools  remain  in  existence,  and  they 
retain  a  good  reputation. 

14.  Arevalo,  Seis  anos,  II,  182;  Gonzalez, 
Historia,  370,  434. 

15.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  "El  doctor  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo  habla  sobre  el  regimen  de  Seguridad  Social," 
Prensa  Libre,  Feb.  8,  1985,  p. 5. 

16.  El  Imparcial,  April  3,  1979. 

17.  Memoria  de  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  p.  52, 
March  1,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  Varies. 

18.  John  Hans  Adler,  Eugene  R.  Schlesinger,  and 
Ernest  C.  Olson,  Public  Finance  and  Economic  Development 
in  Guatemala   (Stanford,  1952),  20,  32-33. 

19.  Ibid.,  276. 

20.  Arevalo,  Seis  anos,  II,  178-179. 

21  Ibid.,  178;  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government, 
35;  Adler,  Public  Finance,  29;  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo, 
Guatemala,  monografia  sociologia  (Mexico,  1959),  551. 
Some  of  the  figures  cited  by  the  above  authors  do  not 
agree. 

22.  Adler,  Public  Finance,  28-30;  Monteforte 
Toledo,  Monografia,  579-86. 

23  Gilbert  E.  Larsen  to  Department  of  State, 
"Annual  Economic  Report-1 949 , "  p. 2,  NAUS  814.00/4-1050. 

24.  Ibid.,  p. 4. 

25.  Ibid.,  p. 26. 


72 


26.    Ibid.,  pp. 33-37. 


27.  NAUS  814.00/2-350;  3-350;  3-2950;  4-2750; 
6-3050;  8-450;  8-850;  9-150;  9-2850;  11-350;  12-150; 
1 2-2950. 

28.  NAUS  81 4.00/2-251  . 

29.  Ibid, 

30.  Jim  Handy,  "Revolution  and  Reaction: 
National  Policy  and  Rural  Politics  in  Guatemala, 
1944-1954"  (Ph.D.  diss..  University  of  Toronto,  1985), 
106;  see  also:  Alfonso  Bauer  Paiz,  "La  revolucion 
Guatemalteca  del  20  de  octubre  de  1944  y  sus  proyecciones 
economico-sociales , "  Alero,  8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974),  62-64. 

31.  Robert  R.  Hendon,  Jr.,  "Some  Recent  Economic 
Reforms  in  Guatemala"  (M.A.  thesis,  1949),  123;  Adler, 
Public  Finance,  20;  Monteforte  Toledo,  Monograf la,  568. 

32.  Handy,  "Revolution,"  103. 

33.  Monteforte  Toledo,  Monograf la,  450-1. 

34.  Anatole  A.  Solow,  Housing  in  Guatemala 
(Washington  D.C.,  1950),  34. 

35.  Ibid.,  33. 

36.  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,  La  Revolucion  de 
Guatemala  1944-1954  (Guatemala,  1975),  20. 

37.  Rodney  T.  Rodriguez,  Revista  de  Guatemala: 
Indice  Literario  (Guatemala,  1987),  1. 

38.  Ibid.,  9. 

39.  "El  grupo  Saker-Ti,"  Diario  de  la  Mahana, 
Sunday  Supplement,  Jan.  15,  1950. 

40 .  Boletin  del  Institute  Indigenista  Nacional, 
1:1  (Oct. -Dec.  1945),  3,41.  See  also:  NAUS 
81 4.01 1 /2-2645  no. 21 91 . 

41 .  Ibid. ,  29. 

42.  Adams,  Crucifixion,  187. 


73 

43.  Robert  Ewald,  "San  Antonio  Sacatepequez 
1932-1953,"  in  Political  Changes  in  Guatemalan  Indian 
Communities,  ed .  Richard  Newbold  Adams  (Michigan,  1957), 
20. 

44.  John  Gillin,  "San  Luis  Jilotepeque 
1942-1955,"  in  Adams,  Political  Changes,  25. 

45.  Leo  A.  Suslow,  "Social  Security  in 
Guatemala:  A  Case  Study  in  Bureaucracy  and  Social  Welfare 
Planning"  (Ph.D.  diss..  University  of  Connecticut,  1954), 
37. 


46 


Ibid. 


47.  Julio  Cesar  Mendez  Montenegro  to  Ministro  de 
Gobernacion,  March  22,  1945,  AGC ,  Correspondencia  del 
Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

48.  Valdes  to  Gobernadores ,  Feb.  14,  1946,  AGC, 
Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  Varies. 

49.  Documents  in  AGC  show  that  hundreds  of 
letters  and  petitions  reached  Arevalo's  office  before  the 
end  of  1945,  and  continued  to  arrive  thereafter. 

50.  No.  298  clas.  540,  Ja^n.  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

51.  No.  7320  clas.  42.7,  Jan.  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

52.  No.  2364  clas.  021-9-D,  Feb.  1947,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

53.  No. 540,  August  14,  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

54.  No.  159  clas.  660-ch,  Jan.  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

55.  Angela  Luisa  Kalksteen  Rombaut  to  Arevalo, 
Sept.  1946,  AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la 
Republica . 

56.  No.  3685  Ref .  312.4,  August  20,  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

57.  No.  4932  ref.  102-fac.,  Feb.  4,  1947,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 


74 


58.  G.E.  Britnell,  "Problems  of  Economic  and 
Social  Change  in  Guatemala,"  The  Canadian  Journal  of 
Economy  and  Political  Science,  17:4  (Nov,  1951),  475. 

59.  El  Imparcial,  May  7,  1951,  cited  in  Suslow, 
"Social  Security,"  32. 

60.  Solow,  Housing,  19;  NAUS  814/4-2050,  p. 10. 
61  .    Monteforte  Toledo,  Monograf la,  41  . 

62.  Manuel  Chavarria  Flores,  Analf abetismo  en 
Guatemala  (Guatemala,  1952),  85,98,  cited  in  Gonzalez, 
Historia,  404. 

63.  Solow,  Housing,  13. 

64.  Ibid.,  12,  15. 

65.  Ibid.,  35. 

66.  Ibid.,  3. 

67.  Suslow,  "Social  Security,"  38,288. 

68.  El  Imparcial,  Oct.  19,  1948,  p. 5. 

69.  Elly  Rodriguez  Gonzalez,  "Silva  Falla  merece 
mi  respecto,"  La  Hora,  April  10,  1958. 

70.  El  Imparcial,  May  7,  1946;  for  the  same 
viewpoint,  see  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  45. 


CHAPTER  6 
POLICIES  AND  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF  THE 
AREVALISTAS: 
PART  TWO 


The  Arevalo  period  produced  neither  a  "rural 
revolution,"  nor  an  "urban  revolution."  It  was  instead  a 
"revolution"  that  embraced  the  entire  nation  in  its 
origin  and  in  its  unfolding.  Certainly,  in  isolated  areas 
of  the  republic  some  people  were  unaware  of  the  changes 
taking  place,  and  nearly  all  of  the  activity, 
particularly  in  1944,  took  place  in  Guatemala  City.  But 
the  revolution  of  October  1944  and  the  Arevalista 
movement  that  grew  out  of  it  received  impetus  from  both 
rural  and  urban  Guatemala,  and  the  Arevalista  government 
included  the  entire  nation  in  its  reform  policies. 

In  1944,  the  political  parties  had  endeavored  to 
promote  revolt  beyond  Guatemala  City,  the  center  of 
activities,  and  create  a  genuine  national  revolution. 
The  Frente  Popular  Libertador  (FPL)  and  to  a  lesser 
degree  the  Partido  Renovacion  Nacional  (RN),  had  begun 
working  in  1944  to  organize  party  chapters  throughout  the 
nation,  particularly  with  the  help  of  rural-based 
teachers.^  El  Progreso,  which  received  an  FPL  chapter  on 


75 


76 

July  25,  1944,  experienced  violence  between  Arevalistas 

2 

and  Poncistas  in  September.   Violence  also  occurred  in 

Mazatenango,  Quetzaltenango,  and  Chiquimula ,  "^ 

Initial  reforms  would  be  obtained  most  easily  in 
urban  areas,  which  could  be  more  easily  reached  by  the 
national  governmental  apparatus,  but  the  Arevalistas 
believed  that  urban  reform  alone  could  not  possibly 
modernize  Guatemala.  The  Arevalistas  also  understood 
that  any  political  party  or  group  that  wanted  political 
power  needed  to  obtain  the  vote  of  the  countryside,  where 
the  majority  of  eligible  voters  lived.  The  power  of  the 
rural  vote  was  seen  in  1950,  when  Arbenz  failed  to  carry 
the  majority  in  Guatemala  City,  but  won  the  presidential 
elections  based  on  his  win  in  the  rural  areas. 
Furthermore,  the  rural  voters  had  to  be  released  from  the 
domination  of  the  large  landholders,  who  in  1945,  and  in 
many  cases  beyond,  continued  to  retain  much  influence 
over  the  workers  and  local  officials. 

Two  great  issues  of  the  utmost  controversy,  labor 
reform  and  land  reform,  would  mark  the  Arevalo  period. 
The  Arevalistas  hoped  that  these  reforms  would  transform 
the  nation,  and  destroy  the  traditional  land  and  work 
patterns  that  kept  the  majority  of  Guatemalans  in  a  state 
of  exploitation  and  misery.  The  issue  of  labor  reform 


77 
was  treated  first,  and  new  laws  and  government  policies 
would  greatly  benefit  the  workers  under  Arevalo. 

Unions  began  to  form  openly  during  the  summer  of 
1944,  and  the  Arevalo  government  and  the  Arevalista 
political  parties  throughout  the  Arevalo  period, 
encouraged  union  growth  and  the  promotion  of  workers' 
rights.  Increasingly,  however,  union  members  gained 
political  power  and  were  able  to  advance  their  demands 
autonomously.  By  1950,  more  than  150  unions  existed  with 
nearly  100,000  members.  Unions  helped  their  members 
during  periods  of  emergency,  such  as  sickness  or  natural 
disaster,  and  they  helped  formulate  proposals  for  new 
labor  laws.^  Unions  also  served  to  watch  for  labor  law 
infractions  by  the  employers. 

New  labor  laws  gave  the  workers  many  benefits. 
The  most  far-reaching  measure  was  the  labor  code  of  May 
1,  1947,  later  expanded  by  amendments  in  1948.  Edwin 
Bishop  correctly  noted  that  the  code  was  "fairly  drawn, 
well-written  and  comprehensive."  It  established 
provisions  for  severance  pay  for  discharged  workers, 
collective  bargaining,  overtime  pay,  compulsory  contracts 
between  labor  and  management,  minimum  wages,  the  right  to 
strike,  guaranteed  vacations  and  other  rights  recognized 
by  the  1945  constitution.  The  Inspeccion  General  de 
Trabajo,  charged  with  overseeing  infractions  of  the  code, 


78 
obtained  extensive  indemnities  for  the  workers  between 
1947  and  1950.^  In  1949,  the  office  worked  on  4,016 
disputes  and  directed  employers  to  pay  over  $100,000  to 

workers,  most  of  which  covered  unjustified  discharge  from 

9 
employment.   If  the  Inspeccion  General  could  not  settle 

the  complaint,  it  was  passed  on  to  another  new  agency, 

the  Tribunales  de  Trabajo. 

Initially  labor  reform  affected  primarily  urban 

areas,  but  organized  labor  also  made  advances  in  the 

agrarian   sector.   Labor  activity  took  place  early  on 

national  fincas  and  on  the  relatively  advanced  farms  of 

the  United  Fruit  Company.  In  1949  there  were  forty-six 

1  0 
farm  unions,  and  many  more  were  being  formed.    In  1950, 

the  Confederacion  Nacional  Campesina  de  Guatemala  ( CNCG ) 

was  founded,  and  soon  became  an  influential  voice  for 

peasant  labor. 

Archer  Bush  concluded  in  1 950  that  the  unions  and 

the  labor  codes  had  had  a  positive  effect  on  the  workers. 

Wage   increases,   better   working   conditions,   and   job 

security  represented  part  of  the  advances.  Self-respect 

and   "psychological   satisfactions"   resulted   from   the 

working   man's   new   status,   along   with   feelings   of 

increased  prestige  and  social  unity.  The  unions,  wrote 

Bush,  were  "forming  the  backbone  of  a  new  social  group," 

^   ^    ill 
in  Guatemala. 


79 

Workers  also  received  benefits  from  the  Instituto 

Guatemalteco  de  Seguridad  Social  (IGSS),  an  autonomous 

and  nominally  obligatory  system  which  began  operation  on 

January  2,  1948.  IGSS  benefits  would  eventually  include 

coverage  for  accidents,  maternity,  illness,  old  age,  and 

1  2 
death.    The  IGSS  planners  realized  they  faced  a  lack  of 

trained   personnel   and   medical    facilities,   public 

ignorance,   insufficient  funds,   and  a  lack  of  accurate 

data;  therefore  they  planned  a  gradual  program  that  would 

1  3 
cover  the  entire  nation  only  after  ten  years.    Urban 

workers  received  the  first  benefits,  because  an  urban 

infrastructure  made  the  administrative  tasks  much  easier. 

After  six  months,  the  program  insured  80,000  workers,  and 

after  one  year  it  insured  140,000  workers.  During  the 

1  4 
first   year,   it  paid  out  Q498,382   in  benefits.     In 

mid-1950,  a  U.S.  Embassy  economic  report  on  the  previous 

six  months  noted  that  "the  successful  social  security 

,15 


program  continued  to  make  gains 


By  March  31  ,  1  951  , 


more  than  170,000  received  IGSS  coverage,  the  majority 

1  fi 
being  not  urban  but  rural  workers.    Leo  Suslow  believed 

that  a  significant  improvement  occurred  in  the  well-being 

of   the   covered  workers.   Although  Suslow  knew  of  no 

specific  studies  that  dealt  with  the  effect  which  the 

IGSS  had  on  Guatemala's  Indians,  he  noted  that  "one  still 

cannot   ignore   the   direct   observation   of   Indians   in 


80 

hospitals,   Indians  in  the  rehabilitation  centers,   and 

1  7 
Indians  receiving  cash  benefits  and  pensions." 

Many  reformers  believed  that  it  was  crucial  to 

enact  far-reaching  land  reform,  meaning  the  partition  and 

redistribution  of  large  land  holdings,  along  with  other 

measures   to   aid   the   campesino.   The   Comite-Politico 

Ferrocarrilero,  a  union  political  committee,  defined  the 

importance  of  land  reform  in  a  manifesto  of  December 

1949. 

By  means  of  agrarian  reform  our  agricultural 
production  will  be  increased  to  new  levels,  new 
horizons  will  be  opened  up  to  our  industry,  our 
internal  market  will  be  expanded  and  new  human 
masses  will  be  incorporated  with  the  capacity  of 
consumers.  To  carry  out  agrarian  reform  means  to 
modernize  and  mechanize  agricultural  exploitation, 
to  develop  a  national  industry  based  upon  domestic 
raw  materials,  to  substantially  improve  the  living 
conditions  of  the  working  populat^i^n,  elevating 
its  welfare  and  its  cultural  level. 

In  1947,  Max  Ricardo  Cuenca ,  writing  in  the  Revista  de 

Guatemala,   argued  that  without   land  reform  Guatemala 

would  remain  a  weak,  underdeveloped  nation,  unable  to 

achieve  modernization  and  independence  from  the  United 

States   and   other   world   powers.   "Only   with   agrarian 

reform   can   democracy   be   consolidated,   the   country 

industrialized,   hunger  and  misery  liquidated,   culture 

developed.    Central    America    united,    and    Belize 


recovered 


,,19 


81 

Letters  and  petitions  requesting  new  land,  the 
return  of  stolen  land,  and  help  with  boundary  disputes, 
predated  Arevalo's  inauguration,  and  continued 
thereafter.  In  some  villages,  people  banded  into 
"Comites  Pro-Tierras"  to  jointly  fight  for  local  land 
rights,  as  they  did  in  Ayarza,  Santa  Rosa.^°  Examples  of 
the  requests  could  include  the  petition  from  San 
Sebastian   Caotan,   asking   the   President   to   help   the 

campesinos,  and  give  them  free  land,  "as  has  been  done 

2 1 
for  other  people."    A  petition,  signed  in  1947  by  55  men 

from  San  Agustin  Acasaguastlan ,  claimed  that  the  large 

landowners  and  the  mayor  were  stealing  communal  land, 

crops,  trees,  and  the  labor  of  workers. 

Arevalista  political  parties  and  unions  included 

land  reform  among  their  platform  goals,  and  some  of  the 

more  zealous  members,  especially  in  PAR,  began  working  in 

1944  and  1945  for  more  equitable  distribution  of  the 

nation's   land.   In   1946,   the  second  congress  of   the 

Confederacion  de  Trabaj adores  de  Guatemala  ( CTG )  demanded 

"democratic    agrarian    reform."      The    first    "great 

convention"   of   the   Federaci5n   Sindical   de   Guatemala 

(FSG),   in  June   1947,   called  the  land  reform  problem 

"urgent."   Jim  Handy  noted  that  "every  major  economic 

publication  in  the  country  not  linked  to  the  landowners' 


82 

associations   argued   periodically   that   the   agrarian 

1,24 
structure  of  the  country  needed  to  be  altered." 

The  Arevalo  government,  however,  had  to  approach 

the    land    reform   issue   with   caution.    The   great 

landholders  retained  much  economic  power,  and  opposed  any 

significant   reform.   But   worry   centered   also   on   the 

peasants  themselves.   Reformers  wondered  if  an  orderly 

program  of  land  reform  could  be  devised  that  would  not 

degenerate   into   massive   land   takeovers   by   peasants 

suddenly  overwhelmed  by  greed  and  high  expectations.  The 

countryside  was  indeed  an  area  of  potential  rebellion, 

and  it  appeared  that  "agitators,"  i.e.  extremist  leaders, 

were  preparing  the  campesinos  for  confrontation.  Indeed, 

a  number  of  land  invasions  did  occur.  Arevalo  himself 

advocated  a  cautious  route  to  land  reform.  In  a  January, 

1945  interview,  Arevalo  stated  that  poor  farmers  needed 

more  land,   cheap  credit,   and  expert  instruction,  but 

reforms  would  be  made  only  after  extensive  and  careful 

study. ^^   Many  reformers  agreed  with  Arevalo.  The  FSG 

political  statement  of  1947,  for  example,  had  noted  the 

"urgent"  need  for  land  reform,  which  must  be  implemented 

to  put  an  end  to  feudalism.  All  the  people  would  have  to 

join   together  in  the   "revolutionary   fight."  But  the 

statement  also  declared  that  FSG  opposed  demagogues,  who 

misled  the  campesinos,  and  put  the  national  economy  in 


danger.  In  Guatemala,  "there  is  no  need  to  provoke 
difficult  situations,"  because  the  nation  possesses  "land 
in  abundance." 

In  1946,  several  large  meetings  took  place  between 
department  governors,  town  mayors,  and  representatives 
from  the  central  government.  Those  who  attended  approved 
a  number  of  "agreements"  that  would  be  reflective  of 
the  government's  initial  caution,  and  the  strong 
local  influence  still  retained  by  the  large  landowners. 
Concern  for  peace  and  economic  stability  ranked  high,  and 
the  participants  agreed  on  the  "persecution  and 
elimination"  of  political  agitators  "who  exploit  and 
incite  the  campesinos  to  rebellion."  Also,  vagrancy  in 
all  forms  must  be  prosecuted,  and  landowners  who  comply 
with  the  humanitarian  needs  of  the  workers  must  be 
protected.  The  participants  offered  a  few  minor 
suggestions  to  improve  the  life  of  the  worker;  for 
example,  the  promotion  of  sports  and  inexpensive  work 
tools,  and  the  discouragement  of  drinking  alcoholic 
beverages.   In   sum,   it  was  agreed  that  the  needs  of 

landowners  and  workers  had  to  be  recognized;  and  rural 

27 
relations  harmonized. 

On  July  2,  1947,  a  circular  sent  to  all  department 

governors   by   the  Ministry  of  Government  ordered  that 

anyone  who  advocated  the  violent  seizure  of  private  land 


84 

must  be  punished  severely.  It  must  not  be  allowed  that 
agitators  compel  campesinos  or  workers  to  join  or  form 
associations  that  work  toward  taking  land  from  the 
owners.  The  governors  must  "proceed  with  great  energy 
against  the  agitators,  consigning  them  immediately  to  the 
tribunals  of  justice."  Victor  Manuel  Gutierrez  and  other 
labor  leaders  protested  to  Arevalo,  claiming  that  the 
circular  would  be  used  to  unjustly  harass  the  workers  and 
campesinos,  and  protect  the  enemies  of  the  revolution. ^^ 
These  complaints  were  largely  unjustified,  for  the 
government  continued  to  work  for  rural  reform,  even  while 
it  tried  to  maintain  rural  peace. 

Outbreaks  of  violence  attributed  to  agitators  were 
not  rare.  For  example,  the  Arevalo  administration  in 
early  1946  forced  CTG  leader  Amor  Velasco  from  his  post 
in  the  municipality  of  Malacatan  because  of  charges  that 

Velasco  was   inciting  local   Indians  to  seize  private 

29 

landholdings.      Also  in  1946,   in  another  case,   the 

government  instructed  the  police  in  Malacatan  to  arrest 
the  campesino  leaders  of  a  local  farm  union.  Several  days 
after  the  arrests,  while  the  Malacatan  Chief  of  Police 
was  driving  to  Guatemala  City  with  his  wife,  a  group  of 
campesinos  attacked  him,  in  reprisal  for  the  arrest  of 
their  leaders.  The  chief's  wife  received  some 
injuries.      In   early   1948,    for   another   example, 


85 
political  disturbances  in  El  Tumbador,  San  Marcos, 
culminated  in  the  killing  of  the  town  mayor  by  Indians 
from  neighboring  farms.  Some  local  members  of  PAR  had 
allegedly  incited  the  Indians  with  Marxist  demagogy,  and 
spent  several  years  in  jail  for  their  crimes. 

Between  1945  and  1951,  the  Arevalo  government 
managed  to  enact  only  a  few  reforms  that  dealt  with 
land.  The  government  was,  however,  able  to  experiment 

with  cooperatives,  collectives,  and  land  grants  in  the 

32 

farms  under  its  control.    The  Arevalo  administration 

directly  administered  a  number  of  lands  and  plantations, 
some  of  which  had  been  confiscated  from  the  dictator  and 
his  followers,  while  others  had  been  confiscated  from 
Germans  during  World  War  II.  In  1949,  there  were  over 
100  government  controlled  farms  and  plantations,  which 
supplied  about  11%  of  government  income.  In  one  case, 
Arevalo   himself  ordered  that  the  entire  farm  "Yerba 

Buena"    be   given   to   the   campesinos   of   Cuilco, 

II   u   4-        34 
Huehuetenango. 

Outside  of  the  government  farms,  the  desire  for 

reform   was   expressed   primarily   by   ongoing   research 

projects.  Within  the  Arevalo  administration,  by  February 

1946,  the  Direcci5n  General  de  Colonizaci5n  y  Tierras, 

under  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture,   was   investigating 

35 
land  reform  projects.     In  1947,  Congress  created  the 


86 
Comisi5n  de  Estudios  Agrarios ,  which  began  its  own 
investigations  on  land  reform  needs.  In  1948,  Congress 
passed  the  Law  of  Expropriation,  which  permitted  the 
state  to  seize  property,  if  compensated  at  a  fair  price, 
in  order  to  satisfy  the  public  material  or  spiritual 
welfare.  On  December  21,  1949,  ostensibly  in  order  to 
overcome  food  shortages  after  extensive  hurricane  damage, 
the  government  promulgated  the  "law  of  forced  rental."  It 
was  the  first  law  to  seriously  affect  landowners,  and  at 
the  time  it  caused  great  controversy.  The  law  mandated 
that  landowners  who  had  been  renting  land  for  the  past 
four  years  must  continue  renting  those  lands  for  two  more 
years,  and  rent  to  peasants  at  a  fair  price  any  land  left 
uncultivated.  The  rent  could  not  exceed  ten  percent  of 
the  farmer's  products,  paid  in  money  or  in  kind.  Fines 
for  violation  were  only  10  to  50  Quetzales,  but  the  law 
successfully  benefited  the  renters,  and  directly  led 
into  more  extensive  reforms  under  the  next 
administration.  Other  efforts  at  reform  included 
colonization  programs  that  tried  to  mitigate  land 
problems   with   population   resettlement.   Because   of 

geographic   and   financial   obstacles,   few   areas   were 

37 
actually  colonized. 

The  failure  of  the  Arevalistas  to  enact  profound 

land  reforms  caused  much  unhappiness.  Typical  of  the 


87 
complaints  sent  to  Arevalo  was  one  from  the  people  of  San 
Miguel  Duenas,  who  by  August  of  1947  had  become 
displeased  with  the  government's  handling  of  a  local  land 
dispute.  The  matter  had  been  passed  from  the  Mi  -.ister  of 
Government,  to  the  Minister  of  Communications,  to 
Agriculture,  and  back  to  Government,  without  resolution. 
The  petitioners  praised  the  President,  but  damned  those 
who  worked  for  him.  "But,  Mr.  President,  your  Ministers 
have  defrauded  you,"  the  petition  claimed. 

But  the  progress  in  bringing  the  nation 
significant  land  reform  went  further  than  the  laws 
themselves  would  indicate.  Increasing  political  awareness 
in  the  rural  areas  resulted  from  official  education 
programs  and  the  efforts  of  political  parties  and  unions. 
The  land  reform  issue  became  widely  discussed,  in  and  out 
of  the  government,  and  specific  proposals  on  land  reform 
were  increasingly  made.  When  the  Comite  Nacional  de 
Unidad  Sindical  (GNUS)  presented  its  detailed  plan  for 
agrarian  reform  in  September,  1949,  the  result  of  much 
preparation,  the  nation  went  into  open  debate.  In  1950,  a 
special  committee  in  Congress  began  drawing  up  its  own 
comprehensive  land  reform  proposal.  The  issue  of  land 
reform,  it  became  apparent,  had  reached  maturity. 

Arevalo  was  no  wild-eyed  radical,  nor  were  the 
great   majority   of   the   Arevalista   reformers.   They 


dedicated  themselves  to  modernization  and  social  justice 
while  they  rejected  extreme  measures.  Persons  of  the 
far  political  left  find  the  Arevalista  reforms  minor, 
which  they  certainly  were,  compared  with,  for  example, 
what  Castro  would  eventually  do  in  Cuba,  But  the 
Arevalistas  were  serious  about  changing  Guatemala  in 
major  ways.  Their  goals  were  high:  they  expected  to 
accomplish  a  lot.  They  would  become  very  frustrated,  and 
some  would  become  increasingly  radicalized,  when  success 
seemed  to  elude  them. 


Notes 

1.  Herrera,  Guatemala,  67. 

2.  Alvaro  Hugo  Salguero  to  Arevalo,  August  20, 
1946,  AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la 
Republica . 

3.  Herrera,  Guatemala,  72. 

4.  Edwin  W.  Bishop,  "The  Guatemalan  Labor 
Movement,  1944-1959,"  (Ph.D.  diss..  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1959),  73-4,  76. 

5.  Archer  C.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor  in 
Guatemala  1944-1949,"  (M.A.  thesis,  Colgate  University, 
1950)  ,  part  3,  pp.49,  53. 

6.  Ibid. ,  part  3,  p. 38. 

7.  Bishop,  "Guatemalan  Labor,"  74. 

8.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  part  1,  p. 42. 

9.  Ibid. 


89 

10.  Gerrit  Huizer,  The  Revolutionary  Potential 
of  Peasants  in  Latin  America  (Massachusetts,  1972),  137. 

11.  Bush,  "Organized   Labor,"  part  3,  pp. 77-78. 

12.  Suslow,  "Social  Security,"  66. 

13.  Ibid.,  70. 

14.  Suslow,  "Social  Reforms,"  115. 

15.  Gilbert  E.  Larsen  to  Department  of  State, 
"6-months  economic  report,"  NAUS  814,00/8-850. 

16.  Suslow,  "Social  Security,"  77. 

17.  Ibid.,  286. 

18.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  Appendix  B,  2. 

19.  Max  Ricardo  Cuenca,  "La  reforma  agraria 
democratica  en  Guatemala,"  Revista  de  Guatemala,  7 (March 
1947) ,  77. 

20.  No.  3264  clasif icacion  121.1,  June  12,  1947, 
AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

21.  No.  2832  clasificacion  240,^June,  1946,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

22.  No.  1882  clasificacion  42.1,  April  12,  1947, 
AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

23.  Bishop,  "Guatemala  Labor,"  119. 

24.  Jim  Handy,  "The  Most  Precious  Fruit  of  the 
Revolution:  The  Guatemalan  Agrarian  Reform,  1952-1954," 
(Article  to  be  published  by  the  Hispanic  American 
Historical  Review),  6. 

25.  El  Popular  (Mexico  City),  Jan.  29,  1945,  in 
NAUS  814.001/1-3145  no. 22847. 

26.  Primer  Gran  Convencion  de  la  Federacion 
Sindical  de  Guatemala,  AGC,  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion, 
Varies . 

27.  No. 1690,  Feb.  20,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de 
Gobernacion,  Varios. 


90 

28.  CTG  to  Arevalo,  July  17,  1947,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

29.  NAUS   OIR5123,  p. 52. 

30.  No. 601,  June  4,  1946,  AGC,  Direcci5n  General 
de  Policia. 

31.  NAUS   814.00/1-1348   no. 27. 

32.  Suslow,  "£...cial  Reforms,"  49,68. 

33.  Gilbert  E.  Larsen  to  Department  of  State, 
"6-months  economic  report,"  NAUS  814.00/8-850;  Jose 
M.  Ayabar  de  Soto,  Dependency  and  Intervention:  The  Case 
of  Guatemala  in  1954  (Boulder,  1978),  128. 

34.  Acuerdo,  May  3,  1947,  AGC,  Ministerio  de 
Gobernacion,  Correspondencia. 

35.  No. 001521,  Feb.  13,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de 
Gobernacion,  Varios. 

36.  Ayabar  de  Soto,  Dependency,  126. 

37.  Suslow,  "Social  Reforms,"  49,68. 

38.  Peticion,  August  24,  1947,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 


CHAPTER  7 
THE  BREAKDOWN  OF  REVOLUTIONARY  UNITY 


The  success  of  the  revolutionaries  of  1  944  in 
destroying  the  dictatorship  had  produced  much  enthusiasm 
and  hope  for  a  better  future,  but  underneath  the  shared 
desire  for  modernization  and  other  general  goals  existed 
serious  disunity  within  the  Guatemalan  polity  and 
society.  Conflict  and  divisions  had  long  characterized 
Guatemalan  society,  for  example  between  Indians  and 
ladinos,  and  between  great  landlords  and  the  peasants. 
Even  within  rural  Indian  and  peasant  communities  serious 
class  divisions  had  developed.  Factional  divisions  in 
Guatemalan  national  politics  had  also  existed  since 
Guatemala  become  an  independent  nation  in  1821.  In  the 
1920s,  a  largely  middle-class  movement  challenged  the 
status  quo,  but  Ubico's  dictatorship  produced  an 
unwilling  peace.  Ubico,  however,  could  neither  solve 
Guatemala's  historical  divisiveness ,  nor  eliminate  the 
reformist  challenge  to  the  traditional  order. 

The  "revolutionaries"  who  had  united  to  overthrow 
Ubico  and  Ponce  would  soon  have  to  contend  with  serious 
disagreement  among  themselves.  Many  of  these  differences 

91 


92 
became  sharply  apparent  during  the  Constitutional 
Assembly  of  1945,  but  hope  remained  that  the  various 
factions  would  peacefully  coexist,  so  that  democracy 
would  prevail.  However,  as  Alfonso  Guerra  Borges 
observed,   "the  particular  interests  of  various  groups 

became   clear   and   their   opposing   positions   hardened, 

2 

increasingly  so,  in  the  development  of  events'" 

Some  Guatemalans  speculated  that  Guatemalan 
culture  contained  an  unusually  high  degree  of  inherent 
contentiousness.  In  an  editorial  entitled  "Brothers  or 
Wild  Beasts?",  El  Imparcial  claimed:  "In  other  parts  of 
the  world  two  or  more  people  who  are  active  in  different 
political  groups,  or  profess  different  ideologies,  can 
discuss,  fight  verbally  in  the  courts  or  in  the  press; 
but  in  private  or  social  matters  are  good  friends,  or  at 
least  they  respect  each  other."  But  not  in  Guatemala.  All 
points  of  contention  become  personal,  a  "matter  of  honor 
and  injured  self-love."  Prejudice  and  hate  create 
mountains  out  of  mole  hills.  The  reasoning  behind  the 
argument  loses  importance,  and  reasoning  "can  go  to  the 
devil,"  for  the  only  matter  that  counts  "is  the  quantity 

of  insults,  affronts,  or  calumnies  that  one  accumulates 

3 
against  the  adversary."   Mary  Holleran,   a  visitor  to 

Guatemala  during  Arevalo's  presidency,  had  her  own  view. 

"Perhaps  because  the  ladino  is  a  racial  mixture,  blended 


93 
of  the  old  world  and  the  new,  possessing  a  split 
personality,  he  suffers  more  from  an  inferiority  complex 
than  anyone  else,  I  think  perhaps,  in  the  world.  He  is  an 
extremist  in  everything.  It  is  practically  impossible  to 
carry  on  a  reasonable  argument  with  him,  for,  rather  than 
face  the  inevitable  and  logical  conclusions,  he  will 
change  the  subject  and  go  off  on  a  tangent."  These 
views  are,  of  course,  overly  harsh.  They  reflect, 
however,  the  volatility  which  characterized  the  breakdown 
of  revolutionary  unity. 

Age  differences  may  have  contributed  to  the 
breakdown  of  revolutionary  unity.  Men  and  women  of  all 
ages  joined  the  revolution,  and  all  ages  could  be  found 
all  over  the  political  spectrum.  But  it  became  clear 
that  a  deep  divide  existed  between  some  younger  and  older 
revolutionaries;  in  particular  between  the  so-called 
"generation  of  1920"  and  the  "generation  of  1944,"  with 
the  younger  group  demanding  immediate  changes  and  the 
older  group  speaking  for  caution  and  restraint.  Personal 
ideology  and  political  tactics  played  roles  in  this 
"generation  gap,"  but  a  struggle  for  leadership  between 
the  two  age  groups  was  also  inherent  in  the  conflict. 

The  appellation,  "generation  of  1920,"  identified 
the  group  that  in  their  youth  had  contributed  to  the 
overthrow  of  Estrada  Cabrera  in  1920,  and  then  worked  for 


94 
reform  in  the  1920s.  Part  of  this  generation  had  suffered 
years  of  imprisonment  and  exile  while  some  had  managed  to 
fit  in  or  co-exist  with  the  Ubico  dictatorship.  In 
general,  the  "generation  of  1920"  had  been,  and  remained, 
less  zealous  than  the  young  of  1944.  Clemente  Marroquin 
Rojas,  an  outstanding  "1920"  member,  admitted  in  a 
newspaper  article  in  1945  that  the  1920  generation  had 
emphasized  the  concept  of  "liberty,"  but  had  not 
developed  deep  patriotic  notions  about  Guatemala  as  a 
whole.  The  youth  of  1944,  however,  embraced  nationalism 
and  were  "more  penetrated  with  duty."  Causes  not 
championed  by  the  1920  generation  included  the  uplifting 
of  the  Indian,  land  reform,  and  the  readjustment  of 
wealth  between  the  rich  and  poor.  These  older 
revolutionaries,  had,  however,  played  a  key  role  in 
bringing  down  the  dictator,  and  in  creating  the  new 
government.  Eight  members  of  the  1920  generation,  for 
example,  had  served  on  the  Constituent  Assembly's  15 
member  drafting  committee:  Francisco  Villagran,  Jorge 
Garcia  Granados,  Jose  Falla  Aris,  Manuel  de  Leon  Cordona , 
Jorge  Adan  Serrano,  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  David  Vela, 
and  Luis  Alberto  Paz  y  Paz.  The  years  of  their  births 
were,  respectively:  1897,  1900,  1897,  1896,  1897,  1897, 
1901 ,  1894. 


95 
Part  of  the  "Generation  of  1920,"  including 
Guillermo  Flores  Avendano  and  Adan  Manrique  Rios,  had 
opposed  the  Arevalista  movement  from  the  beginning. 
Indeed,  whether  members  of  the  "Generation  of  1920"  or 
not,  the  great  majority  of  those  who  led  the  opposition 
against  Arevalo  were  of  relatively  advanced  age.  Adrian 
Recinos,  who  placed  second  in  the  1944  presidential  race, 
was  58  years  old,  and  Manuel  Maria  Herrera  (3rd  place) 
was  about  the  same. 

The  greatest  amount  of  zealous  energy  came  from 
the  young;  the  "generation  of  1944."  The  young,  in 
particular  the  university  students  and  young 
professionals,  had  given  the  revolution  its  overwhelming 
numbers,  in  part  because  they  themselves  were  many,  in 
part  because  they  helped  organize  those  workers  who  had 
taken  part  in  the  fight.  In  the  words  of  an  El  Imparcial 
article,  written  30  years  after  the  October  revolution, 
"significant  elements  of  the  generation  of  1920" 
participated  in  the  revolution  and  the  "confusing  chain" 
of  events  that  followed,  but  this  generation  was  greatly 
overshadowed  by  the  Arevalismo  of  the  young  and  the 
popular  masses,  i.e.  "that  impressive  phenomenon  that 
more  than  a  political  phenomenon  was  a  social 
phenomenon. 


96 
It  had  been  the  political  parties  primarily 
consisting  of  young  members,  FPL  and  RN,  that  had 
nominated  Arevalo,  and  these  parties  had  worked  the 
hardest  to  elect  him.  Arevalo,  in  truth,  owed  his 
presidency  to  the  young,  and  as  President  he  did  his  best 
to  nurture  and  promote  youth  in  the  political  process. 
Even  before  his  nomination,  he  wrote  glowing  opinions  on 
the  potential  of  young  leadership  to  bring  culture  and 
modernization  to  Latin  America.  Marroquin  Rojas,  writing 
15  years  after  the  Revolution,  noted  Arevalo' s  own 
relative  youth.  "In  those  days  Arevalo  was  a  boy  of 
middle  age,  ambitious  to  make  a  difference,  without 
children  to  defend,  with  little  in  the  way  of  family 

Q 

roots:  in  a  nutshell,  he  epitomized  the  young."  The 
1944  generation,  however,  without  Arevalo' s  help,  had 
already  carved  out  for  itself  a  large  section  of  the 

political  power  structure.  The  first  Congress  had  no 

9 
less  than  44  students,   out  of  68  members  in  total,  and 

FPL  and  RN  were  Guatemala's  largest  and  most  powerful 

political  parties.   By  one  count,   the  average  age  of 

1  0 
Congressmen  in  1950  was  still  only  35  years. 

Derisively   labeled   "los   chiquilines"   ("brash 

youngsters"   or  "young  idiots")  by  their  critics,   the 

energetic  youth  that  filled  the  new  government  angered 

and  irritated  many  of  the  1920  generation.  Marroquin 


97 


Rojas  called  the  Arevalistas  "a  virgin  youth, 
passionate,  blind,  imbued  with  the  liberty  recently  won 
by  the  entire  nation,  and,  of  course,  leftist."''^  "Los 
chiquilines, "  he  claimed,  would  allov/  into  their  group 
only  those  of  the  same  generation,  and  they  caused  "first 
Silva  Peha,  then  Garcia  Granados,  then  Jorge  Toriello, 
and  finally  Doctor  Julio  Bianchi  and  myself"  to  be 
expelled  from  the  Arevalo  government. 

The  "generation  of  1920"  did  not  deny  the  extreme 
importance  of  the  youth  movement  in  the  overthrow  of 
Ubico  and  Ponce,  but  they  believed  that  their  own  role 
had  also  been  instrumental.  (Which  it  fact  it  had  been.) 

"Those  of  '20  were  the  soul  of  the  movement  of  '44," 

1  3 
wrote  Epaminondas  Quintana   (b.1896).    Members  of  the 

1920   generation   claimed  that   it  had  been  their  own 

political  party,   Partido  Social  Democratico,   that  had 

first  organized  to  combat  Ubico,  and  it  had  been  they  who 

helped  organize  and  finance  the  young.    Carlos  Samayoa 

Chinchilla  (b.1898)  complained  that  the  young's  rejection 

of  the  older  generation,   even  those  who  had  remained 

honorable  under  Ubico  and  had  helped  in  his  overthrow, 

caused  the  initial  revolutionary  front  to  divide  into  two 


sections,  one  "formed  by  men  who  were  older, 


,15 


This 


older  group  of  men  often  reached  back  to  glorify  their 


98 


own  youthful  revolutionary  days  of  1920,  as  they  also 
continually  defended  their  role  in  the  1944  revolution. 

Young  revolutionaries  felt  themselves  part  of  a 
movement  that  was  separate  from  the  older,  generally  more 
cautious  reformers.  Marco  Antonio  Villamar  Contreras, 
who  was  18  years  old  in  1944,  claims  that  the  young  had 
great  confidence  in  their  cause  and  in  their  own  purity, 
while  they  found  it  difficult  to  trust  the  older 
politicians,  especially  those  "elders"  who  had  not  been 

1  ft 

exiled  under  Ubico.    Arturo  Cruz  noted  that  "the  old 

1  7 
politicians,"   were   the   enemies   of   the   revolution. 

Throughout  the  Arevalo  period,  the  young  received  much 

praise,  from  both  government  and  private  publications, 

for  their  role  in  the  overthrow  of  the  dictatorship  and 

1  ft 
their  subsequent  role  in  government.    Many  of  the  young 

felt    particularly    proud    of    their    overwhelming 

participation  in  the  October  revolution.   "VJe  students 

1  9 
moved  the  first  rock,"  wrote  Mario  Silva  Jonama .    Oscar 

Benitez  admits  that  his  generation  came  to  power  with 

innocence   and   immaturity,   but   believes   that   they 

therefore  had  not  developed  arts  of  cunning  and  cajolery, 

like  older  politicians.  Instead,  says  Benitez,  the  young 

were   filled   with   deep   patriotism,   nationalism,   and 


exemplary  honor. 


20 


99 

Fear  of  the  consequences  of  the  participation  of 
Indians  and  workers  in  the  revolution  and  the  reform 
movement  caused  additional  conflict  within  the  middle  and 
upper  classes.  Some  reformers,  particularly  the  far  left 
followers  of  Arevalo,  advocated  a  large  political  role 
for  the  masses,  while  more  cautious  Guatemalans  feared 
that  Indians  and  workers  who  became  politically  active 
could  become  overly  demanding  and  violent.  They  believed 
the  masses  were  prone  to  unrealistic  expectations  and 
class  conflict,  as  demonstrated  in  several  incidents  just 
before   the   Revolution.   On   September   14,   1944,   for 
example,   thousands   of   campesinos,   armed   with   clubs, 
marched  in  the  streets  of  the  capital,   cheering  thi 
Liberal  party  and  General  Ponce,  who  had  promised  land  to 
those  who  would  support  him.  The  fears  of  many  came  true 
when,  with  the  fall  of  Ponce,  large  numbers  of  Indians  in 
Patzicia,  in  the  department  of  Chimaltenango,  attacked 
ladinos   with  hatchets,   clubs,   and  machetes.   As   they 
cheered  for  Ponce,  the  Indians  knocked  down  the  doors  of 
houses,   and  murdered  women,   children,  and  men.  Great 
potential  for  violence  existed,   claimed  El_jmearcial , 
when  demagogues  used  Indians  as  a  "blind  instrument"  to 
obtain  political  power. ^^  ^3  explained  in  the  previous 
chapter,   "agitators"  during  the  Arevalo  period  would 


1  00 
continue  to  rally  the  workers  and  caoipesinos  to  greater 
political  action,  and  sometimes  violence. 

Disagreements   broke   out   most   forcefully   and 
clearly   over   the   differences   xn   professed   political 
ideology-which  could  be  based  on  greed,  ambition,  social 
and  racial  prejudice,  or  fear  of  turmoxl  and  change,  as 
well  as  on  sincerely  felt  ideological  beliefs,  in  the 
political   jargon   of   the   day,   terms   labeling   the 
pro-government  forces  included  ArevaUstas,  communxsts, 
the  "official  parties,"  and  revolutionaries.  Those  who 
did  not  support  Arevalo  might  be  called  conservatives, 
liberals,   Falangists,   cachurecos   (members  of  the  old 
pro-church  Conservative  Party),  and  reactionaries.  During 
Arevalo 's  presidency,  the  most  commonly  used  terms  were 
"revolutionaries,"   i.e.   Arevalista   political   parties 
(FPL,  RN,  PAR),  and  "reactionaries,"  i.e.  those  opposed 
to  the  government.  An  objective  analysis  of  Guatemala's 
political  differences,  however,  should  employ  a  larger 
number  of  labels  than  revolutionary  and  reactionary. 

Alfonso  Sol5rzano  has  argued  that  at  the  end  of 
Ubico's  dictatorship,  the  long-dominant  Liberal  Party 
had  divided  into  three  wings,  while  remnants  of  the 
Conservative  Party  still  existed.  One  wing  of  Liberals 
constituted  the  Ubico  faction,  another  wing  contained 
conservative,   traditionally   minded   men   who   had   been 


1  01 
outside  or  only  on  the  margin  of  Ubico's  favored  group. 
The  third  wing,  which  Solorzano  called  "neoliberals , " 

was  made  up  largely  of  educated,  middle-class  people  who 

22 
desired  reforms  leading  to  democracy.    The  remnants  of 

the  old  Conservative  Party,  although  no  longer  grouped  in 

a  political  party  of  that  name,  had  been  enemies  of  Ubico 

2  3 
but  were  traditionally  minded  and  fearful  of  change. 

The  anti-Ubico  Liberals  and  the  Conservative  remnants 

joined    in    opposition    to    Ubico,    but    only    the 

"neo-Liberals"  largely  supported  Arevalo  for  President. 

After  the  revolution,  the  problems  between  traditional 

Liberals  and  Conservatives  meant  little  in  the  face  of 

24 
class  conflict  and  the  danger  of  uncontrolled  change. 

Guatemalans   who   never   desired   Arevalo   for 

President,  and  who  refused  (or  were  not  allowed)  to  work 

in  his  government,  constituted  the  original  opposition  of 

1944  and  1945.  Arevalo' s  opposition,  however,  did  not 

remain    static,    for    a    significant    number    of 

revolutionaries  who  had  supported  Arevalo  at  first,  or 

had  at  least  accepted  Arevalo 's  victory  and  were  willing 

to  give  the  new  government  a  chance,  would  eventually 

become  part  of  the  opposition.    The  identification  of 

various  political  groupings,  however,  cannot  make  clear 

the  apparent  mixing  of  disparate  ideologies  in  certain 

individuals,   or  the  tendency  of   some  individuals  to 


102 
straddle  categories.  Some  outstanding  personalities  would 
fall  between  the  cracks  of  any  classification.  The  time 
factor  is  also  difficult  to  elucidate,  but  it  is 
important  to  remember  that  the  opposition  expanded 
continuously  between  1945  and  1951. 

In   the   main,   the   original   opposition   group 
represented  the  traditionally  oriented,  large  landowners, 
the   Church,   and   conservative   elements   in   the   armed 
forces.   Some   of   them   had   signed   their   names   to 
anti-Ubico  petitions,  and  had  joined  political  groups 
that  voiced  democratic  ideas.  Many,  however,  had  joined 
the  revolution  with  trepidation,  or  not  at  all,  and  all 
became  worried  when  the  young  and  the  workers  unleashed 
the  power  of  Arevalismo.  Arevalo's  original  opposition 
would  include  Manuel  Cobos  Batres,  from  a  traditional 
landowner  family  linked  to  the  old  Conservative  Party. 
Cobos   Batres,   born   in   1878,   had   fought   against 
ex-Presidents   Estrada   Cabrera,   Orellana,   Ubico,   and 
finally,  Arevalo  and  Arbenz.^^  Guillermo  Flores  Avendaho , 
a  conservative  ex-army  colonel  who  finished  fourth  in  the 
1944   presidential   elections,   was   a   member   of   the 
"generation  of  1920"  (b.   1898),  had  signed  the  famous 
"311"  petition  asking  for  Ubico' s  resignation,  and  had 
advocated  reform  for  the  urban  and  rural  workers.  He 
would  suffer  jail  and  exile  under  Arevalo,  and  he  would 


1  03 
be  second  in  command  of  the  "Liberation"  forces  that 
ousted  Arbenz  in  1954. 

Arevalo's  opposition,  as  noted  above,  continued  to 
grow  as  some  who  at  first  had  supported  or  accepted  his 
government  lost  faith.  Those  who  dropped  out  of  the 
government  coalition  continued  to  identify  themselves 
with  the  ideals  of  the  revolution,  only  arguing  that 
Arevalo's  policies  had  opened  the  nation  to  communist 
infiltration.  As  explained  by  David  Vela,  editor  of  the 
conservative  El  Imparcial;  "We  did  not  know"  that  the 
civic  movement  of  1944  contained  a  nationalist  tint 
in  the  "political  style  of  Mao-Tse-Tung. "^^  By  1949, 
those  revolutionaries  who  desired  reform  at  a  slower  or 
more  controlled  pace  had  left  the  pro-government  forces, 
and  formed  part  of  the  opposition. 

Eugenic  Silva  Peha  was  one  such  outstanding 
revolutionary  who  dropped  out  of  the  Arevalo  camp.  One 
of  the  "generation  of  1920"  (b.  1896),  he  had  continued 
with  an  active  political  career  since  1920,  and  played  an 
important  role  in  Ubico's  downfall.  He  served  on  the 
1945  Constituent  Assembly,  and  was  minister  without 
portfolio  under  the  Junta.  In  1947,  he  resigned  his 
position  as  minister  of  foreign  relations  because  of 
disagreements  with  Arevalo's  foreign  policy,  especially 


104 
Arlvalo's  decision  to  break  relations  with  the 
dictatorships  in  Nicaragua  and  the  Dominican  Republic." 

Arevalo's  .ost  prolific  critic  in  the  "drop-out" 
category  would  be  elements  Marro,u£n  Rojas,  founder  and 
editor  Of  L^jiora.  Originally  a  candidate  for  President 
in   1944,   Marroquin   had   admitted   faUure   before   the 
elections,  and  committed  himself  and  h.s  followers  to 
Arevalo.   The   alliance   seemed   natural   enough,   since 
in  1944  ia_Jiora  appeared  to  be  sincerely  revolutionary, 
proposing  national  integration  of  the  Indian  and  other 
Changes.  Soon,  however,  Marroguxn  developed  a  fear  of 
Marxist  trends  in  government.  He  warned  in  1946  that 
Marxism  is  an  "octopus  which  sucks  the  life  out  of  the 
worker   with   more   cruelty   and   harshness   than   the 
traditional  landowner."    Mexico,  he  claimed,  had  not 
embraced  Marxism,  but  had  "magnificent  laws"  to  protect 
the  workers.  Unfortunately  in  Guatemala,  "The  youngsters 
Of  PAR,  Just  babes  in  woods  on  political  matters,  have 
unwittingly  fallen  under  the  Marxist  spell,  and  will  be 
used  in  the  Marxist  ga^e."^^  „„,^g„,^  ^^^.^^^  ^^^^  ^^ 
had  to  give  up  the  post  of  Minister  of  Agriculture 
because  Arevalo  had  bonded  himself  to  a  leftist  ideology 
that  he  "little  understood.""  Marrogurn  and  Lajora 
would  be  Arevalo's  constant  critics;  Marroguin  himself 
entered  the  Congress  on  an  opposition  ticket  in  1949. 


105 
Not  only  older  revolutionaries  dropped  out  of  the 
Arevalo  government.  Mario  Efrain  Najera  Farfan,  just  20 
years  old  in  October,  1944,  came  from  the  well-to-do 
landowning  class  and  had  been  a  founder  of  RN.  He  served 
the  Arevalo  government  in  various  capacities,  including 
high  positions  in  the  Ministerio  de  Hacienda  and  the 
Ministerio  de  Gobierno.  After  1947,  he  would  work  for 
Arevalo  no  more,  and  eventually  he  would  serve  Castillo 
Armas . 

The  majority  of  the  revolutionaries  who  remained 
pro-government,  including  Arevalo  himself,  fit  in  the 
moderate  leftist  category,  championing  a  new  Guatemala 
but  neither  Marxism  nor  unfettered  expectations.  Manuel 
Galich  expressed  attitudes  common  to  this  group  when  he 
warned  against  extremism  and  against  those  who  harbored 
an  "impatience  for  progress."  Education,  he  claimed, 
"would  solve  the  worst  of  Guatemala's  problems. "^°  In  a 
like  manner,  the  FPL  newspaper.  El  Libertador.  cautioned 
against  expectations  of  immediate  transformation,  and  in 
one  article  of  January  9,  1945,  for  example,  claimed 
that  even  a  revolution  cannot  make  a  total  change  in 
society  overnight. ^^  These  moderate  leftists  shared  some 
of  the  fears  of  the  opposition,  in  the  belief  that  too 
much  reform  too  quickly  might  bring  about  civil  disorder 
and  economic  turmoil,  or  even  lead  to  communism.  They 


106 
did  not  wish  the  masses  to  get  out  of  control  and 
generate  a  revolution  of  their  own.  Examples  of  this 
group  were  Oscar  Barrios  Castillo,  Oscar  Benitez,  Raul 
Osequeda,  and  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela.  The  far  left, 
many  of  whom  were  attracted  to  various  degrees  of 
Marxism,  continued  to  support  Arevalo,  but  always 
demanded  more  rapid  and  more  comprehensive  changes  and  a 
greater  political  role  for  the  masses.  Victor  Manuel 
Gutierrez,  Enrique  Muhoz  Meany,  Manuel  Pinto  Usaga,  and 
Jose  Manuel  Fortuny  would  be  examples  of  this  group. 

The  two  great  issues  of  the  Arevalo  period,  labor 
reform  and  land  reform  (explained  in  Chapter  6),  became 
very  visible  cruxes  during  the  breakdown  of  revolutionary 
unity.  In  the  words  of  Manuel  Galich,  the  issue  of  the 
labor  code  "created  the  meridian"that  divided  the 
political  left  from  the  political  right:  those  in  favor, 

those   opposed.   All  had  been  Revolutionaries,   in  the 

32 
main,  "until  one  day  before."    The  issue  of  land  reform 

also   quickened   the   breakdown   of   unity,   ultimately 

prompting  Jacobo  Arbenz  in  1952  to  declare  that  "Agrarian 

Reform  has  drawn  the  classic  line  in  the  sand:  on  one 

side  those  who  are  definitely  with  the  Revolution  and  on 

the  other  side  those  who  are  definitely  against  the 

Revolution."     In  fact,   the  process  of   revolutionary 

breakdown   occurred   steadily,   under   both   Arevalo   and 


107 
Arbenz,  with  each  of  the  two  reforms  causing  great 
conflict  and  disunity  in  the  overall  Guatemalan  polity. 

In  sum,  the  Revolutionaries  of  1944  soon  had  to 
contend   with   their   serious   differences.   The   initial 
revolutionary  unity  soon  broke  apart,  mainly  xnto  two 
large  camps  composed  of  pro-  and  anti-government  forces, 
but   also   into   a   myriad   of   smaller   factions.     The 
political  record  and  the  ideological  viewpoints  of  the 
individual  participants  are  not  always  clear,  as  personal 
ambitions,   and  revolutionary  "drop  outs"  tend  to  confuse 
the   picture.   Viperous   accusations   and   condemnations, 
produced  in  great  number  and  hurled  in  all  directions, 
further  cloud  the  reality. 

Who,   then,   were  the   "good  guys"  and  the  "bad 
guys"?   Who  deserves  the  blame  for  the  breakdown  of 
revolutionary   unity?  The  position  of  each  group  was 
clear:   the   "other   side"   deserved   the   blame.   El 
Ilimarcial,   in   an   editorial   of   1950,   summed   up   the 
opposition  view.  Demagogues  had  broken  the  hitherto  good 
relations  between  labor  and  management,  which  had  been 
bringing  steady  improvement  for  the  workers,  with  the 
bosses'  blessing.  Campesinos  and  workers  came  to  believe 
only  forced  social  reform  would  succeed.  The  government 
had  fallen  in  line  with  these  demagogues,  and  anyone  who 
did  not  agree  with  the  demagogues  was  a  "reactionary." 


108 
The  government  forces  operated  with  threats,  insults, 
discriminations,  which  led  to  conflict,  turmoil,  and 
violence.  If  the  government  had  been  reasonable  and 
fair,  "all  the  internal  problems  would  have  been  resolved 
easily  and  the  current  situation  would  be  dif  f  erent .  "^'^ 
On  their  part,  the  groups  that  remained  loyal  to  the 
government  simply  claimed  that  their  adversaries  could 
not  be  trusted  to  voluntarily  accept  any  significant 
reforms,  and  they  blamed  the  new  and  old  opposition  for 
constant  intrigues  that  aimed  to  slow  down  or  destroy  the 
reform  movement. 

Jorge  Garcia  Granados,  with  apparent 
justification,  castigated  both  the  opposition  and  the 
government.  In  a  1946  interview,  Garcia  stated  that  both 
sides  lacked  "generosity  and  tolerance,"  and  "when  the 
government  stumbles  or  commits  an  error,  no  matter  how 
small,  the  opposition  exaggerates  that  error,"  while  "the 

government  itself  abounds  with  men  of  thin  skin,  those 

3  5 
who   accept    absolutely    no    criticism."      Garcia' s 

criticism  contained  much  truth,  although  he  ignored  the 

fact  that  both  sides  defended  deeply  felt  points  of 

view,  on  matters  of  tremendous  importance  for  the  future 

of  Guatemala.  In  any  case,  and  in  spite  of  the  disunity 

and  political  turmoil,  most  Guatemalans  believed  that  the 

current  political  reality  was  immensely  better  than  under 


109 


Ubico.  Only  a  few  would  have  agreed  with  Ubxco  himself, 
who  was  currently  living  xn  luxurious  exxle,  with  his  dog 
"Indio,"  and  continuing  to  expound  on  his  favorite  theme: 
"Only  I  can  govern  Guatemala . "^^ 


Notes 


Guatemala:       P^sfnts      a"„^d"Tol'ftTjs      uZT'^^'.^ ,   .    ^" 

(ly/b),  457;  Handy,  "Revolution,"  16-17,  32-33.      ^■' 


25,  1949, 


"dHermanos  o  fieras?"   El   Imparcial.  Oct 


(New  York,  1 949  ^  S!^""^"'  ^^^^^^  and  State  1  n_Guaternala 

5.  Clements  Marroaufn  Rn-i^o   "t -,  ~ 

920,"  La  Hora.  March  15,  [9I5'  p!?^   '   ^  ^^^eracion  del 

6.  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,  La  Revolucion,  8-9. 
^-     El  Imparcial ,    July  27,  1974. 

bienes  ^de  or'^^^'I'f^te   Ma_^rroquin   Rojas,   "Devueltos   los 
t^ienes  de  Dr.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,"  La  Hora .  March  ^6, 

9.     Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government.  131. 
(Wilton!°Conne:ticut,'795lTT  ^-^^^^^-^^^^-iiL_Guatema^ 


11.    Marroquin,  "La  generacion,"  5 


nove„ai|-3.„o"L"I?rno";LXl?..-'S!|i^--,-f3rt??l? 


1  10 

13.  Epaminondas  Quintana,  Historia  de  la 
qeneracion  de  1 920  (Guatemala),  367. 

14.  Ibid.,  354;  Derrocamiento  de  una  tirania 
(Guatemala,  1966),  11,  36. 

15.  Carlos  Samayoa  Chinchilla,  El  quetzal  no  es 
rojo  (Guatemala,  1956),  83-4. 

16.  Marco  Antonio  Villamar  Contreras,  interview 
with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  17,  1987. 

17.  Arturo  Caniz  "La  Revolucion  y  sus  enemigos," 
Accion,  9  (June  1949),  3. 

18.  E.g.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  392-4; 
Medardo  Mejia,  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  o  el  humanismo  en  la 
presidencia  ( Guatemala,  1  951  )  ,  6~;  Luis  Cardoza  y  Aragon, 
foreword  to  El  hombre  y  la  encrucijada  by  Enrique  Muhoz 
Meany  (Guatemala,  1950),  ix. 

19.  Mario  Silva  Jonama ,  "Guatemala  nina 
rebelde,"  Diario  de  la  Mariana,  Oct.  23,  1949,  p. 8. 

20.  Oscar  Benitez,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  July  1,  1987. 

21.  El  Imparcial  (Guatemala),  Oct.  25,  1944, 
p. 3;  also  Sept.  15,  p.1;  Oct  24,  p. 3;  Oct  26,  p. 3. 

22.  Solorzano,  "Factores  economicos,"  45-6. 

23.  Ibid.,  48. 

24.  Ibid.,  48-49. 


25.    "Brillante    historial    patriotico," 
Imparcial,  April  6,  1953. 


El 


26.    David  Vela,  foreword  to  Tacticas  rojas  en 
las  Americas,  by  Daniel  James  (Mexico  City,  1955),  v. 


5,  1967 


27.    Ramon  Blanco,  "Galera,"  El  Imparcial,  Oct, 


28.    Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "El  primer  frenazo 
en  seco,"  La  Hora,  Jan.  28,  1946,  p. 3. 


1 1 1 


29.    Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "Francisco  Valdes 
Calderon,"  LaHora,  April  13,  1977. 


30 
dispatch . 


NAUS   814,00/4-2445.    Quotes   in   Embassy 


31  .    "Una  revolucion  es  obra  del  tiempo  y  el 
esfuerzo  incesante,"  El  Libertador,  Jan.  9,  1945,  p. 3. 


32 


33 


Galich,  Por  que  lucha,  73. 


Arbenz , 


Inf orme 


al 


conqreso--1 953 , 


(Guatemala  City,  1953),  p. 6;  quoted  in  Jim  Handy,  "Most 
Precious,"  17-18. 


34.  El  Imparcial,  Oct.  19,  1950. 

35.  "Garcia  Granados  deja  en  el  enigma  los 
motivos  de  su  llegada  al  pais,"  El  Imparcial,  March  9, 
1946,  p.1 . 


36 


El  Imparcial,  March  12,  1946,  p.1. 


CHAPTER  8 
AREVALISTAS  VS.  THE  OPPOSITION, 
1 945-1949 


Between  1945  and  1949,  as  the  reformers  advanced 
on  their  path  to  transform  the  economic  and  social 
structure  of  Guatemala,  the  forces  of  conservatism  grew 
larger  and  more  organized.  Two  significant 
characteristics  of  the  conflict  between  the  government 
and  opposition  stand  out:  one,  the  conflict  would  be, 
from  the  beginning,  bitter,  intransigent,  and  often 
violent;  and,  two,  the  size  of  the  opposition,  and  the 
intensity  of  it,  would  increase  over  time.  These  years 
demonstrated  little  desire  for  compromise  as  violence 
and  the  threat  of  violence  continued  to  characterize 
political  events.  The  government  and  the  opposition  both 
blamed  each  other  for  first  precipitating  the  malice  and 
fury  that  marked  Arevalo's  presidency.  Many  of  the 
political  events  during  the  Arevalo  period, 
however,  remain  tainted  with  mystery  because  of  the  many 
conflicting  accusations,  the  large  numbers  of  rumors, 
lies,  exaggerations,  secret  agreements  and  pacts.  In 
fact,  the  "first  shot"  had  been  fired  long  ago,  before 
the  time  of  Ubico,  and  the  firing  had  never  stopped.  The 

112 


113 
revolution  of  October  20,  and  the  Arevalo  era,  were 
the  continuation  of  Guatemala's  long  struggle  to  discard 
the  colonial  past.  The  tradition  of  authoritarianism,  xn 
growing  conflict  with  the  developing  tradition  of  reform 
and  modernization,  had  spawned  an  intense  conflict  that 
allowed  for  little  recognition  of  legitimate  rule,  except 
that  rule  which  sustained  itself  by  power. 

The  Arevalistas  often  called  those  who  opposed  the 
government   "reactionaries."   m   its   strongest   sense, 
"reactionaries"  indicated  the  groups  and  individuals  who 
"reacted"  to  the  Arevalo  reform  movement  with  intrigue 
and  violence,  in  an  effort  to  throw  out  the  Arevalistas 
and  regain  a  style  of  government  closer  to  the  Ubico 
standard.   But  the  term  "reactionary"   became  commonly 
used  to  depict  all  of  Arevalo's  opposition,  even  if  such 
opposition  eschewed  violence,  or  simply  wanted  a  halt  to 
reform  (rather  than  a  return  to  Ubico),  or  agreed  to 
continued  reform  but  insisted  on  gradual  implementation. 
AS  already  noted,  Arevalo's  principal  opposition  included 
many  of  the  great  landowners  and  the  wealthy  class  in 
general,   the  Church  hierarchy,   and  some  conservative 
members  of  the  military.  The  United  States  should  also  be 
considered  a  part  of  the  extreme  opposition,  but  the  U.S. 
role  in  Guatemala  will  be  treated  in  Chapters  11  and  14. 
Eventually,  many  or  the  revolutionaries  who  dropped  out 


11  4 
of  the  Arevalo  camp  and  joined  the  opposition  would  also 
be  termed  "reactionaries,"  even  though  they  continued  to 
advocate  reforms.  It  would  be  a  mistake,  of  course,  to 
consider  the  opposition  a  united,  monolithic  force. 

The   opposition   would   never   achieve   a   strong 
solidarity,  for  the  various  groups  had  a  variety  of  aims, 
tactics,   and   leaders.   Political   organizations   often 
remained  for  only  a  short  duration.  Opposition  groups  by 
1948,  however,  would  become  somewhat  larger  and  better 
organized.^   In   1948,   wealthy   landowners  and  business 
leaders   founded   three   anti-Arevalo   groups:   the   Liga 
Democratica   Guatemalteca   Contra   el   Comunismo,   the 
Asociacion  Civica  Anti-Comunista ,  and  the  Uni5n  Nacional 
Electoral.  A  United  States  intelligence  report  of  1950 
noted  that  available  information  on  these  groups  was  "far 
too  sketchy  to  permit  an  evaluation  of  their  strength, 
influence,  or  relationship, "^  but  it  is  unlikely  they 
had  a  large  membership;  they  certainly  had  very  little 
popular  appeal.  One  of  the  more  successful  opposition 
parties,  the  Union  Civica,  which  represented  both  staunch 
conservatives   and   disillusioned   moderates,   claimed   a 
20,000  membership;^  most  likely  an  inflated  number.  Also 
in  1948,   two  management  organizations,   the  Camara  de 
Comercio  y  Industria  (CCI)  and  the  Asociacion  General  de 
Agricultores  (AGA)  became  at  least  nominally  allied.  The 


115 
AGA  represented  conservative  landowners,   and  the  CCI, 
which   consisted   of   the   c£mara   de   Comercio   and   the 
Asociaci5n  General  de  Industrias   (AGI),   endeavored  to 
guard   the   interests   of   Guatemalan   industry.   In   July 
1949,   in   preparation   for   the   upcoming   Presidential 
elections,   several   opposition   parties,   including   the 
Partido   Unificaci5n   Anticomunista    ( PUA )   and   Union 
Patri5tica   (UP),   joined   in   the   Bloque   Politico   de 
Oposici5n.  However,  the  opposition  parties  all  together 
failed  to  attract  a  large  following,  and  could  not  elect 
more  than  about  20%  of  the  total  congressmen  during  the 
Arevalo  period. 

Part  of  the  wealthy  landowning  and  business  class 
found  a  measure  of  unity  with  the  Falange  Espanola  en 
Guatemala,  the  Guatemalan  arm  of  the  Spanish  Falange. 
The  Falange  was  prohibited  legal  status  under  ArSvalo, 
but  continued  to  be  an  influence  among  the  opposition. 
While  compiling  a  list  of  possible  enemies,  Arevalo's 
police  found  that  over  100  persons  had  given  money  to  the 
Falange  in  1938  and  1939.^  According  to  Rafael  Delgado, 
about  1000  Spaniards  lived  in  Guatemala,  600  of  whom  were 
Falangistas. 

The  Church,  meaning  primarily  the  upper  hierarchy, 
and  about  120  priests,  remained  closely  allied  with  the 
wealthy  opposition  and  the  Falange.^  Led  by  Archbishop 


1  16 
Mariano  Rossell  Arellano,  appointed  to  his  office  on 
the  recommendation  of  Jorge  Ubico,  the  Church  actively 
worked  to  undermine  the  Arevalo  regime.  The  laws  of 
Guatemala  prohibited  Church  participation  in  politics, 
but  the  Arevalo  government's  occasional  weak  efforts  to 
silence  Church  criticism  met  with  little  success.  The 

official   Church  publication  Verbum,   founded   in   1942, 

7 
immediately  adopted  a  solid  pro-Franco  stance,   and  after 

the  revolution  bitterly  opposed  the  Arevalo  government. 

Accion  Social  Cristiana,  a  semi-official  Church  political 

weekly  published  from  1945  by  Church  supporters,  "was 

devoted  to  advancing  the  position  and  prestige  of  the 

Q 

Church  and  to  defending  the  economic  status  quo."   The 

first  issue  bemoaned  the  plight  of  the  Church,  and  warned 

9 
that  world  communism  was  spreading.   In  February,  1945, 

the  weekly  claimed  that  a  "dangerous  beast"  walked  the 

streets  of  Guatemala,  and  that  religious  freedom  was  in 

1  0 
peril.     Politics   also   became   apart   of   the   Sunday 

service,  as  the  pulpit  often  served  the  clergy  as  a  soap 

box   from   which   to   criticize   the   government.   When 

ex-dictator  Jorge  Ubico  died,  the  Archbishop  conducted  a 

1  1 
very  elaborate  Requiem  mass.    Considering  that  Ubico  was 

the   symbol   of   everything   the   Arevalistas   fought   to 

displace,   a   special   mass   at   his   death   could   be 

interpreted  as  a  tacit  protest  against  the  Revolution. 


117 
The  Church,  however,  commanded  an  uncertain  degree 
of  influence  in  Guatemala  and  the  actual  effect  Church 
propaganda  had  in  weakening  or  slowing  the  reform 
movement  remains  unknown.  The  vast  riches  once  held  by 
the  Church  had  been  lost  during  the  nineteenth  century, 

and  by  1944  the  Church  had  been  reduced  to  a  state  of 

1  2 
near  poverty.    The  hierarchy  had  little  influence  over 

the   Indian   population,   and   in   the   urban   centers, 

1  3 
generally  only  women  were  deeply  affected  by  religion. 

Church  pressure  on  women  voters  may  have  been  responsible 

for  the  election  of  the  conservative  candidate,  Martin 

1  4 
Prado  Velez,  as  the  mayor  of  Guatemala  City  in  1949. 

At  the  very  least,   the  Church  gave  the  opposition  a 

rallying  point  based  in  the  morality  and  tradition  of 

religion;  an  important  point  by  itself. 

The   forces   of   the   opposition,    in   total, 

constituted  a  formidable  obstacle  to  the  Arevalo  reform 

movement.  The  most  recalcitrant  elements  had  tried  from 

the  beginning  to  overthrow  the  Arevalo  government;  in 

fact,  plots  and  coup  attempts  had  been  made  against  the 

Junta. ^^    In   1945,    the   U.S.    Federal   Bureau   of 

1  fi 
Investigation  reported  that  Arevalo  faced  true  danger. 

Estimates   of   attempted   coups   against   Arevalo 

usually   vary   between   28   and   32,   although   Arevalo' s 

enemies  claimed  that  the  government  invented  most  of 


1  18 
them,  as  an  excuse  to  eliminate  political  opponents. 
Ram5n   Blanco,   of   El   Imparcial.   claimed   that   during 

Arevalo's  term,  no  more  than  five  actual  coup  attempts 

1  7 
were   made.     Mario   Monteforte   Toledo   believed   there 

were  27  coup  attempts,  but  that  only  four  of  them  were 

serious   enough   to   bring   out   both   the   army   and   the 

civilian   Arevalista   supporters .'' ^   One   of   the   major 

abortive  plots  against  the  government  ended  on  June  24, 

1946,  when  the  police  arrested  eighty  to  one  hundred 

persons,   including   political   party   leaders   and   an 

ex-presidential    candidate,    Col.    Guillermo    Flores 

1  9 
Avendano.    The  most  serious  event  was  the  small  civil 

war  in  July  1949,  caused  by  the  killing  of  the  Chief  of 
the  Armed  Forces. 

Extremist  civilian  leaders  of  the  opposition  put 
most  of  their  hope  for  a  successful  coup  in  the 
conservative  elements  of  the  armed  forces,  who  were  the 
only  Guatemalans  capable  of  defeating  the  Arevalo 
government  by  military  force.  The  wealthy  classes 
therefore  used  their  power  and  influence  to  recruit 
military  officers  to  the  opposition  cause.  Military  men, 
some  of  whom  had  been  discharged  after  the  fall  of  the 
dictatorship,  often  had  leadership  roles  in  opposition 
schemes  and  maneuvers,  including  ex-Col.  Mariano  Casado 
who  failed  in  a  coup  attempt  in  December,   1948.  The 


1  19 
opposition  forces  also  beseeched  the  U.S.  government  to 
help.  In  the  words  of  Arevalo,  "They  have  pounded  on  the 
doors  of  the  Department  of  State  in  Washington, "^° 
although  in  fact  all  recorded  contact  found  by  this 
author  took  place  at  the  U.S.  Embassy  in  Guatemala .  ^ "" 

The  Arevalistas  did  everything  in  their  power  to 
counter  the  opposition,  and  thus  continue  their  programs 
of  reform.  Arevalista  response  to  the  opposition  was 
immediate.  In  April  1945,  the  government  forced  at 
least  22  men  into  exile  including  former  presidential 
candidates  Manuel  Maria  Herrera  and  Adrian  Recinos;  in 

June,  20  men.  In  July,  Arevalo  banned  three  opposition 

22 

political   parties.     At   the   end   of   the   year,   the 

Ministry  of  Government  reported  that  72  men  in  total  had 

been  sent  into  exile   in  1945,  which  included  exiles 

2  3 
decreed  by  the  Junta.    The  Arevalo  government  often 

curbed  constitutional  guarantees  in  order  to  combat  the 

opposition.  A  legal  restriction  of  guarantees  was  made 

possible   by   Article   138   of   the   Constitution,   which 

stipulated  that  the  President  must  issue  a  decree,  signed 

by  the  entire  cabinet,  to  be  approved  by  the  Congress.  ^"^ 

On  April  9,  1945,  Constitution  Articles  25,  35,  37,  43, 

and  48  were  suspended  for  30  days,  justified  by  coup 

attempts  against  the  government.   These  articles  had, 

among   other   things,   prohibited   exile,   censorship   of 


120 
private  mail  and  papers,  arbitrary  entry  of  private 
domain,  and  arbitrary  arrest.  The  government  again 
suspended  some  constitutional  guarantees  for  the  months 
of  October  and  November.  Indeed,  during  approximately 
one-half  of  the  total  presidential  period,  i.e.  three 

years,   the   Arevalo   government   put   restrictions   on 

2  S 
constitutional  guarantees. 

Also  in  1945,   Arevalo  undertook  some   in-house 

cleaning,   in  a   struggle  to  establish  himself  as  the 

2  ft 
executive  in  charge.    His  struggle  would  result  in  the 

elimination  of  some  key  conservative  revolutionaries,  and 

produce  the  first  group  of  "drop  outs"  that  would  expand 

the  forces  of  the  opposition.  Arevalo,  of  course,  had 

from  the  beginning  a  strong  base  of  power.  Besides  the 

powers  of  the  presidential  office,  Arevalo  had  a  Congress 

that  was  roughly  2/3  Arevalista,  plus  the  largest  and 

best   organized   of   the   political   parties   and   unions 

which   strongly   backed   the   President,   as   did   the 

Guatemalan  electorate   in  general.  But  in  March  1945, 

no  one  knew  if  the  untried,  inexperienced  president  would 

prove  to  be  an  effective  head  of  state,  or  if  he  could 

overcome  the  strong  influences  of  the  ex-Junta  members 

and  other  outstanding  leaders  of  the  Revolution. 

The  Arevalo  administration,  as  set  up  in  March, 

represented  a  compromise  between  the  various  political 


121 
forces.  Ar^valo's  first  cabinet,  as  had  the  cabinet  under 
the  Junta,  consisted  of  moderate  revolutionaries,  leftist 
revolutionaries,   and  conservative  revolutionaries.   The 
leftists,    in   general,   wanted   far-reaching   reforms 
implemented  at  a  fast  pace;  the  conservatives  wanted  only 
minor,  well  controlled  reforms;  and  the  moderates  looked 
to    long-term    goals    and    reforms    with    gradual 
implementation.     Adolfo     Almengor,     a     political 
conservative,  filled  the  post  of  minister  of  government. 
Enrique  Muhoz  Meany,  a  highly  capable,  respected,  and 
sincere  reformist  of  the  political  left,  became  minister 
of  foreign  relations.  Manuel  Noriega  Morales,  Guatemala's 
outstanding   economist,    a    technocrat    and    largely 
apolitical,  was  named  minister  of  economy.  Rafael  Perez 
de   Leon,   a   moderate   and   a   technocrat,   took   the 
post  of  minister  of  communications  and  public  works. 
Manuel  Galich,  a  charismatic  member  of  the  FPL  and  a 
leftist,   became   minister   of   education.   Dr.   Julio 
Bianchi,  an  FPL  moderate  and  one  of  the  "generation  of 
1920,"  received  the  ministerial  post  of  public  health  and 
social  assistance.  Roberto  Guirola,  a  young  member  of  the 
constitutional  assembly,  and  a  successful  finca  owner  and 
operator,   became   minister   of   agriculture.   Ex-Junta 
members   Jorge   Toriello   and   Jacobo   Arbenz   became, 
respectively,   minister   of   finance   and   minister   of 


defense.  The  Supreme  Court  judges  also  represented  a  „ix 
Of  political  views. ^'^ 

Arevalo's  first  in-house  hurdle  would  be  Jorge 
Toriello.  AS  minister  of  finance,  Jorge  Toriello  took  a 
conservative  stance,  and  he  soon  openly  opposed  the 
reformist  rntentions  of  the  ne«  president.  As  one 
observer  described  it,  "fro.  the  very  first,  Arevalo  and 
Torlello  declared  war."^^  Toriello  established  his  own 
political  party,  the  Partido  de  la  Revoluci5n,  supported 
by  a  party  newspaper  named  La  Revolucinn  on  May  16, 
1945,  the  first  issue  of  La_Reyolucion  called  tor  an  end 

to   labor  demands.  ^^   Bv  AnauQi-  ^Q^K 

ay     August  1945  rumors  grew  that 

Jorge   Toriello   would   soon   attf.mr.i- 

soon   attempt   a   coup   against 


Arevalo  ^° 


Jorge's  ambition  to  destroy  Arevalo  gradually  lost 

favor   amongst   even   his   fellow   conservatives,   who 

perceived  in  him  an  extreme  personal  desire  for  power. 

Many  became  offended  by  his  extremist  and  hard-nosed 

attitudes,   as   did   officials   at   the   United   States 

Embassy.31  Toriello  reportedly  asked  Chief  of  the  Armed 

Forces  Francisco  Arana  for  help   but  diH  r,^^ 

utixp,  Dut  aid  not  succeed  in 

obtaining  it.  Without  the  military's  backing,  Toriello 
had  little  hope  of  success,  and  Arevalo  obtained  his 
resignation  nearly  a  month  later,  on  January  10,  1946. 
Arivalo   would  continue  to  name  conservatives   to  his 


123 
cabinet,  but  none  so  dangerous  as  Jorge  Toriello,  who 
would  regain  after  his  resignation  Arevalo's  constant 

enemy . 

Arevalo  also  succeeded   in  ousting  Col.   Miguel 

Angel  Mendoza,  chiet  of  the  national  poUce,  who  had  been 

an  important  .ember  of  the  revolution,  but  was  not  fond 

of  the  leftists.  Mendoza  entangled  himself  rn  a  scandal 

"hen  a  policeman  beat  up  Minister  ot  Education  Manuel 

Galich,  in  August  ,945.  Supporters  of  the  popular  Galich 

strongly  protested  and  accused  the  police  chief  of  using 

his   power   to   intimidate  his   enemies.   As   a   result, 

Arevalo  gained  the  grounds  to  force  Mendoza 's  resignation 

in   September.   Arevalo   was,   after   all    th= 

,   aiL«r   ail,   the   supreme 

commander  of  the  police  chiet,  „ho  worked  for  the 
minister  of  government.  Arevalo  thereafter  approved  only 
trusted  Arevalistas  for  the  police  command,  ensuring  that 
the  police  would  remain  a  constant  source  of  power  for 
the  President.  Mendoza  joined  the  growing  ranks  of  the 
opposition,  and  would  be  jailed  in  May  1948,  for  his 
participation  in  a  plot  against  the  government. 

under  Arevalo,  the  structure  of  the  national 
police  became  more  elaborate,  as  the  government  tried  to 
™ake  the  police  force  stronger,  more  efficient  and 
modern.  The  force,  which  in  early  ,946  consisted  of 
2,355  national  policemen, ^^  had  been  divided  into  two 


124 
iT^ain  organizatxons:   the  Guardia  Civil  and  the  Guardia 
Judicial,  both  of  which  were  then  divided  into  a  number 
of   sub-sections   with   particular   duties.   withm   the 
Guard.a   Judicial,   there   existed   the   security   poUce 
(Guardia  de  Seguridad),  which  was  "absolutely  secret," 
with   the   duties   to   investigate   and   arrest   anyone 
dangerous  to  Guatemalan  security.  These  officers  would 
only  identify  themselves  when  makxng  an  arrest,  and  daily 
reports  would  be  made  to  the  Ministry  of  Government  and 
the   President.  33   The   ministry   did   not   want   the 
post-revolution   secret   police   confused   with   that   of 
Ubico,   which   had   been   a   hated   instrument   of   the 
d.ctator-s  repress£on.34  ;,,4,,i,.3  opposition,  however, 
accused  Arevalo's  police  of  using  similar,  Ubico-style 
tactics,  and  they  continued  to  call  the  police  "ears,"  as 
had  been  done  under  Ubico,  to  signify  the  spying  aspects 

of   police   duty.   Some   opponents   of   ^-h^ 

wjjpunents   of   the   government 

furthermore  accused  the  government  of  physical 
mistreatment  and  even  torture,  including  ice  torture  and 
electric  shock, ^=  although  this  author  found  no  evidence 
or  strong  indications  of  police  abuse  of  such  magnitude. 

Police  archives  for  1945  and  1946  record  the 
arrests  of  dozens  of  citizens,  charged  with  insulting  or 
denigrating  the  government  or  the  police.  It  remains 
unclear  if  they  were  subsequently  convicted  in  court,  and 


125 
it  remains  unclear  if  these  arrests  continued  after  1946. 
Exact  reasons  for  the  arrests,  as  reported  on  the  police 
forms,  vary  from  case  to  case,  but  the  following  cases, 
taken  from  October,  November,  and  December  of  1945,  are 
typical:  October  15,  drunk  and  saying  bad  things  about 
the  government;  October  13,  insulted  the  police;  October 

17,  insulted  the  President  and  the  government;  October 

18,  insulted  the  President;  October  22,  lamented  that  the 
previous  month's  plot  failed  to  overthrow  the  government, 
and  said,  among  other  things,  "it  is  a  lie  that  there  is 
liberty  in  Guatemala";  November  4,  insulted  the  President 
and  said  other  untrue  things;  November  17,  called  the 
police  "wretched  ears";  November  19,  insulted  the  police; 
December  19,  a  policeman  had  suddenly  come  across  him,  as 
he    insulted  the  President  with  dirty  words. 

The  men  arrested  in  the  above  cases  apparently 
were  common  men,  with  no  outstanding  political 
importance.  The  arrests  usually  appear  to  have  been 
spontaneous,  and  not  the  result  of  previous 
investigation,  although  this  was  not  always  the  case: 
Dr.  Miguel  Angel  Muhoz  Ochoa ,  a  prominent  physician 
listed  in  Guatemala's  "Who  is  Who"  of  1944,  was  arrested 
only  after  he  had  criticized  the  government  for  several 
days.^^  Some  have  called  such  arrests  "stupid  doings"  of 
the  individual  policemen.    And  certainly  many  were  not 


o 


g 


p 


126 
arrested  who  criticized  Arevalo  and  the  government,  in 
public  and  in  the  press. 

The  police  watched,  or  "spied,"  on  a  great  number 
f  people,  and  their  reports  were  sent  to  the  minister  of 
overnment  and  the  President.  In  particular,  the  police 
watched  men  and  women  who  had  participated  in  subversion 
or  rebellion,  or  seemed  to  show  a  likelihood  of  doing  so 
in  the  future.  In  the  summer  of  1946,  for  example,  the 
olice  carefully  watched,  and  followed,  Abraham  Cabrera 
Cruz,  Francisco  Montenegro,  Alejandro  Arenales,  and  Adan 
Manrique  Rios,  all  of  whom  were  important,  and  dangerous, 
political  opponents  of  Arevalo. ^^ 

It  was  not  uncommon,  however,  for  the  police  to 

report  on  persons  who  only  spoke  ill  of  the  government, 

or  who  had  joined  political  parties  of  the  opposition. 

Any  show  of  pro-Ubico  sentiment  caused  the  government 

alarm.  Once,  the  police  reported  that  at  a  mass  given  for 

Jorge   Ubico,   the  priest  had  been   "very  sentimental" 

during  the  sermon,  "extolling"  Ubico,  and  calling  him  "a 

true   friend."   The  priest  had  said  that   "ears"  were 

probably  present,  but  he  did  not  care.''^  ^ocal  police 

reported  everything  that  might  indicate  the  existence  of 

government   enemies.   When   the   Juez   de   Paz   and   the 

Intendente  of  Morales,  Izabal,  argued  in  favor  of  Jorge 

Ubico,  while  drunk,  they  were  reported  by  the  sub-chief 


127 
of  the  Morales  Guardia  Civil,  to  the  director  of  police. 
The  director  then  reported  the  matter  to  the  Ministry  of 
Government/^  People  did,  of  course,  occasionally 
complain  about  the  "ears."  A  group  of  citizens  of  San 
Juan  Ostuncalco  complained  to  the  government  that  the 
police  always  watched  everyone,  and  asked  that  they  be 
ordered  to  stop.  Arlvalo  himself  wrote  "Nol"  on  the 
margin  of  their  request. 

Any  government  employee  or  public  official  not  on 
the  Arevalista  bandwagon  stood  the  possibility  of  losing 
his   or   her   position.   The   Arevalo   government,   the 
Arevalista  political  parties,  and  pro-Arevalo  citizens, 
all  took  an  interest  in  eliminating  real  and  potential 
political  enemies  from  their  jobs.  In  1945,  in  the  early 
months  of  the  Arevalo  presidency,   investigative  teams 
were   already   touring   the   country,   listening   to   the 
people,  asking  questions,  and  finding  the  local  officials 
and  employees,  high  and  low,  who  were  inept,  corrupt,  or 
anti-Arevalo.   At   least   some  of   these  officials,   and 
possibly  all  of  them,  were  replaced.  ^"^ 

Quite  often,  the  government  relied  on  information 
sent  by  the  local  Arevalista  parties,  or  by  individual 
citizens.  For  example,  in  December  of  1945,  a  group  of 
Arevalistas  from  San  Cristobal  Totonicapan  sent  the 
President  a  list  of  names  of  the  men  who  had  supported 


128 
Ubico  and  Ponce,  and  who  still  retained  their  positions 
in  local  government.  The  chief  of  the  Guardia  Civil  in 
Totonicapan  was  instructed  to  investigate.  One  of  the 
accused  was  a  penitentiary  guard,  one  a  municipal 
secretary,  another  a  city  treasurer,  and  so  on.  Some  had 
already  lost  their  positions,  including  two  school 
teachers,   for   their  anti-Arevalo   views.   The   archival 

sources  consulted  do  not  indicate  if  those  still  working 

44 
were  replaced. 

In  May  1946,  Arevalo  received  the  testimony  of  the 
pro-Arevalo  ex-guardalmacen  fiscal  of  Quezaltenango,  who 
claimed  that  he  had  been  unjustly  fired  from  his  job,  and 
replaced  by  a  man  who  had  been  a  founder  of  a  pro-Ponce 
political  party  in  Totonicapan.  Arevalo  directed  that 
the  information  be  sent  to  Julio  Cesar  Mendez,  the  chief 
of  PAR,  "to  order  an  investigation  about  the  matter  of 
Totonicapan."  The  PAR  branch  in  Totonicapan  concurred 
that,  indeed,  the  man  in  question  had  been  one  of  the 
principal  founders  of  a  branch  of  Partido  Liberal, 
pro-Ponce,  in  Totonicapan,  in  1944.  The  PAR  report  went 
on  to  list  16  other  leaders  of  the  Ponce  group,  claiming 
that  the  Poncistas  were  still  outspoken  enemies  of  the 
Arevalo  government.  Also,  many  of  them  still  held  offices 
in  the  local  Totonicapan  government,  which,  according  to 
the   PAR   report,   should   not   be   allowed.   The   PAR 


129 
information,  in  turn,  was  sent  to  the  Ministry  of 
Government,  under  Arivalo's  instructions,  "para  los 
efectos  procedentes  en  el  caso  de  los  Poncistas 
empleados."  The  documents  do  not  disclose  the  final  fate 
of  pro-Ponce  workers,  but  Justo  Armas,  the  pro-Ar4valo 
guardalmacen  fiscal  who  started  the  investigations  with 
his  testimony  to  the  President,  did  obtain  his  old  job 
back,  plus  an  additional  position  as  well."^^ 

On  September  17,  1946,  in  another  typical  case,  a 
letter   arrived   at   the   President's   office   from   the 
ex-treasurer   of   San   Crist5bal,   Totonicapan.   The   man 
charged  that  he  had  been  dismissed  from  his  job  and 
replaced  by  an  "enemy  of  the  present  government."  The 
Guardia    Judicial    received    notification    from    the 
President's  office  the  same  day,  asking  the  police  to 
investigate  the  matter.  On  September  24,  the  chief  of  the 
Guardia   Judicial  reported  that  the  suspect  had  been 
employed  during  the  whole  regime  of  Ubico,   had  also 
supported  Ponce,  and  "it  was  rumored"  he  had  expressed 
"unfavorable"  remarks  about  the  Arevalo  government,  "but 
no  one  could  firmly  support  it."  The  report  further 
explained  that  the  town  council  majority  (all  ladinos) 
had  supported  Ponce.  The  three  Indian  members  of  the 
council  were  Arevalistas,  but  because  they  were  Indians 
"almost   had   neither   voice   nor   vote   in   municipal 


130 
decisions."  On  September  25,  "with  instructions  from  the 
president,"   these   documents   were   sent   to   the   PAR 
headquarters,  "in  order  to  take  note,"  with  instructions 
to  return  the  documents.  On  October  2,  Mario  Monteforte 
Toledo,  secretary  general  of  PAR,  "having  taken  note," 
returned   everything   to   the   President.   On  October   5, 
Arevalo  ordered  the  minister  of  government  to  replace  the 
suspect  treasurer  with  someone  "worthy  and  with  a  clear 
record."  The  Ministry  relayed  this  order  to  the  governor 
of  Totonicapan  on  October  10.'^^ 

In  another  facet  of   the  conflict,   newspapers, 
books,  magazines,  pamphlets,  fliers,  were  all  employed  in 
a    widespread    war    of    words    waged    between    the 
pro-government  forces  and  the  opposition.  The  government 
occasionally    closed    or    censored    the    opposition 
periodicals,  and  hindered  the  dissemination  of  opposition 
viewpoints,   but  all  during  Arevalo' s  term  a  constant 
supply  of  extremely  anti-government  publications  remained 
available  to  the  public.  In  reply,  both  the  government 
and  the  pro-government  parties  produced  a  plethora  of 
their  own  publications.  Discussion  on  both  sides  could 
be  rational,  and  convincingly  presented,  but  a  good  many 
attacks  contained  insult  and  evident  malice. 

Pro-government    publications    included,    among 
°*^^^^^'  Diario  de  Centro  America.  MediodJa.  Diario  de  la 


131 
Manana,   and   Accion.   The   Diario   de   Centro   AmPr.r-. 
published  by  the  government  since  1931,  contained  two 
sections;  one  section  to  report  official  acts,  new  laws, 
etc.,  and  the  other  section  covering  general  news.  (The 
official  section  ceased  publication  January  31,  1950,  to 
be  superseded  by  El  Guatemalteco . )  Mediodia,  created  by 
Arevalo  and  his  staff  and  published  by  the  Ministry  of 
Government,  had  its  first  issue  on  May  15,  1945.  Diario 
de   la   Manana   began  publication   in   1949,   and  joined 
^^^^°^^^   ^^  ^"^      outspoken   government   defender.   The 
opposition  daily  La  Hora,  for  example,  was  accused  by 
the   Diario   of   representing   "backward   ideologies," 
"traitors"   to  the  nation,   and   "cowards. "^^  Marroquin 
Rojas,  the  owner  and  editor,  was  portrayed  as  having  the 
"nature  of  soda  water,  that  is,  effervescent,"  producing 
tirades  on  the  level  of  comic  book  characters.  Also,  in 
an  affront  with  a  machista  ring,  it  was  alleged  that  he 
could  not  stop  talking  any  more  successfully  than  some 
women. ^8  The  Diario  likewise  happily  reported  the  words 
of  Minister  of  Agriculture  Guerra  Morales,  who  claimed 
the  quality  of  writing  in  the  opposition  newspaper  El 
Imparcial   remained   on   the   level   of   cheap   Western 
novels. ^^  Accion,  edited  by  the  Escuela  Normal  Central 
para  Varones,  began  publication  in  1948,  with  a  far  left, 
Marxist,  and  anti-clerical  slant.  Accion,  for  example, 


132 
attacked  the  church  with  a  cartoon  that  accused  the 
clerics  of  serving  imperialism,  while  saying  "amen  to 
Wall  Street's  acts  of  usurpation." 

Opposition  publications  included  La  Hora,  El 
Imparcial ,  La  Revoluci5n,  El  Pueblo,  and  El  Mundo  Libre. 
The  first  two  were  both  directed  by  outstanding  members 
of  the  "generation  of  1920,"  Marroquin  Rojas  and  David 
Vela;  both  newspapers  had  contributed  to  Ubico's  fall; 
and  both  continually  criticized  the  Arevalo  government. 
Ramon  Blanco,  a  manager  of  El  Imparcial,  was  exiled  for 
several  months  in  1949,  and  again  in  1950.  Both 
newspapers,  between  1945  and  1951,  published  a  large 
number  of  editorials  that  attacked  the  government  and  its 
young,  zealous  advocates.  In  a  typical  example  of 
January  1946,  El  Imparcial  complained  that  certain 
eager  revolutionaries  suffered  from  "juvenile 
self-love."  Do  they  wish  to  construct  a  new  Guatemala, 
asked  El  Imparcial?  "No;  this  is  secondary.  They  wish 
to  destroy,  blow  off  steam,  squander  our  abundant  life  in 
sterile  discussions,  to  satisfy  vengeful  feelings,  to 
annihilate   or   try   to   annihilate   all   that   does   not 

unconditionally  kneel  before  the  new  idols  and  the  new 

52 
despotisms  that  they  are  forming  and  feeding." 

La  Revolucion,  on  its  part,  promoted  the  political 

party  of  ex-Junta  member  Jorge  Toriello.  El  Pueblo  was 


133 
the  party  newspaper  of  the  Partido  del  Pueblo,  which  from 
late  1949  denounced  the  government  while  it  promoted  the 
presidential    candidacy    of    the    "father    of    the 
Constitution,"   Jorge   Garcia   Granados.   The   small   and 
independently  owned  E^i^undo_^ibre ,  however,   surpassed 
all   other   newspapers   in   its   damnations;   and   m 
falsehoods.   Directed   by  Jose   A.   Miranda   of   the   old 
Liberal   Party,   the  newspaper  began  publishing  in  May 
1949,   and  continued  into  the  Arbenz  presidency.  Among 
other   things,   _E1   Mundo   falsely   accused   Arevalo   of 
amassing  great  wealth,  and  of  tyranny  on  the  level  of 
Estrada  Cabrera. ^^ 

As  already  noted,  opposition  newspapers  from  time 
to  time  were  suppressed  or  censored,   m  one  case,   a 
decree   of   May   20,   1946   suppressed   all   newspapers 
established   after   June   13,   1945-a   provision   that 
served  to  close  two  opposition  papers,  the  Mercurio  and 
La  Verdad.^^   (Other  opposition  papers,   however,   were 
allowed  to  begin  after  the  date  of  the  decree.)   The 
government  claimed  that  Mercurio  and  La  Verdad  had  abused 
the  right  of  free  expression,  and  that  the  government's 
literacy   campaign   needed   paper.   The   opposition,   of 
course,   claimed   the   decree   discriminatory.   Mercurio 
later  reopened,  but  its  continued  hard  campaign  against 
the  government  led  to  its  forced  closure  again  in  1947, 


134 
and  the  deportation  of  its  editor-in-chief.  Reopened  in 
1948,  Mercurio  resumed  its  attacks. ^^ 

The  Arevalo  government  put  further  curbs  on  the 
free  expression  of  opposition  viewpoints  with  the  Ley  de 
Emision  del  Pensamiento,  passed  by  the  Congress  on  April 
24,  1947.  The  law  was  designed  to  curtail  the  slanderous 
criticism  of  public  officials,  and  mandated  fines  or 
incarceration  for  the  guilty.  Arevalo  strongly  approved 
of  this  law,  for  it  would  protect  "the  reputations  of 
honorable  persons."  In  a  newspaper  article  of  January 
1947,  he  explained  that  liberty  of  speech  and  liberty  of 
opinion  must  be  allowed  in  matters  such  as  religion, 
politics,  philosophy,  morality,  art,  and  science;  but 
liberty  of  speech  and  opinion  must  not  allow  malicious 
slander.  Malicious  statements  to  be  prohibited  would 
include  "Pablo  doesn't  like  Pedro;  Pedro  doesn't  please 
him;  or  he  is  afraid  of  Pedro,  or  he  'thinks'  Pedro  is  a 
driveling  fool,  or  a  thief;  or  that  Maria  is  a  low  class 
washerwoman,  or  a  prostitute,  or  that  she  stinks,  or 
snores  when  she  sleeps,  etc."  Arevalo  called  these  types 
of  thoughts  "psychological,"  and  he  proclaimed  that  "this 

type   of   psychological   thought   cannot   be   emitted 

5  7 
freely."    The  Ley  de  Emision  would  punish  those  who  did 

not  "respect  popularly  elected  functionaries,"  and  make 

it  "each  day  more  impossible  for  unpopular  rulers  to  come 


135 
back  into  power.  "58  "The  parrots  of  dictatorship," 
said  Arevalo,  "cannot  stick  their  beaks  in  the  waters  of 
the  new  political  society  that  was  born  in  October.  "^^ 
It  IS  not  clear,  however,  to  what  extent  this  law  was 
consistently  applied;  and  certaxnly  it  did  not  stop 
public  criticism  of  the  Arevalo  government. 

As  a  further  response  to  opposition  attacks,  and 
operating   under   a   budget   approved   by   Congress,   the 
Departamento  de  Publicidad  of  the  office  of  the  President 
aided  a  large  number  of  activities  that  promoted  the 
ideals  of  the  revolution  and  pro-government  sentiment, 
and  combated  the  allegations  of  the  opposition.  Over  a 
two-month  period  in  1946,  for  example,  publicity  expenses 
included   the  following:   on  November   5,   four  hundred 
Quetzales   paid   to   the   Asociacion   de   Estudiantes 
Universitarios;  and,  "to  finance  in  part,  the  expenses 
needed  to  advance  the  Revolution,"  one  thousand  Quetzales 
were   paid   to   the   Conf ederaci5n   de   Trabaj adores   de 
Guatemala  ( CTG ) ,  and  five  hundred  to  Federacion  Sindical 
de  Guatemala  (FSG).  On  November  6,  290  Quetzales  went  to 
Arevalo 's   general   secretary,   "for   pro-Revolutionary 
expenses,"  500  Quetzales  went  to  the  Sindicato  de  Accion 
y  Mejoramiento  Ferrocarrilero,  and  200  Quetzales  went  to 
Abelardo   Estrada   to   help   with   the   pro-government 
newspaper  El  Popular.  On  December  2,  Q3000  was  paid  by 


136 
Publicidad  to  the  President's  general  secretary,  for 
"confidential"  expenses,  of  a  pro-government  nature. 
Similarly,  on  December  2,  the  Guatemalan  Embassy  m 
iMexico  received  Q3,500.00,  for  "confidential"  expenses  in 
favor  of  the  Arevalo  Government.  The  President's  general 
secretary   received  another  Q1,000.00   on  December  21, 

Q1,300.00  on  January  3,  1947,  and  Q2,000.00  on  January 

7  60   ^ 

/.     From   the   government's   standpoint,   these   were 

expenses  in  "education,"  and  formed  part  of  an  overall 
policy  to  fortify  the  public  with  the  truth  as  perceived 
by  the  Arevalo  administration,  and  to  combat  the  plots 
and  lies  of  the  opposition. 

The  Arevalo  administration,  and  the  Arevalista 
Congress  and  political  parties,  had  countered  the 
opposition  with  strong  determination.  The  opposition, 
because  of  its  own  divisiveness ,  and  the  power  of  the 
government,  never  succeeded  to  stop  the  Arevalista  reform 
movement.  But  as  will  be  made  more  clear  in  succeeding 
chapters,  the  opposition  forces  would  remain  a  constant 
and  profound  threat;  substantially  undermining  the  goals 
of  the  revolution. 


1  37 


Notes 


1  . 


NAUS   814.00/6-2248   no. 319;   NAUS,   State 


Department  Papers,  Office  of  Intelligence  Research,  Oct. 
23,  1950,  OIR  Report  5123,  76-77. 

2.  NAUS   OIR  5123,  76. 

3.  Ibid. 

4.  Jefe  de  la  Guardia  Judicial  to  Arevalo, 
August  12,  1946,  AGC,  Direcci5n  General  de  Policia. 

5.  Rafael  Delgado,  Falange  en  Guatemala 
(Mexico,  1948),  75.  For  a  summary  of  the  Falange  in 
Guatemala,  see  Frankel,  "Political  Development,"  182-191. 


235 


6.  The  number  120  comes  from  Holleran,  Church, 

7.  Frankel,  "Political  Development,"  190. 

8.  Ibid.,  192. 

9.  Accion  Social  Cristiana,  Jan.  11,  1945. 

10.  Ibid.,  Feb.  8,  1945. 

11.  Holleran,  Church,  210. 

12.  Ibid.,  60. 

13.  Ibid.,  223;  Suslow,  "Social  Reforms,"  123. 

1 4.  NAUS   OIR  5123,  73. 

1 5.  NAUS  81 4.00/2-945. 

16.  NAUS  81 4.00B/8-31 45. 

17.  "Galera,"  El  Imparcial,  Nov.  4,  1959. 

18.  Monteforte  Toledo,  La  Revolucion,  16. 

19.  NAUS  814.00/6-2646;  814.00/7-146  No. 1501. 

20.  Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  406. 

21.  NAUS  814.00/2-945;  814.00/6-1445. 


138 


22.  Copia  de  acuerdo,  July  JO,  1945,  AGC, 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

23.  Memoria  de  Ministerio  de  Gobernaci5n,  March 
1,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de  Gobernaci5n,  Varies,  52-54. 

24.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  16. 

25.  Ibid. 

26.  La  Hora,  Sept.  13,  1972. 

27.  Congress  decree  number  48  includes  the  names 
of  the  judges.  The  Supreme  Court  under  Arevalo  played  a 
much  less  dynamic  role  in  the  polity  than  the  Congress. 


28 
27,  1956. 

29 

30 

31 


Ramon  Blanco,  "Galera,"  EL  Imparcial,  March 

NAUS   814.00/6-545   no. 131. 
NAUS   814.00/8-1545. 
NAUS   814.00/4-2445. 


32.  Memoria  de  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  p. 52, 
March  1,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  Varies. 

33.  Reglamento  de  la  Guardia  Judicial,  June  13, 
1946,  AGC,  Direccion  General  de  Policia;  Documento  no. 
787,  July  27,  1946,  AGC,  Direccion  General  de  Policia. 


34 


Ibid 


35.  La  Hora,  May  17,  1958;  Ibid.,  Feb.  27,  1963. 
In  his  column  "Galera,"  Elly  Rodriguez  Gonzalez  gives  a 
long  list  of  people  allegedly  exiled,  tortured,  and 
killed  under  Arevalo. 

36.  Jefe  de  la  Guardia  Judicial  to  Ministro  de 
Gobernacion,  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec,  1945,  AGC,  Direcci5n 
General  de  Policia. 

37.  Memorandum  al  Sehor  Presidente,^  Nov.  2, 
1945,  AGC,  Direccion  General  de  Policia;  J.  Victor ^Soto 
de  Avila,  Quien  es  Quien:  diccionario  biografico 
centroamericano  (Guatemala,  1944),  387. 


139 


38.  Jorge   Arriola,    interview   with   author 
Guatemala   City,    June   20,    1987;    Ricardo   Asturias 
Valenzuela,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July 
15,  1987.   Direct  quote  belongs  to  Arriola. 

39.  Movimiento  observado  a  las  personas  que 
fueron  vigilados--,  June,  August,  1946,  AGC,  Direcci5n 
General  de  Policia. 


40.  No. 4028, 
General  de  Policia. 

41 .  No. 2502, 
General  de  Policia. 


July   19,   1946,   AGC,   Direcci5n 
Dec.   19,   1945,   AGC,   Direccion 


42.  Subsecretario  de  Gobernacion  to  Arevalo,  May 
9,  1946,  AGC,  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion,  Varies. 

43.  Secretario  General  de  la  Presidencia,  June 
4,  1,     1945,  AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la 
Republica;  Sociedad  de  Empleados  Municipales  al  Sehor 
Secretario  Privado  de  la  Presidencia,  Dec.  21,  1945,  AGC 
Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica.     '     ' 

44.  Registro  de  Correspondencia,  no. 661 9  (and 
attached  documents),  Dec.  7,  1945,  AGC,  Correspondencia 
del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

45.  Audiencia  de  10  de  mayo  de  1946  (and 
attached  documents).  May  10,  1946,  AGC,  Correspondencia 
del  Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

46.  No. 4436,  clasif icacion  131  (and  attached 
documents),  Sept.  17,  1946,  AGC,  Correspondencia  del 
Presidente  de  la  Republica. 

^~' •         "La    Hora.     diario    oficial    de    la 
antmacionalidad,  '  Diario  de  la  Mahana .  Oct.  7   1949 
p.1  . 

48.  "Buenos  dias,  Don  Clemente,"  Diario  de  la 
Manana,  Oct.  8.,  1949,  p.1. 


49, 
50, 
51  , 
52, 


Diario  de  la  Manana.  Jan.  14.,  p.1. 

Accion,  Sept,  1949,  p. 6. 

El  Imparcial,  April  8,  1975. 

El  Imparcial,  Jan.  9.,  1946,  p.1. 


140 


53 
1951  ,  p.1 

54, 

55, 

56, 

57. 

58. 

59. 

60. 


El  Mundo  Libre,  Jan.  5.,  1951;  and  May  25, 

NAUS   814.00/5-2246   no. 1396. 

NAUS   OIR  5123,  75. 

Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  394. 

Ibid. ,  1 80-1 81  . 

Ibid.,  191. 

Ibid.,  190. 

Departamento  de  Publicidad,  Feb.  21,  1947, 


AGC,  Correspondencia  del  Presidente  de  la  Republica 


CHAPTER  9 

AREVALISMO:  UNITY  AND  DISUNITY, 

1 945-1 949 


As  noted  in  chapter  7,  the  revolutionary  forces 
that  overthrew  Ubico  and  Ponce  failed  to  remain  united, 
and  splintered  into  a  general  divide  of  anti-government 
(opposition)  and  pro-government  (Arevalista)  groups.  The 
Arevalistas  themselves  suffered  from  serious  conflict, 
created  by  ideological  differences  and  by  points  of 
self-interest,  such  as  competition  for  public  posts  and 
for  influence  over  the  electorate.  Ex-President  of 
Congress  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,  in  a  statement  that 
exaggerated  but  contained  truth,  stated  that  the 
Arevalista  parties  suffered  from  conflict  "more  rancorous 
than  between  the  reformers  and  the  opposition."  In 
fact,  the  Arevalistas  remained  united  in  most  of  the 
general,  long  term  goals  that  included  human  rights, 
modernization,  and  democracy.  The  successes  they 
achieved  in  the  social,  economic  and  political  spheres 
attest  to  the  measure  of  unity  they  retained.  But  by 
1949,  disagreements  and  disunity  were  leading  to  a 
conflict  that  would  profoundly  and  irrevocably  alter  the 


1  41 


1  42 
character  of  Arevalista  parties  and  Guater^alan  political 
reality  as  a  whole. 

In  general,  the  same  personal  and  ideological 
forces  that  caused  the  breakdown  of  revolutionary  unity 
also  caused  internal  conflict  for  those  groups  that 
remained  within  the  Arevalista  camp.  Although  all  of  the 
Arevalistas  championed  labor  and  land  reform,  they  did 
not  always  agree  on  the  desired  speed  of  change,  or  the 
exact  nature  of  the  reforms.  In  essence,  the  Arevalistas 
themselves  were  divided  into  leftists,  moderates,  and 
conservatives,  although  taken  as  a  group  they  clearly 
remained  to  the  political  left  of  the  opposition. 

Marxist   participation   in   the   reform   movement 
became  a  major  source  of  conflict.  Monteforte  Toledo,  a 
moderate  FPL  member,  went  so  far  as  to  claim  that  only 
one  ideological  difference  divided  the  Arevalistas:  "the 
participation   of   the   communists   in   the   movement. "^ 
Communism  in  Guatemala  had  grown  in  the  1920s,  but  had 
been  smashed  under  the  dictatorship,  m  1944,  a  small 
number  of  communists  took  part  in  the  revolution  and  the 
formation  of  the  Arevalo  government,  but  they  cautiously 
remained   silent   about   their   beliefs,   realizing   that 
communism  was  highly  unpopular.^  Communists,  however, 
became  increasingly  influential  in  the  following  years, 
and,  as  already  stated,  a  source  of  conflict. 


143 
In  1945,  the  Arevalistas  tried  to  overcome  their 
political  differences  by  forming  one,  inclusive  political 
party.  On  October  17,  Frente  Popular  Libertador  (FPL)  and 
Partido  Renovacion  Nacional   (RN)  combined  to  form  the 
Union  Revolucionaria,  and  on  November  24,  they  changed 
the  name  to  Partido  Accion  Revolucionaria  (PAR)  when  the 
Partido   Social   Democratico   joined   the   merger.   On 
November  18,  1946,  the  PAR  national  convention  produced  a 
manifesto  of  principles  designed  to  be  broad  enough  to 
insure  the  agreement  of  all  factions.  The  program  called 
for  the  transformation  of  Guatemala's  society,  politics, 
economy   and   spirit.   It   also   demanded   international 
peace,   economic   sovereignty.   Central   American   unity, 
suppression   of   latifundium,   protection   of   private 
property,  free  organization  of  labor,  social  improvements 
and  education  of  the  masses.^  In  essence,  the  manifesto 
voiced  all  of  the  hopes  and  goals  of  the  revolution.  But 
beyond   these   broad   objectives,   the   leaders   of   the 
previously  independent  parties  within  PAR   "could  not 
reach  mutual  understanding  nor  work  in  harmony."^ 

In  1947,  the  intra-PAR  conflict  reached  the 
breaking  point.  In  February,  moderate  reformers  including 
Julio  Mendez  Montenegro  demanded  the  ouster  of  PAR '  s 
Secretary  General,  Jose  Manuel  Fortuny,  who  was  a  far 
leftist  and  a  future  leading  Marxist.^  When  leftist  PAR 


144 
extremists  allegedly  led  a  group  of  workers  in  a  violent 
attack  on  a  peaceful  anti-labor  demonstration  in  March, 
PAR  moderates  and  conservatives  became  particularly 
incensed.  In  May  significant  numbers  of  non-leftists 
resigned,  protesting  that  radical  PAR  labor  leaders  were 
"rabble  rousers.  PAR  moderates  and  conservatives 
re-established  the  Frente  Popular  Libertador  (FPL),  under 
the  leadership  of  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela.  The 
members  of  FPL  did  not  oppose  profound  reform,  but  openly 
abhorred  what  they  called  extremism.  The  FPL  party 
manifesto  declared  support  for  Arevalo,  advancement  of 
labor  rights  and  working  conditions,  and  agricultural 
reform  after  careful  study.  The  manifesto  also  spoke  out 
against  communism.  Another  faction  of  the  PAR  split  off 
to  regroup  the  Partido  Renovaci5n  Nacional  (RN).  The  RN, 

under  Secretary  General  Carlos  Acevedo,  a  personal  friend 

9 
of  Arevalo,   continued  to  act  largely  in  accord  with  the 

remnants  of  PAR,  Not  a  large  party,  RN  had  fewer  members 
in  the  Congress  than  FPL  or  PAR.  After  the  split,  PAR, 
RN,  FPL,  continued  to  be  the  three  largest  parties  which 
supported  the  Arevalo  government,  but  no  longer  did  so  as 
a  united  front. 

Within  the  PAR,  the  communists  formed  another 
faction,  and  in  September  1947,  they  established  an 
underground    organization    called    the    Vanguardia 


1  45 


Democratica  Guatemalteca  ( VDG ) .  As  communists  were  not 
allowed  by  the  government  to  establish  their  own  party, 
they  worked  under  the  aegis  of  the  PAR.  Important 
members  of  the  PAR  who  were  also  members  of  the  VDG 
included  Carlos  Manuel  Pellecer,  once  editor  of  the  PAR 
newspaper  El  Libertador;  and  the  PAR  Secretary  General 
Jose  Fortuny.  Other  notable  PAR-VDG  members  were  Victor 
Manuel  Gutierrez,  Bernardo  Alvarado  Monz5n,  Alfonso 
Guerra  Borges,  Mario  Silva  Jonama ,  and  Luis  Cardoza  y 
Aragon. 

The  relative  conservatism  of  FPL,  seen  through  the 
eyes  of  the  far  leftists,  was  manifested  in  a  petition 
sent  to  Arevalo  in  July  1947,  signed  by  members  of  the 
Comite  Salvadoreno  de  Liberacion  Nacional,  the  Frente 
Revolucionario  Hondureno,  and  the  Comite  Patri5tico 
Nicaraguense.  These  committees  represented  Central 
Americans  of  the  political  left  who  lived  in  Guatemala. 
The  petition  claimed  that  the  FPL  served  Yankee 
imperialism,  violated  the  Constitution,  and  pursued 
dictatorial  policies  that  made  a  farce  of  the  October  20 
revolution.  Also,  if  the  FPL  disagreed  with  someone,  the 
FPL  would  accuse  him  of  communism.  The  FPL  was  said  to 
have  drawn  up  a  list  of  workers  and  professionals  that  it 
so  accused,  and  was  trying  to  have  expelled.  The  signers 
of  the  petition  had  faith,  however,  that  Arevalo  would 


1  46 


protect  them.  They  had,  after  all,  fought  side  by  side 

1  1 
with  the  Guatemalans  to  free  the  working  classes. 

Fortuny,  Secretary  General  of  PAR,  explained  his 

view  of  the  differences  in  a  private  letter  to  Julio 

Estrada  de  la  Hoz ,  on  September  4,  1947.  In  the  letter 

Fortuny   called   FPL  members  Manuel  Galich,   the  Mendez 

brothers,   Alfonso  Bauer  Paiz   and  others   "populists." 

Populists,  he  wrote,  believe  that  revolutionary  movements 

are  enacted  from  the  top  elements  of  society  and  not  from 

the  masses.  They  underestimate  the  knowledge  and  ability 

of  the  rural  masses.   He  called  FPL  "petty  bourgeois 

without  doctrinaire  direction,"  afraid  of  the  "hollow 

threats"  of  imperialism  and  the  advance  of  the  Guatemalan 

people.''^   PAR,    implied   Fortuny,   believed   in   the 

potential   of   the   common   people   to   lead   their   own 

revolution.   An  anonymous  PAR  member,   during  a  party 

meeting,  advanced  another  reason  why  moderates  did  not 

champion  the  people.  Moderates,  he  said,  did  not  desire 

close  contact  with  farmers  and  laborers,  who  "smell  like 

1  3 
goats  because  they  work." 

After  the  breakup  of   PAR,   the  FPL  became  the 

strongest  of  the  Arevalista  parties.  The  FPL  held  a 

majority  of  lower  level  government  offices  and  nearly  a 

two-thirds  majority  in  congress.  FPL  power  in  Congress 

caused  PAR  and  Labor  many  moments  of  anguish,  for  example 


147 
in  October  1947,  when  FPL  sided  with  the  conservative 
Minister  of  Government,  Francisco  Villagran.  The  minister 
had  issued  a  circular  to  local  governments  which  ordered 
the  officials  to  stop  labor  "agitators"  who  promised  land 
to  workers  and  Indians.  Labor  and  PAR  protested  that  the 
order  would  restrict  unionization  J ^ 

In  1945  and  1946,  President  Arevalo's  stand  on  the 
inter-party  conflict  had  remained  in  doubt  for  some 
observers,  although  Arivalo's  public  speeches  and 
promises  to  the  people  continuously  suggested  a  leftist 
posture.  In  his  May  Day  speech  of  1946,  for  example,  he 
publicly  criticized  former  leaders  who  had  given  the 
"blood  and  soul  of  Guatemala"  to  foreign  interests.  He 
then  called  for  the  liberation  of  wealth  from  the  rich.^^ 
In  his  visits  around  the  country,  Arevalo  promised  water, 
electricity,  schools,  roads,  jobs,  and,  according  to  one 
observer,  "all  that  the  people  would  ask  for."^^ 

But  many  actions  taken  by  the  Arevalo  government 
demonstrated  a  measured  approach  to  reform.  In  January 
of  1946,  Arevalo  ordered  closed  the  far  leftist  labor 
school  Escuela  Claridad,  on  grounds  that  it  taught  an 
international  doctrine,  which  violated  article  thirty-two 
of  the  constitution.  Arevalo  also  slowed  his  promises  to 
labor  when  serious  labor  disputes  proliferated  at  the  end 
of  1946.  The  Army,  with  Arevalo's  approval,  forcefully 


1  48 
put  down  some  labor  strikes,  and  in  January  1947,  the 
government  declared  a  "no  strike"  policy  until  officials 
enacted  a  pending  labor  code.  Andrew  E.  Donovan,  1st 
Secretary  of  the  U.S.  Embassy,  declared  that  Arevalo's 
"present  course"  was  "more  to  the  right  than  to  the 
left."^"^ 

Arevalo  had  from  his  first  cabinet  named 
conservatives,  moderates,  and  leftists,  and  in  1947 
the  Arevalo  cabinet  retained  a  rough  balance.  Eugenio 
Silva  Pena  of  the  conservative  Frente  Nacional 
Revolucionario  (FNR)  headed  the  Foreign  Ministry. 
Francisco  Villagran,  another  conservative,  served  as 
Minister  of  Government.  FPL  held  three  cabinet  posts; 
Health,  Economy,  and  Education.  RN  men  led  the 
Ministries  of  Finance  and  Communication.  PAR  headed 
Agriculture.  The  Minister  of  Defense,  Jacobo  Arbenz , 
though  officially  apolitical,  favored  the  PAR.  In  sum, 
Arbenz  and  the  PAR  and  RN  members  totaled  four  leftists. 
Moderates  numbered  three  and  conservatives  two. 

Some  observers  accused  Arevalo  of  weakness,  and 
saw  in  him  an  inability  to  stand  firm  on  reform  issues. 

He  "rarely  seemed  to  have  a  mind  of  his  own,"  claimed  1st 

1  ft 
secretary  Donovan.      Arevalo  commented  on  his  alleged 

lack   of   forcefulness   during   an   interview   with   a 

journalist  of  Nuestro  Diario.  "An  ideal  country  is  that 


1  49 
in  which  the  official  passes  unnoticed  and  what  stands 
out  are  the  institutions."  This  is,  he  said,  the  mark  of 
highly  civilized  nations  such  as  the  United  States.  He 
claimed  not  to  care  what  the  critics  said  about  his  lack 

of  forcefulness,  as  his  actions  were  in  Guatemala's  best 

1  9 

interests . 

In  fact,  Arevalo  feared  instability,  and  he 
remained  adamantly  opposed  to  communism.  In  a  speech 
read  over  the  radio  in  September  of  1947,  Arevalo  spoke 
out  strongly  against  communism  and  the  recent  formation 
of  Vanguardia,  an  unofficial  organization  that  did  not 
publicly  proclaim  its  Marxism,  but  whose  members'  extreme 
left  inclinations  were  obvious.  This  "communist"  party, 
said  Arevalo,  is  "dangerous"  and  "fundamentally 
anti-democratic."  Arevalo  described  in  some  detail  the 
evils  and  shortcomings  of  communism  in  general,  and  in 
Russia.  "Communism  as  a  doctrine  remains  innocuous,  but 
the  communists  as  a  political  force  are  already  dangerous 

in  Europe  and  a  shadow  over  the  future  of  the  American 

20 
continent."    The  communists  were  also  denounced  by  the 

president  of  congress,  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,  a  member 

of  FPL.  Soon  after  these  condemnations,  fifteen  alleged 

communists  were  deported  to  Mexico,  for  several  months. 


150 
Arevalo  nevertheless  remained  strongly  committed 
to  reform,  and  by  the  end  of  1947  he  proved  that  his 
true  sympathies  lay  primarily  with  the  leftist  demands 
for  change.   When  Silva  Peha  resigned  on  July  30,   m 
protest  agaxnst  leftism  in  government,  Arevalo  appointed 
the  prominent  leftist  Enrique  Muhoz  Meany  as  new  Minister 
of  Foreign  Affairs. ^^  At  the  same  time,  Arevalo  named 
PAR  leader  Augusto  Charnaud  McDonald  to  replace  the  FPL 
member  in  the  Ministry  of  Economy  and  Labor. ^2  During 
August,  leftists  (not  communists)  thus  held  six  cabinet 
positions  while  moderates  and  conservatives  were  reduced 
to   two   and   one   respectively.   Villagran,   the   last 
conservative  in  the  cabinet,  resigned  in  disgust  shortly 
thereafter   and   an   FPL   member   took   his   place.   m 
November,   Arevalo   vetoed   a   bill   passed   by   the   FPL 
majority  that  might  have  slowed  down  labor  advances.  The 
bill,    according   to   the   U.S.   Embassy,   had   been 
controversial  enough  to  cause  fist  fights  and  a  near  gun 
fight  in  congress. 2^  The  Embassy  claimed  that  Arevalo's 
sympathy  for  the  PAR  and  the  RN  had  become  "taken  for 


granted.  "2'* 


At  the  end  of  1947,  the  revolutionaries  in 
government  had  become  polarized.  At  one  end,  the 
moderates  of  the  FPL  held  much  sway  in  congress,  with 
nearly  a  two-thirds  majority.  On  the  other  hand,  the 


151 
leftists  had  great  influence  in  the  administration,  and 
counted  on  the  President  as  an  ally.  Jose  Manuel  Fortuny 
felt  optimistic  about  the  future.  In  a  letter  to  Alvaro 
Hugo  Salguero,  dated  September  4,  1947,  Fortuny  predicted 
the  ultimate  defeat  of  the  moderates.  He  wrote  that  "the 
populists  hide  themselves  in  congress  in  a  state  of 
expectancy,  nervous,  restless,  without  knowing  whence  or 
at  what  hour  their  vanquishers  will  come."^^ 

In  March,  1948,  the  political  duel  between  the 
divided  Arevalistas  reached  a  new  peak,  but  ended  in 
somewhat  of  a  draw.  Arlvalo  removed  the  last  FPL  member 
from  his  cabinet,  and  went  on  to  weed  out  FPL  members  who 

served   as   sub-secretaries   and   in   other   official 

2  fi 
positions.    In  a  public  interview,  he  said  he  dismissed 

FPL  members  from  his  government  because  they  had  been 

working   against  him.^^  When  FPL  members   in  congress 

threatened  to  obstruct  the  budget,  Arevalo  backed  down 

slightly  and  named  FPL  member  Alfonso  Bauer  Paiz  to  the 

key  position  of  Minister  of  Economy  and  Labor. ^^ 

In  preparation  for  the  congressional  elections  of 

December  1948,  political  leaders  of  the  three  Arevalista 

parties  tried  to  curb  their  bitter  disagreements,  leading 

PAR  and  RN,  which  had  combined  in  a  loose  union  called 

the  Victory  Bloc,  to  make  a  non-aggression  pact  with  FPL. 

But   efforts   at   inter-party   reconciliation   were   not 


152 
successful.  The  last  months  of  1948  witnessed  a  high 
level  of  pre-election  strife,  so  much  so  that  election 
day  had  to  be  postponed.  When  the  election  finally  took 
place,  vote  fraud  apparently  occurred  on  all  sides,  and 
many  results  were  disputed.  When  the  final  results  were 
determined  in  April  1949,  FPL  received  twenty-eight 
seats,  the  Victory  Block  twenty-five,  and  the  opposition 
parties  fourteen.  The  FPL  had  lost  some  of  its  former 
strength,  and  the  opposition  had  gained. 

FPL,  in  spite  of  its  problems  with  the  other 
Arevalista  parties  and  with  Arevalo  himself,  remained 
pro-government,  and  continued  to  support  the  general 
goals  of  the  reform  movement.  With  most  members  of  the 
FPL,  Arevalo  remained  popular  and  highly  respected.  Like 
Arevalo,  they  abhorred  communism  and  feared  that 
unbridled  reform  could  create  dangerous  instability,  a 
milieu  where  communism  could  grow.  The  "seventeen 
principles"  of  the  FPL,  published  in  1949,  claimed 
continued  adherence  to  revolutionary  goals,  including 
final  eradication  of  the  traditional  political  parties 
(the  Liberals  and  the  Conservatives),  free  organization 
of  the  workers,  democratic  agrarian  reform  and  an  end  to 

latifundios.  As  usual,  the  FPL  manifesto  also  proclaimed 

29 
itself  against  communism. 


1  53 
Disunity  had  also  developed  within  the  particular 
membership  of  each  party.  By  1949,  internal  discord 
centered  on  splits  between  factions  which  advocated  no 
compromise  with  the  other  Arevalista  parties,  and 
factions  more  committed  to  inter-party  unity.  In  the 
FPL,  in  April  1949,  those  members  who  advocated 
inter-party  harmony  gained  control  of  the  executive 
committee,   and   elected   Manuel   Galich   as   Secretary 

General.  Those  led  by  Mario  Mendez  Montenegro,  who  were 

30 
unwilling  to  work  with  PAR  and  RN,  had  been  defeated. 

PAR  members  experienced  a  similar  crisis  in  early  1949. 

Jose  Fortuny,  with  other  far  leftists  and  communists, 

championed  an  uncompromising  position  against  the  FPL. 

Fortuny 's  group  favored  a  full  commitment  to  the  radical 

demands  of  labor.   The  new  Secretary  General  of  PAR, 

Roberto  Alvarado  Fuentes,  headed  a  faction  that  desired 

better  relations  with  FPL.  The  struggle  emerged  in  the 

open  at  the  PAR  national  convention  in  March  over  which 

faction  would  lead  the  executive  committee.  Alvarado 's 

group,  led  by  Charnaud  McDonald,  proved  to  be  the  most 

numerous  and  mustered  382  votes,  whereas  Fortuny  produced 

only  120.^^ 

Important  members  of  the  labor  leadership  did  not 

approve  of  the  Alvarado  faction's  willingness  to  work 

with  moderates.  In  May  1949  the  most  influential  labor 


154 
leader,  CNUS  and  FSG  Secretary  General  Manuel  Pinto 
Usaga,  expressed  unhappiness  v/ith  the  FPL  in  a  letter 
to  Alvarado  dated  May  6,  and  praised  a  small  bloc  of 
deputies   that  he   identified  as  the  Bloque  Obrero  de 

Diputados;  Pinto  threatened  to  change  labor's  political 

32 
tactics,   but   gave   no   specific   details.     Alvarado 

explained  PAR ' s  position  in  a  reply  to  Pinto  dated  May 

16.  He  agreed  that  elements  of  FPL  had  not  treated  labor 

well,   but   stated   that   the   FPL   had   at   least   been 

interested  in  dealing  with  reforms.  PAR,  he  said,  had  a 

pact  of  democratic  collaboration  with  FPL,  through  which 

they  hoped  to  deal  successfully  with  the  problems  of  the 

nation  even  though  the  hard-liners  of  the  labor  movement 

said  it  was  "absurd  and  childish"  to  form  alliances  with 

such  elements  as  the  FPL.  Alvarado  expressed  unhappiness 

that  a  labor  bloc  might  form  independently  from  the  PAR, 

and  warned  that  such  tactics  might  place  the  revolution 

m  danger. 

Pinto's  counter-reply  on  May  18  refrained  from  the 

strong  language  of  the  first  letter,  but  he  did  not  show 

a   change   of   heart.   He   agreed   with   the   need   for 

revolutionary  unity  between  PAR,  RN,  and  labor,  but  not 

FPL.  He  did  not  mention  again  his  threat  to  change  labor 

tactics,  but  apparently  remained  unhappy  with  the  PAR 

leadership. 


155 
While   disunity   grew   more   serious   for   the 
Arevalista  parties,  organized  labor  succeeded  to  become 
larger,  stronger,  and  more  cohesive.  As  noted  in  chapter 
6,  by  1950  there  were  more  than  150  unions,  with  nearly 
100,000  members.  There  existed  at  times  strong  conflict 
within  and  between  the  various  unions,  which  weakened  the 
overall   labor   movement.   In   the   words   of   one   labor 
leader,   Arcadio  Ruiz   Franco,   "The   ideological   enemy 
of  the  working  class  is  the  capitalist  extortionist,  but 
the  enemy  who  is  more  real  and  palpable  within  the 
organizations  of  the  workers,  is  the  calumnies,  gossip 
and  the  insidiousness  of  all  humanity,  provoked  by  envy 
and  egoism. "3^  But  labor  would  largely  rise  above  this 
divisiveness,  and  "by  1949  the  labor  movement  stood  as 
the  strongest  and  best  organized  popular  group  supporting 
the  administration.""^^ 

Efforts  to  overcome  conflict  between  the  unions 
occurred  early.  On  December  19,  1944,  the  major  unions 
established  Guatemala's  first  labor  confederation,  the 
Confederacion  de  Trabaj adores  de  Guatemala  ( CTG ) ,  but  in 
November  1945  ten  of  the  thirty-one  affiliated  unions 
withdrew  in  protest  over  the  Marxist  propaganda  school, 
the  Escuela  Claridad.  The  school  had  been  established  in 
July,  1945,  within  the  CTG  organization,  and  the  school 
leadership,  as  a  body,  had  been  given  one  vote  on  the  CTG 


156 
executive  committee.  Antonio  Obando  Sanchez,  the  first 
^^^'^     °^  Escuela  Claridad  and  a  long  time  Marxist,  had 
spent  13  years  in  jail  under  Ubico.  Ostensibly  an  adult 
education   school   for  union  members,   it  mainly  taught 
Marxist  doctrine.   The  CTG  executive  committee  debated 
the  school's  existence  on  November  4,  1945:  15  unions 
voted  that  Claridad  should  remain  in  the  CTG,  13  unions 
voted  no,   3  abstained.  Accusing  the  CTG  of  communist 
inclinations,  ten  unions  founded  a  rival  confederation, 
the  Fedracion  Sindical  de  Guatemala   (FSG).^^  The  FSG 
remained   the   largest   labor   organization,   with   its 
strength  based  upon  urban  labor,  while  the  CTG  received 
its  major  impetus  from  the  teachers  union,  the  Sociedad 
de  Trabaj adores  en  Educacion  en  Guatemala  (STEG).  The 
FSG  initially  proved  somewhat  less  impatient  for  social 
and  economic  changes,  and  resolved  to  oppose  communism, 
which  had  become  an  influential  force  in  the  CTG.^^ 

PAR,  however,  helped  to  bring  the  two  labor 
federations  back  together.  After  the  split  in  January 
1946,  FSG  had  tried  to  promote  its  own  candidates  for 
Congress  without  help  from  the  political  parties,  while 
CTG  worked  closely  with  PAR.  When  the  FSG  failed  to  do 
well,  it  accepted  an  invitation  by  PAR  to  begin  talks, 
and  soon  thereafter  both  FSG  and  CTG  were  cooperating 
with  PAR.^^  The  federations  also  received  the  help  and 


157 
advice  of  a  number  of  foreigners,  including  the  Cuban 

communist  Bias  Roca,  with  the  design  of  uniting  the  labor 

,  40 
movement . 

In  December  1946,  the  FSG,  CTG,  and  one  smaller 

and  less  significant  federation,  the  Federacion  Regional 

Central   de   Trabajadores   (FRCT),   formed  a   loose  union 

named  the  Comite  Nacional  de  Unidad  Sindical   ( CNUS ) . 

CNUS  actively  voiced  labor  demands  and  guarded  against 

inter-union  clashes.   It  also  helped  develop  political 

committees  designed  to  advance  labor's  political  goals 

41 
and  to  support  candidates  for  political  office.    As 

political  activity  by  unions  had  been  banned  in  the 

Provisional   Labor  Law  of  March  1946,   the  committees 

claimed  to  be  independent  of  the  unions,  although  in 

practice,  little  had  been  done  to  enforce  the  provision. 

With  the  formation  of  CNUS,  the  confidence  and 

power  of  organized  labor  grew.   Labor  leaders  retained 

close   ties   to   PAR-RN,   but   they   increasingly   became 

independent  of  the  political  parties.  In  the  words  of 

Jose  Cardoza,  "We  workers  obtained  by  sheer  exertion  our 

greatest  social  and  economic  conquests,"  and  it  was  a 

"daily  fight"  to  obtain  justice,  by  court  room  battles, 

42 
strikes,   and   armed   defense.     The   workers   sometimes 

earned  their  advances  in  spite  of  the  politicians.  Still, 

Arevalo  himself  greatly  helped  organized  labor  through 


158 
his  application  of  the  labor  code  of  May  1947.  The  labor 
code  provided  measures  to  control  the  unions, 
establishing  strict  regulations  over  internal  union 
affairs  and  membership;  moreover,  strikes  could  be 
undertaken  only  after  procedures  of  conciliation  and 
arbitration  failed.  A  strict  application  of  the  code 
would  thus  have  weakened  organized  labor,  but  Arevalo 
chose  to  emphasize  those  provisions  of  the  code  of 
benefit  to  labor. 

By  mid-1949,  communists  as  individuals  and  Marxism 
as  an  ideology  had  become  highly  influential  in  organized 
labor.  This  was  less  true  of  the  FSG  than  CTG,  but  in 
fact  the  differences  between  the  two  were  minor.  In  a 
dispatch  of  June  30,  1949,  the  U.S.  Embassy  noted  that 
FSG  international  policies  had  become,  especially  during 
the  previous  six  months,  increasingly  similar  to  those  of 
CTG.  Both  organizations  supported  the  Conf ederaci5n  de 
Trabajadores  de  America  Latina  ( CTAL) ,  and  at  the  time 
the  Embassy  dispatch  was  being  written,  the  Secretary 
General  of  GNUS  and  FSG,  Manuel  Pinto  Usaga,  and  the 
Secretary  General  of  CTG,  Victor  Manuel  Gutierrez,  were 
both  en  route  to  a  World  Federation  of  Trade  Unions 
(WFTU)  meeting  at  Milan. '^'^ 

As  the  workers  movement  solidified  and  grew  more 
powerful,  and  Marxism  refused  to  go  away,  the  Arevalista 


159 
political  parties  had  divided  into  factions.  On  the 
whole,  the  Arevalista  split  reflected  a  general  divide  by 
1949,  between  those  who  championed  more  rapid  and 
vigorous  change  of  social  and  economic  structures,  often 
accepting  Marxist  influences;  and  those  who  took  a 
gradualist  approach  and  sought  to  minimize  or  eliminate 
Marxist  influence. 


Notes 

1.  Monteforte  Toledo,  La  Revoluci6n .  16. 

2.  Ibid. 

r'.r^^        ^\         ^°^^   /ortuny,    "Testimonio, "   in   Carlos 
^^'^^^^^'  Aproximacion  a  Guatemala  (Guatemala,  1980),  !^4K 

4 


LCMD/GD^'PAR-Bofy""""  ""      P"""Pi°='   "°v.   18,   1946, 

814. 00/?:e45  nr'9?6.  *'""""'■  ^^-auetzal,   106;  NAUS 

6.     NAUS   814.00/2-747  AGM. 
no.249o!'     ''''"'    814.00/7-3147    Tele;    814.00/6-347 

8.  La  Hora.  June  13,  1947,  p. 2. 

9.  NAUS  814.00/10-247   Memo. 

10.  Carlos   Manuel   Pellecer,    "Respuesta   al 
cuestionario   de   Alan   V.   LeBaron   a   CM.  "^eHecer  " 
Houston,   January   16,   1978,  p. 3;  Ronald  M.   Schneide^ 
Communism  in  Guatemala:  1Q44-1Q^.  (New  York,  1 958 )   57 


160 


1  1  .  "Memorial  dirigido  por  las  emigraciones 
Centroamericanos  al  Presidente  de  la  Republica  de 
Guatemala,"  July  2^,  1947,  AGC,  Correspondencia  del 
Presidente  de  la  Republica. 


Sept 


12.    Jose  Fortuny  to  Julio  Estrada  de  la  Hoz , 
4,  1947,  LCMD/GD,  PAR-Box  7. 


13 
1  4 

15, 


Antecedentes,  1947,  LCMD/GD,  PAR-Box  7 

NAUS  814.00/10-247  Memo. 

Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  310-311. 


1 6 .         Najera , 
814.00/1-247    Memo. 


Estaf adores , 


n-82; 


NAUS 


17 
18 


NAUS  814.00/1-247;  814.00/1-247  Memo. 
Ibid. 


19.  Nuestro  Diario,  March  8,  1947,  p.1;  NAUS 
814.20/3-2547"!  Arevalo  did  not  invent  this  doctrine  for 
the  1947  political  situation;  he  had  fully  developed  it 
in  the  1937  article  "Istmania."  See:  Arevalo, 
Escritos  politicos,  6-21  . 


20 


Arevalo,  Escritos  politicos,  411-414 


21.  According  to  article  137  of  the 
constitution,  the  President  could  appoint  and  remove 
ministers  at  will.  He  could  only  be  checked  with  a 
two-thirds  vote  in  congress. 

22.  A  United  States  Embassy  report  called 
Charnaud  "leftist"  and  "irresponsible."  Written  in 
pencil  on  the  dispatch  document  was  "a  bad  egg."  NAUS 
814.00/10-247  Memo. 

23.  NAUS  814.00/11-2847  ARG. 

24.  Ibid;  814.00/3-1948   no. 144. 

25.  Jose  Fortuny  to  Julio  Estrada  de  la  Hoz, 
Sept.  4,  1947,  LCMD/GD,  PAR-Box  7. 

26.  NAUS  814.00/3-1948   no. 144. 

27.  NAUS  814.00/4-2748   no. 203. 


161 


28.    NAUS  814.00/3-1948   no. 144 


29.  Publicaciones  del  Frente  Popular  Libertador, 
"El  partido:  sus  principios  f undamentales"  (Guatemala, 
1  949)  . 

30.  NAUS  814.00/4-549   no. 179. 

31.  NAUS  814.00/3-2249   no. 152. 

32.  GNUS  to  PAR,  May  6,  1949,  LGMD/GD,  GPNT-Box 
15. 

33.  GNUS  to  PAR,  May  16,  1949,  LGMD/GD, 
GPNT-Box  1  5. 

34.  GNUS  to  PAR,  May  18,  1949,  LGMD/GD, 
GPNT-Box  15. 

35.  Arcadio  Ruiz  Franco,  Hambre  y  miseria 
(Guatemala,  1950) 

36.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,  "  iii. 

37.  Bishop,  "Guatemalan  Labor,"  16-25;  NAUS 
OIR  5123,  14-17. 

38.  Schneider,  Communism,  130. 

39.  Bishop,  "Guatemalan  Labor,"  112. 

40.  Ibid.,  42. 

41 .  NAUS   OIR  5123,  17. 

42.  Jose  Gardoza,  "A  treinta  anos  de  la 
revoluci5n  de  octubre  de  1944,"  Alero  (Guatemala),  8 
(Sept. -Oct.  1974)  ,  91  . 

43.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  part  4,  pp. 65-66. 

44.  NAUS  711.1 4/6-3049. 


CHAPTER  1 0 
THE  MILITARY  AND  THE  ARANA-ARBENZ  FEUD, 
1 945-1 949 


The  armed  forces  had  long  defended  the  Guatemalan 
status  quo,  but  in  October  1944,  the  military 
majority  gave  its  crucially  important  help  to  the  forces 
of  the  revolution.  From  that  time,  the  military  became 
"heroes  of  the  people,"  and  in  official  propaganda 
remained  so  until  the  overthrow  of  Arbenz  in  1954.  The 
military  had  become  a  strong  and  well  organized 
institution   by   1944,   and   after   the   revolution   it 

continued   to   modernize,   organize,   acquire   greater 

1 
economic  benefits,  and  become  largely  autonomous.    It 

remained  a  key  power  in  Guatemalan  politics. 

Military  leaders   claimed  that  they  had  no  desire 

to  rule  or  control  the  government,  but  only  wished  for 

reasonable  salaries,  a  chance  to  modernize,  and  freedom 

2 
from  civilian  manipulation.   As  a  typical  editorial  of 

Revista  Militar  claimed,  "The  army  is  from  and  for  the 

people.  The  army  today  and  tomorrow  will  be  loyal  to  the 

3 
laws  of  the  country  and  never  again  to  one  individual" 

The  military   officers,   however,   continued   to   retain 


162 


163 
strong  political  views,  and  in  spite  of  the  middle  and 

lower   class   origins   of   most   of   them,   the   majority 

4 
remained  inclined  toward  moderate  conservatism.   Many  of 

the   officers,   including   Francisco   Arana,   had   firmly 

committed  themselves  to  the  overthrow  of  Ponce  only  in 

the  last  few  weeks  before  the  revolution.   According  to 

Kalman    Silvert,    the    political    parties    initially 

distrusted  the  democratic  intentions  of  both  Arana  and 

Arbenz.    In  testimony  of  civilian  uneasiness,   article 

1  54  of  the  Constitution  mandated  the  Chief  of  the  Armed 

Forces  to  swear  an  annual  oath,  which  began  with  the 

words:  "We  swear  that  the  armed  forces  never  will  be  an 

instrument  of  arbitrariness  nor  of  oppression,"  and  ended 

with   the   words:   "we   will   maintain   the   Army   as   a 

professional    institution,    worthy    and    absolutely 

apolitical."  Although  some  officers  would  remain  firmly 

committed  to  the  goals  of  the  revolution,  a  large  segment 

of  the  military  became  unhappy  with  trends  of  reform 

under  Arevalo.  Overall,  the  military  acted  as  a  strong 

moderating  influence  on  Arevalo  and  the  leftists. 

During  Arevalo' s  term  in  office,   the  military 

became  split  into  two  main  factions,  one  group  led  by  the 

Chief  of  the  Armed  Forces,  Col.  Francisco  Arana,  and  the 

other  group  led  by  the  Minister  of  Defense,  Col.  Jacobo 

Arbenz.  Both  Arana  and  Arbenz  wanted  to  be  President  in 


164 
1951,  and  the  nature  of  the  split  in  the  military 
centered  on  the  ideals  and  political  ambitions  of  these 
two  men.  Arana  remained  dominant  until  his  death  in 
1949.  As  Chief  of  the  Armed  Forces  he  was  the  military's 
most  powerful  commander,  in  control  of  armaments, 
installations,  and  appointments,  and  he  also  retained  the 
loyalty  of  the  large  majority  of  officers. 

Some  observers  have  believed  that  the  Arbenz  and 
Arana  split  was  influenced  by  a  traditional  animosity 

between  graduates  of  the  military  academy  and  the  "line 

9 
officers"   promoted   from   the   ranks.     Arbenz   had 

graduated  from  the  academy,  Arana  had  not.  Certainly, 

school  graduates  often  maintained  some  prejudice  against 

the  less  educated  officers  of  the  line,  who  often  came 

from  a  rural  and  Indian  background.    On  one  occasion, 

Julio  Bonilla,  a  leader  of  the  FPL,  told  a  representative 

of    the    U.S.    Embassy    that    line    officers    were 

1  1 
"uncultured."    Col.  Rodolfo  Mendoza  claimed  that  line 

1  2 
officers   feared   being   discriminated   against.     Arana 

tried  to  control  this  conflict.   In  February  1945,  he 

promised  there  would  be  equality  and  security  of  rank  for 

all.   He  also  recommended  that  graduates  remove  their 

school  insignias  in  order  to  demonstrate  commitment  to 

Army  equality,  and  he  encouraged  line  officers  to  attend 

1  3 
school.     However,   it  has  not  been  demonstrated  that 


165 

this  traditional  animosity  greatly  influenced  the 
Arbenz-Arana  conflict.  Some  of  the  most  ardent  Aranistas 
were  school  graduates,  including  Col.  Jorge  Barrios 
Solares,  Col.  Albert  Bone  Solis  and  Col.  Juan  Francisco 
Chajon.   "The  friction  between  the  officers  of  the  line 

and  those  of  the  school  has  more  fame  than  profundity," 

1  4 
Arbenz  said  in  1968. 

A  division  between  the  younger  and  older  officers 

may   have   become   a   more   important   factor   in   the 

Arbenz-Arana    split.    Younger    officers    more    often 

championed  Arbenz.  "Young  Military"  was  the  phrase  used 

by  contemporaries  to  identify  the  Arbenz  faction.  For 

example,  Istmania  called  Carlos  Paz  Tejada  "one  of  the 

young  military,"  Carlos  Diaz  "a  young  military,"  and  Jose 

Angel   Sanchez   "a  member  of  the  youngest  of  today's 

1  5 
army."    But  there  were  significant  exceptions.   Many 

officers  of  opposing  groups  shared  nearly  the  same  age, 

including  Col.  Jorge  Barrios  Solares  of  the  Arana  camp 

and  Col.  Carlos  Aldana  Sandoval  of  the  Arbenz  faction. 

Col.  Carlos  Castillo  Armas,  an  Aranista,  was  slightly 

younger  than  Arbenz.  Arana  himself  was  only  about  7  years 

older  than  Arbenz. 

Arana  desired  the  presidency  from  an  early  date, 

possibly  from  the  time  he  first  experienced  executive 

power  as  a  member  of  the  Junta.  In  December,  1945,  an 


166 
automobile  accident  seriously  injured  President  Arevalo. 
In  these  difficult  times,  while  Arevalo  lay  in  the 
hospital  and  the  violent  opposition  tried  to  take 
advantage  of  the  situation,  Arana,  Arevalo,  and  a  group 
of  political  leaders  entered  into  the  secret  "pacto  de  la 
barranca."  The  pact  promised  support  to  Arana  in  the 
next  presidential  elections  if  Arana  guaranteed  the 
continuation  of  the  Arevalo  presidency  until  its  legal 
end,  in  March  1951.  Arevalo  completely  recovered  in 
the  early  months  of  1946,  and  according  to  an  Arana 

supporter,  Arana ' s  personal  desire  to  become  president 

1  7 
steadily  increased  after  1946. 

Arana  came  from  a  simple,  rural  background,  had 

first  entered  the  Army  as  an  enlisted  man,  and  had  become 

an   officer   and  a   leader  by  his  outstanding  natural 

abilities.  Often  described  as  a  calm  and  modest  man,  who 

could  also  be  amiable  and  jovial,  he  was  considered  well 

1  R 
read  and  admirably  self-educated  by  those  who  knew  him. 

He  remained  humble  about  his  abilities,   and  retained 

some  habits  of  speech  that  revealed  his  uneducated,  rural 

1  9 
origins.    Arana ' s  political  views,  in  relation  to  the 

extremes  in  Guatemalan  politics,  remained  moderate.  He 

counted  among  his  most  loyal  civilian  supporters  Mario 

Mendez  Montenegro,  who  in  1944  had  been  an  FPL  founder 

but  from  1947  began  distancing  himself  from  the  more 


167 

20  < 

extreme  leftist  leaders.    Clemente  Marroqum  Rojas  of 

LA   Hora ,   a   dedicated   reformer   but   an   opponent   of 

21 
Arevalo,    also   supported   Arana .     Other   important 

civilians  loyal  to  Arana  were  Juan  Jose  Orozco  Posadas, 

Oscar  Benitez  Bone,  and  Julio  Cesar  Mendez  Montenegro, 

all  three  of  whom  belonged  to  the  Arevalista  parties. 

Orozco   Posadas   and   Benitez   were   especially   strong 

supporters   of  Arevalo.   Arana  appealed   to  people  who 

wanted   to  continue  the  democratic  principles  of  the 

revolution,  but  who  wanted  a  strong  president  to  control 

the  demands  of  the  masses  and  halt  the  growth  of  Marxism. 

The  arch-conservatives  sometimes  saw  Arana  as  their  best 

hope,  but  generally  considered  him  a  weak  opponent  of 

2  2 

communists  and  leftists.     The   leftists  were  Arana ' s 

harshest   critics.   They   habitually   labeled   him   as 
reactionary  and  opportunistic.   Pellecer  thought  Arana 

"tried  to  obstruct  all  social  and  economic  progress  in 

2  3 

the  country."    Jorge  Arriola  said  that  Arana  "did  not 

24 
understand  the  ideals  of  the  revolution."    In  his  own 

defense,  Arana  claimed  that  he  was  for  the  ideals  of  the 

revolution  and  stability,  and  placed  himself  "left  of 

moderate."  He  claimed  to  be  "not  extremist,  nor  of  the 

"25 

right . 

In  1948,  Col.  Francisco  Arana  began  to  seek  the 
presidency  openly;  while  never  officially  declaring  his 


1  68 
candidacy.  Among  the  three  Arevalista  parties,  only 
in  the  FPL  did  Arana  have  significant  support,  but  FPL 
party  members  were  divided.  By  late  1948  the  majority  of 
the  FPL  leadership  had  decided  to  endorse  one  of  their 
own  members  for  the  presidency.  In  November  of  1948,  FPL 
congressmen  joined  PAR  and  RN  congressmen  in  passing  a 
resolution  which  protested  Army  political  activities  in 
the  1948  congressional  campaigns.  The  resolution 
ostensibly  meant  to  remind  the  Army  to  remain  apolitical, 
but  close  observers  felt  it  was  an  attempt  to  dim  Arana ' s 
presidential  hopes.    A  minority  of  FPL  members  still 

strongly  favored  Arana  for  president,  and  they  organized 

27 
pro-Arana   groups   throughout   Guatemala.     Mundo   Libre 

identified  one  such  group,   led  by  FPL  member  Hector 

Espaha  in  Chiquimula.    Arana  encouraged  this  movement, 

helping  establish  the  Partido  Social  Revolucionario  to 

29 
further  advance  his  candidacy. 

Arbenz  also  wanted  to  be  President.  The  son  of 

a  Swiss  immigrant  and  a  ladino  mother,  Arbenz  excelled 

at  academics  and  sports.  His  distinguished  work  at  the 

military    academy    Escuela    Politecnica    earned    him 

promotions   equaled   only  by  six  other  cadets   in  the 

academy's   history.     After   graduation,    he   taught 

physics,  chemistry,  the  art  of  war,  and  history  at  the 

academy.  Arbenz  became  an  enemy  of  the  dictators  earlier 


169 
than  Arana,  and  he  spent  some  time  in  exile  before  the 

1   4-  •     31 

revolution. 

Arbenz  came  to  lead  those  officers  who  were 
commonly  called  "the  young  military,"  designating  a 
progressive,  often  idealistic  group;  in  the  main  young 
graduates  of  the  military  academy.  Although  they 
numbered  only  about  10%  of  the  officers,  their  influence 
exceeded  the  size  of  their  group,  because  of  Arbenz ' s 
presence  in  the  cabinet  and  their  good  relations  with 
other  young  Arevalistas.  When  Arevalista  newspapers  and 
politicians  referred  to  the  heroic  new  revolutionary 
military,  they  spoke  in  general  to  include  the  entire 
military  institution,  but  most  often  they  praised  in 
particular  the  "Young  Military,"  the  phrase  used  by 
contemporaries  to  identify  the  Arbenz  faction.  The  CTG, 
for  example,  claimed  an  alliance  with  the  "Young  and 
Democratic  Soldiers." 

PAR,  RN,  and  organized  labor  came  to  champion 
Arbenz  to  become  the  next  president,  a  decision  probably 
made  early  but  only  slowly  made  public.  The  Guatemalan 
ambassador  to  Mexico,  Juan  Cordova  Cerna,  claimed  that 
since  about  1947  rumors  surfaced  saying  that  at  election 
time  the  FPL  would  support  Arana  and  that  the  PAR  would 
go  with  Arbenz. ^^  Schneider  found  that  at  least  as  early 


170 

as  September  1948,  PAR  leaders  and  most  labor  leaders  had 

34 
agreed  on  Arbenz  for  president. 

Despite  the  fact  that  Arbenz  had  PAR  and  labor 

support,  he  claimed  to  the  United  States  Embassy  that  he 

was  a  non-leftist.  In  1944,  in  private  conversation  with 

United   States   Ambassador   Boaz   Long,   he   warned   that 

Mexican  leftists  might  help  organize  Guatemalan  unions. 

If  labor  ruled,  he  said,  the  United  States  stood  to  lose 

its  investments.  According  to  Boaz  Long,  Arbenz  hoped 

"that  something  might  be  thought  out  whereby  we  would  be 

sympathetic  when  those  in  control  of  affairs  in  Guatemala 

(presumedly   to   include   Arbenz)   sought   to   liberate 

themselves   from   the   skillful   impositions"   of   labor 

35 
organizers.    In  effect,  Arbenz  had  asked  for  aid  to 

combat   leftism   if  needed.   In  April  of   1945,   Arbenz 

said  he  opposed  sending  military  officers  to  Mexico  for 

he  abhorred  the  leftist  Mexican  influence.  Instead  he 

wanted  to  organize  the  entire  Guatemalan  Army  along  the 

3  fi 
lines   of   that  of  the  United  States.     Arbenz  would 

continue  his  overtures  to  the  United  States  while  an 

active  presidential  candidate  in  1949  and  1950,  as  will 

be  seen  in  chapter  twelve. 

Arbenz  may  have  misrepresented  himself   to  the 

Embassy,   but   truly  his  lifestyle  did  not  reflect  a 

leftist  ideology  or  a  special  concern  for  the  masses.  On 


171 

August   18,   1947,   the   Guatemalan   property   registry 

recorded  the  sale  of  the  large  finca  "El  Caj5n"  to  Jacobo 

37 
Arbenz  for  125,000  dollars.    El  Cajon,  located  in  the 

rich   farm   area   of   Esquintla,   stretched   over   3,898 

manzanas.  A  close  business  associate  of  Arbenz,  Minor 

Keilhauer,   owned   a   5 , 470-manzana   farm   called   "Los 

3  8 
Cerritos."    Nuestro  Diario  claimed  that  these  fincas. 

El  Cajon  and  Los  Cerritos,  were  two  of  the  best  in 

39 
Central   America.     Other   Arbenz   cronies   had   large 

landholdings ,   for   the   most   part   recently   acquired. 

Because  of  their  involvement  in  cotton  production,  Jaime 

Diaz  called  this  group  "the  new  cotton  bourgeoisie." 

Some  Arbenz  supporters  had  reputations  as  anti-leftists 


and  anti-communists,  including  Carlos  Aldana  and  Victor 
Sandoval . 

In  essence,  Arbenz  was  a  progressive  nationalist 
and  a  capitalist.  He  wanted  Guatemala  to  be  a  modern 
capitalist   country:   he  himself   claimed  to  be  not  a 

"spiritual   socialist,   nor   a   socialist   of   any   other 

ii42 
type.      Like   most   Guatemalans,   Arbenz   was   also   an 

economic  nationalist.  In  1946,  an  official  of  the  U.S. 

Embassy  witnessed  a  revealing  reaction  from  Arbenz  at  one 

of  Guatemala's  nightclubs.  Once,  as  the  music  started, 

a  man  asked  Mrs.  Arbenz  to  dance.  As  she  headed  for  the 

floor,  Arbenz  "partly  rose  from  the  table  and  said  that 


172 


he  would  be  damned  if  he  would  let  his  wife  dance  with 
the  United  Fruit  Company."  The  U.S.  official  asked  who 
the  man  was,  and  Arbenz  admitted  he  did  know  his  name, 
but  that  he  worked  for  the  United  Fruit  Company.  Arbenz 

said  "he  did  not  like  his  wife  even  to  be  seen  in  the 

43 
company  of  "'those  people.'" 

Arbenz,   in   a   1949   private   conversation   with 

Ambassador  Patterson  would  speak  for  a  long  time,  "with 

obvious  sincerity  and  clarity  of  language,"  about  the 

economic,  social,  and  democratic  goals  of  the  revolution. 

Arbenz  complained  about  landowners  who  blocked  reform, 

and  said  that  a  decent  wage  must  be  paid  to  agricultural 

workers,  although  he  was  careful  to  add,  "there  is  no 

intention  to  discriminate  against  foreign  firms,   and 

there   is   no   desire   on   the   part   of   the   Arevalo 

44 
administration  to  communize  the  country."    Friends  of 

Arbenz  demonstrated  similar  reformist  and  modernizing 

tendencies.   For   example.   Minor   Kelhauer   allowed   his 

workers  on  Los  Cerritos  a  modern  union  and  a  chance  to 

buy  land.  Kelhauer  also  had  a  large  experiment  underway 

45 
to  make  paper  pulp  from  plant  products. 

Arbenz  shared  common  interests  with  leftists  in 

such  areas  as  labor  and  agrarian  reform  and  he  proved 

willing  to  work  with  them.  "Almost  from  the  start  of  the 

revolution,"  wrote  Pellecer,   "Arbenz  was  a  friend,  or 


173 

friendly,  with  those  of  us  who  would  later  be  leading 

46 
Communists."    But  he  was  neither  a  Marxist,  nor  just  an 

idealist.  He  wished  to  modernize  and  enrich  Guatemala, 

and  as  capitalists  everywhere,  planned  to  enrich  himself 

along  the  way.  "Arbenz  had  ideas,  not  ideology,"  claimed 

nil       47 

Pellecer . 

The  U.S.  Embassy  officials,  whose  dispatch  reports 

often  suggest  a  personal  dislike  for  him,   considered 

48 
Arbenz  to  be  an  ambitious  opportunist.    They  thought 

that  while  he  presented  himself  as  a  foe  of  leftism,  he 

in  fact  meant  to  prime  the  United  States  in  order  to 

receive  substantial  aid,  for  himself  and  for  Guatemala. 

Certainly,   Arbenz   did   seek  the  favor  of   the  United 

States,    to   help   insure   a   continuation   of   U.S. 

investment,   aid,   and   capital   loans   which   he   knew 

Guatemala   needed.   But,   as   a   progressive   interested 

in  Guatemala's  future,  Arbenz  was  more  than  an  ambitious 

opportunist.   Also,   in  addition  to  a  desire  for  aid, 

Arbenz  probably  tried  to  sweet-talk  Embassy  officials 

because   he   agreed   with   the   first   rule   of   the 

ex-Guatemalan  dictator  Manuel  Estrada  Cabrera:  to  stay  in 

power  one  should  never  fall  out  of  favor  with  the  United 

49 
States. 

The   division   in   the   military   thus   largely 

corresponded  to  the  division  in  civilian  politics.  The 


174 
officers  led  by  Arbenz  shared  common  goals  with  the 
civilian  progressives  and  leftists,  and  the  officers 
under  Arana  allied  with  the  civilian  moderates  and 
conservatives.  The  "pacto  de  la  barranca"  and  the 
desires  to  be  President  demonstrated  the  continuing 
involvement  of  the  military  in  politics.  Meanwhile,  with 
Arana  remaining  the  most  powerful  military  leader,  the 
reform  movement  had  a  strong  moderating  hand  which  helped 
hold  back  leftist  advances. 


Notes 


1.  American  University,  Case  Studies  in 
Insurgency  and  Revolutionary  Warfare:  Guatemala  1944-1954 
(Washington  D.C.,  1964),  82;  Frankel,  "Political 
Development,"  122,  131,  134. 

2.  NAUS   814.002/3-1745   no. 2271. 

3.  "El  nuevo  ejercito,"  Revista  Militar,  3:4 
(March  and  April  1945),  6-7. 

4.  NAUS  814.00/2-945;  814.00/3-945  no. 2237; 
814.00/6-545  no. 131 . 

5.  Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  8. 

6.  Ibid.,  10. 

7.  NAUS  814.00/6-745  no. 386;  814.00/6-845 
no. 153;  814.00/6-1445;  814.00/6-1845  Memo;  814.00/7-1345 
no. 37 . 

8.  Marta  Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz,"  Alero, 
8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974),  119,  121;  American  University, 
Studies ,  5 . 


175 

9.  See  for  example:  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas, 
"Dejo  de  existir  el  coronal  Saturnine  Barrera,"  La  Hora, 
May  18,  1976;  Frankel,  "Political  Development,"  124. 

10.  Monteforte  Toledo,  Monograf la ,  360. 

11.  NAUS   814.00/3-945  no. 2237. 

12.  Ibid. 

13.  NAUS   814.20/2-1945  no. 2155. 

14.  Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz , "  121. 

15.  "Nuevo  gabinete,"  Istmania,  March  24,1951, 
6-9.  All  three  became  prominent  members  of  the  Arbenz 
administration. 

16.  Najera,  Estafadores,  106;  Miguel  Ydigoras 
Fuentes,  My  War  with  Communism  (New  Jersey,  1963),  225; 
NAUS  814.00/1-1647;  Manuel  Galich,  Replica  a  Garcia 
Granados  (Guatemala,  1950),  18;  Ramon  Blanco,  "Galera," 
El  Imparcial,  March  27,  1956;  Schneider,  Communism,  28; 
Oscar  Barrios  Castillo,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala 
City,  July  14,  1987;  Francisco  Villagran  Kramer,  "Los 
pactos,"  Prensa  Libre  Domingo,  July  5,  1987,  p. 11. 
Exactly  who  attended  the  secret  meeting,  and  what  was 
agreed  upon,  remains  controversial.  According  to 
Villagran  Kramer,  the  pact  (which  was  never  made  public) 
was  written  on  a  page  in  a  notebook  and  now  lies  in  the 
archives  of  Carlos  Paz  Tejada,  in  Mexico. 

17.  Najera,  Estafadores,  106. 

18.  NAUS  814.002/3-1745  no. 2271;  Alvaro 
Contreras  Velez ,  "Cacto,"  Prensa  Libre,  Feb.  23,  1984; 
Oscar  Barrios  Castillo,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala 
City,  July  14,  1987;  Marco  Antonio  Villamar  Contreras, 
interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  17,  1987; 
Oscar  Benitez  Bone,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala 
City,  July  1 ,  1 987. 

19.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "Me  piden  terciar 
en  cierta  discordia,"  La  Hora,  August  19,  1976. 


176 

20.  El  Imparcial,  Jan.  18,  1958.  Mendez  would 
become  an  outstanding  politician  again  after  1954,  in  a 
political  climate  that  would  make  him  appear  to  the  left 
of  the  mainstream--although  his  views  remained 
essentially  unchanged.  The  same  could  be  said  for  his 
brother,  Julio  Cesar  (President  of  Guatemala  1966-1970), 
who  had  also  supported  Francisco  Arana . 

21.  Manuel  Maria  Avila  Ayala,  "El  Col.  Arana 
murio  de  rauerte  natural,"  Nuestro  Diario,  August  2,  1949, 
p. 3. 

22.  Ydigoras  Fuentes,  My  War,  226;  NAUS 
814.00/2-747  AGM;  814.00/6-349   no. 267. 

23.  Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  1. 

24.  Jorge  Arriola,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  June  27,  1986. 

25.  Nuestro  Diario,  June  19,  1949. 

26.  NAUS   814.00/11-1048. 

27.  Najera,  Estaf adores,  107. 

28.  Mundo  Libre,  Jan.  21,  1950. 

29.  Schneider,  Communism,  29. 

30.  El  Imparcial,  Jan.  27,  1971.  See  also: 
Francisco  Armando  Samayoa  Coronado ,  La  Escuela 
Politecnica  a  traves  de  su  historia,  vol.2  (Guatemala, 
1964),  127,  343. 

31.  Curriculum  del  Coronel  Jacobo  Arbenz  G., 
LCMD/GD,  Armed  Forces  and  Defense-Box  1 . 

32.  "Manifesto  del  Comite  de  Accion  Politica  de 
la  clase  trabaj adora , "  LCMD/GD,  CAP-Box  15.  For  an 
example  of  revolutionary  enthusiasm  from  a  young 
army  captain  who  idealized  the  role  of  Guatemalan 
youth--military  and  civilian--see  Jorge  Medina  Coronado, 
"iLlego  la  hora ! , "  Revista  Militar,  (March-April  1945), 
3. 

33.  Istmania,  June  19,  1950,  7. 

34.  Schneider,  Communism,  134. 


177 

35.  NAUS      814.00/12-1644      no. 1886. 

36.  NAUS      814.00/4-2445. 

3443,    FoUo    76?'Llbro    4o''der"'''^''       ^-^-^^a,       Pinca 
Folders-'Box    4?°"'""      ^"      Fincas,"      LCMD/GD,      President's 


39.         Nuestr^_Diario,    August    3,     1949,    p. 6. 


41-  NAUS       814.00/7846    no. 1529;    OIR    5123,     72. 


President's    Fo^derT-'-Box    4  ^\i    ^^^^^ionario, "        LCMD/GD, 
Arbenz,"    116.  ^'     ^^^°    ^^^''     Celhelsky,     "Habla 


43 
44, 
45. 

46. 

47. 

48. 


NAUS   814.00/8-146  Memo. 
NAUS   711.14/8-1249  no. 435. 
Suslow,  "Social  Reforms,"  89, 
Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  3. 
Ibid. 


814.00/7!i949T™o/"-°'''"'-'"^   ""^H'-   8,4.00/8-146; 


m 


CHAPTER  1 1 
THE  USA  AND  GUATEMALA, 
1 945-1 949 


Two  obstacles  that  troubled  the  reform  movement 
have  already  been  described:  the  conflict  and  disunity 
within  the  pro-government  forces;  and  the  tactics  of  the 
opposition  groups.  The  United  States  government  and  U.S. 
companies,  working  in  tandem  to  protect  their  perceived 
interests,   would  constitute  a   third  obstacle.   United 
States  policy  in  Guatemala  was  based  on  a  defense  of  U.S. 
business  interests,  and  on  the  elimination  of  communis 
and  "near-communism,"  even  though  U.S.  companies  often 
worked  contrary  to  the  just  needs  of  the  Guatemalans , and 
communism   (in  Guatemala)   remained  a  minor  threat  to 
United  States  interests. 

Initially,  official  governmental  relations  between 
the  United  States  and  post-revolution  Guatemala  were 
cordial.  During  State  Department  deliberations  after  the 
fall  of  Ponce,  some  officials  worried  that  the  Arevalista 
movement  might  eventually  run  counter  to  U.S.  interests, 
but  majority  opinion  held  that  the  new  government  would 
remain  friendly  and  not  threaten  U.S.  interests.^  The 
legal  status  of  the  triumvirate  government  was  recognized 

178 


1  79 


after  a  few  weeks.  In  fact,  many  United  States  officials 
demonstrated   sympathy   with   Guatemala's   hope   to   win 
freedom  and  democracy,  and  well  they  should  have,  for  it 
was  obv.ous  that  the  revolutionaries  looked  to  the  United 
States  for  the  style  of  democracy  they  wished  to  develop 
in  Guatemala.  Guatemalan  newspapers  in  general  depicted 
the  united  States  as  a  world  democratic  leader.  The 
first  post-revolution  government,  the  triumvirate  Junta, 
consisted  of  two  members  of  the  historically  conservative 
military,  and  the  third  man  represented  the  conservative 
landowners   class.   Boaz  Long,   the  U.S.   ambassador  to 
Guatemala  since  March  1943,  reported  that  steps  taken  by 
the  Junta  appeared  "quite  moderate  and  middle  of  the 
road. "2  Moreover,   the  actions  of  the  Junta  had  been 
popular,  and  seemed  in  the  best  interests  of  the  nation, 
providing  "a  basis  for  the  assertion  that  it  was  a  most 
'democratic'  revolution."^ 

Initial  reports  on  Juan  Jose  Arivalo  appeared 
favorable.  Arevalo,  although  he  spoke  against  foreign 
economic  domination,  praised  the  United  States  for  its 
high  level  of  democracy  and  its  role  in  World  War  II.  ^ 
The  united  States  Embassy  in  Argentina  investxgated 
Arevalo' s  Argentine  record,  and  found  him  "satisfactory 
from  a  United  States  viewpoint. "^   john  F.  Griffiths,  an 


180 

officer  at  the  embassy  and  a  "close  friend  and  confidant 

of  Dr.  Arevalo",  wrote: 

I  am  so  sure  of  Arevalo' s  honesty,  sincerity  and 
intelligence  that  I  feel  bound  to  surmise  that  if, 
as  president  of  his  country,  he  places  obstacles 
in  the  way  of  friendly  and  cooperative  relations 
with  the  United  States  it  will  be  because  of  real 
disillusionment  or  because  of  circumstance  beyond 
his  control. 

Boaz  Long    believed  that  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  was 

a  sincere  educator,  concerned  for  the  Indians  and  poor 

ladinos,  but  he  thought  Arevalo  would  be  a  cautious  and 

not   a   radical   president;   a   president   who   realized 

"progress   will   undoubtedly   be   painfully   slow."    The 

ambassador  further  believed  that  a  need  for  capital  and 

technology  would  influence  the  Guatemalan  government  to 

overlook  laws  made  to  protect  economic  sovereignty. 

Although  much   enthusiasm   had   been   expressed   by   the 

revolutionaries,  the  Embassy  expected  them  to  move  in  a 

"conventional  way"  toward  democratic  government.     The 

Embassy,   however,   did  perceive  a  number  of  potential 

enemies  to  United  States  interests.   These  individuals 

they  watched  carefully.  FBI  reports  made  in  early  1945 

reflected  a  fear  that  communists  might  try  to  establish  a 

1  0 
base  in  Guatemala. 

In  spite  of  their  attraction  to  a  U.S.   style 

democracy,   many  Guatemalans  made  a  clear  distinction 

between   the   democratic   government   enjoyed   by   U.S. 


181 

citizens,  and  the  imperialist  actions  of  U.S.  owned 
businesses  in  Guatemala.  Not  unusual  was  the  January  13, 
1945,  issue  of  El  Libertador,  which  criticized 
International  Railways  of  Central  America  (IRCA)  for  its 

connections  to  Ubico  and  its  fight  against  "the  just 

1  1 
demands"  of  the  workers.    The  newly  formed  unions  made 

wide  use  of  labor  strikes,  and  U.S.  owned  companies  were 

affected   earlier   than  most   Guatemalan   companies.   In 

January   1946,   the   railway   union   Sindicato  Accion   y 

Mejoramiento  Ferrocarrilero  (SAMF)  wrote  a  letter  to  the 

manager  of  IRCA,  declaring  "we  will  not  tolerate  more 

1  2 

despotism   on   your   part."     SAMF   proved   to   be   an 

extremely   aggressive   union,   and   caused   IRCA   many 

1  3 
difficulties.       Much   of   the   criticism  directed   to 

foreign   companies   came   from   political   leftists,   but 

critics  included  moderates  and  conservatives,  among  them 

Manuel  Cobos  Batres,   a  strong  Catholic  and  far  right 

conservative,   who   in   1945   published   handbills   that 

condemned  U.S.  imperialism  and  political  intervention  in 

Guatemala. 

The  U.S.  companies,  the  largest  being  United  Fruit 

Company    ( UFCO ) ,    International   Railways   of   Central 

America,   Empresa   Electrica,   and   Pan   American   World 

Airways,  had  become  an  integral  part  of  the  Guatemalan 

economic   status   quo.   When   the   reformist   revolution 


182 


swept  Guatemala,  UFCO  and  othpr  ri  q 

otner  U.S.  companies  joined  the 

opposition  in  an  all-out  effort  to  halt  ohange  and  secure 
a  continuation  of  the  benefits  of  the  past.  All  of  the™ 
faced  serious  labor  difficulties  under  Arevalo.  United 
States  citrzens  had  invested  90  to  ,00  milUon  dollars  in 
Guatemala  by  ,944,'=  and  „bico  had  ".ranted  so  ™any 
-nopolies  that,  by  the  ti.e  of  the  ,944  revolution, 
united  states  companies  virtually  dictated  Guatemala's 

economic   life  "'^     ri  c 

"■^-       companies   dominated   land 

transportation,  shipping  and  port  facilities,  airways, 
electric  power,  and  communications.  United  Fruit  (which 
also  owned  a  controlling  interest  in  IRCA,  monopolized 
the  banana  trade  and  a  majority  of  the  production,  and 
also  monopolized  Guatemala's  shipping  and  port 
facilities. 

The  united  Fruit  also  used  corrupt  tactics  in 
order  to  make  excessive  profits.  For  example,  in  order  to 
escape^  taxes  and  accrue  larger  profits,  UFCO  juggled  its 
books.  ^7  In  fact,  UFCO  paid  almost  no  taxes  at  all  and 
overcharged  its  Guatemalan  transportation  customers. ^« 
The  Guatemalan  Minister  of  Economy  and  Labor,  Alfonso 
Bauer  Paiz,  figured  that  UFCO  earned  about  10  million 
dollars  a  year  more  than  its  yearly  expenditures.  The 
profits  stayed  in  the  United  States  and  did  not  return, 
which  resulted  in  a  net  loss  for  Guatemala. ^^ 


183 

Guatemalan  reformers  saw  the  U.S.  companies  and 
the  U.S.  government  as  part  of  the  same  imperialist  camp. 
Ambassador  Boaz  Long,  who  had  cultivated  chummy  relations 
with  Ubico  and  the  wealthy  landowners,  had  won  for 
himself  deep-seated  animosity.  Jacobo  Arbenz  admitted  to 

an  embassy  official   in   1946   that  he  had  hated  Boaz 

20 
Long.    President  Arevalo  had  only  contempt  for  Long,  who 

with  other  previous  ambassadors  had  been  the  "instrument 

of  American  companies. 

Edwin  J.  Kyle,  an  agriculturist  and  educator  who 

became  ambassador  in  February  1945,  managed  to  be  more 

popular,   as   he   demonstrated   a   true   respect   for 

22 
Guatemala.    President  Arevalo  expressed  great  admiration 

for  Kyle,  and  said  that  "Ambassador  Kyle  was  the  first 

really  decent  diplomat  that  the  United  States  had  had  in 

23  ' 

Guatemala."     Kyle,   in  return,   held  Arevalo  in  high 

24  , 

esteem.     Kyle   claimed   that   he   used   the   embassy  s 

25 
influence  to  promote  stability  and  democracy,    and  one 

incident  that  shows  his  attitude  is  documented.  During 

Arevalo' s  row  with  Jorge  Toriello  in  1945,  the  United 

States   quietly   gave   the   president   support.   Kyle 

instructed  U.S.  Chiefs  of  Military  and  Military  Aviation 

Missions  to  "unofficially"  comment  to  Guatemalan  military 

officers  that  U.S.  did  not  favor  Arevalo' s  overthrow. 

Violent  or  unconstitutional  actions,  they  were  instructed 


184 
to  say,  might  hinder  further  military  aid  co-operation. 
U.S.  officials  thought  this  maneuver  would  curb  Francisco 
Arana  if  he  decided  to  stop  protecting  the  new  government 
and  join  Jorge  Toriello.  What  effect,  if  any,  this 
warning  had  on  Arana  is  not  known,  although  he  did  not, 
of  course,  join  Toriello. 

In  1946,  despite  the  obvious  potential  for 
increased  conflict,  and  the  enmity  between  reformers  and 
U.S.  business,  official  relations  between  the  two  nations 
remained  cordial.  Arevalo  himself  remained  in  good  favor 
with  the  United  States.  In  November,  Rodolfo  Rivera,  the 
United  States  Cultural  Attache,  called  President  Arevalo 
"definitely  friendly  to  the  U.S.   and  inspired  by  the 

democratic   principles   to   which   he   would   like   to 

27 
adhere.     But  the  United  States  of  course  continued  to 

exhibit  concern  over  the  actions  of  leftist  politicians 

and   labor  leaders.   For  example,   the  Embassy  thought 

(wrongly)  that  Jorge  Garcia  Granados  (the  ex-President  of 

the  Constitutional  Assembly)  was  a  far  leftist  who  might 

favor    expropriation    of    IRCA    with    inadequate 

2  8 

compensation. 

In  January  of  1947,  the  U.S.  Embassy  noted  that 
much  of  labor  had  become  angry  at  Arevalo,  for  using  army 
troops  to  break  up  strikes,  and  declaring  all  strikes 
illegal  until  Congress  passed  a  labor  code.  The  Embassy 


185 

thought  that  the  Arevalo  government  would  continue  to 
steer  a  middle  ground  political  course,  believing  that 

Arevalo   would   not   last   long   in  office   if  he  tried 

2  9 
otherwise.    As  the  year  progressed,  however,  with  the 

passage  of  the  Labor  Code,   the  increasing  growth  and 

radicalization  of  the  labor  unions,  and  the  increasing 

leftist  nature  of  the  Arevalo  government  (see  chapter  9) 

governmental  relations  between  the  U.S.A.  and  Guatemala 

would  become  increasingly  bad. 

May  1,  1947,  the  day  of  promulgation  for  the  Labor 

Code,  marks  a  watershed  event  in  US-Guatemalan  relations. 

UFCO,   with   U.S.   government   backing,   would   become   a 

leading  opponent  of  the  new  code.  The  company  claimed 

that  some  of  the  provisions,  especially  article  13  and 

article   243,   directly   discriminated   against   foreign 

companies.   Article   13   set  limits  on  the  numbers  of 

foreign  employees  that  could  work  in  Guatemala,  while 

article  243  permitted,  among  other  things,  harvesttime 

strikes  against  companies  with  500  or  more  agricultural 

workers;  and  against  companies  which  operated  in  more 

than  one  department  or  economic  area  and  employed  1000  or 

more  workers.  UFCO  representatives  were  especially  angry 

over   article   243,   for   they   claimed   that   only   U.S. 

companies  had  such  a  high  number  of  employees;  a  claim 

disputed  by  the  Guatemalan  government.     The  company 


186 
warned  that  the  labor  code  would  weaken  Guatemala's 
economy,  and  openly  speculated  on  the  cutting  back  of 
UFCO's  operations. ^^ 

The  U.S.  government  would  quickly  become  allied  to 
the  U.S.  companies'  point  of  view,  and  1947  would  thus 
become  a  year  of  worsening  governmental  relations  between 
the  United  States  and  Guatemala.  In  May  1947,  U.S.  labor 
leader  Serafino  Romualdi,  with  U.S.  government  approval 
and  possibly  its  financial  help,  visited  Guatemala,  in 

vain,   to  drum  up  pro-U.S.   support  within  Guatemalan 

.,  32 

labor.        In   July   and   August,   1947,   the   State 

Department's  Chief  of  Division  of  Central  American  and 
Panama  Affairs,  Robert  Newbegin,  visited  Guatemala  to 
voice  the  Department's  opposition  to  the  aforementioned 
labor  code  articles. ^^  United  States  officials  in  the 
main  apparently  accepted  the  U.S.  businessmen's  points  of 
view  with  obvious  ease,  and  demonstrated  little  empathy 
for  the  labor  movement. 

Fears  of  communism  grew  in  1947.  In  September, 
the  Embassy  reported  that  it  had  "no  doubt  that 
communist  organization  exists  in  Guatemala  and  that  kn 
communists  have  received  support  from  the  president 
himself."  The  Embassy  speculated  that  Arevalo's  publicly 
professed  dislike  for  communism  might  be  "simply  to  pull 
wool   over   the   eyes   of   the   U.S."^^   U.S.   government 


a 

own 


187 
officials  also  increasingly  suspected  Arevalo  of 
international  activities  beneficial  to  the  communist 
cause,  including  his  support  of  the  so  called  Caribbean 
Legion,  a  small  military  group  formed  to  combat  Caribbean 
dictators. ^^ 

in  October,  1947,  the  State  Department  requested 
the  Embassy  to  make  an  in-depth  report  on  communism  in 
Guatemala.   The  report  still  had  not  been  finished  in 
April  of  1948,  prompting  the  State  Department  to  make  a 
follow  up  request,  because  "an  urgent  need  has  developed" 
for  the  report  on  communism. ^^  Milton  K.  Wells,  First 
secretary  of  the  Embassy,  finished  his  report,  "Communism 
in   Guatemala,"   in   May,   1948. ^^   According   to   Wells, 
communism  had  made  "startling  progress"  between  1944  and 
1947,   and  had  reached   "dangerous  proportions . "^8  The 
PAR   platform   on   social,   labor,   and   economic   issues 
exhibited   a   "strong   Marxist   influence. "^^   Although 
communists  numbered  "probably  not  more  than  two  hundred," 
in  all  of  Guatemala,  their  influence  reached  a  level  "far 
out  of  proportion  to  their  numbers,"  partly  because  thev 
remained  undercover;  and  partly  because  some  of  them  held 
key  positions. ^0   a  few  suspects  remained  in  FPL  and  RN, 
but  most  were  in  PAR,  while  communism  had  made  "serious 
headway"   in   labor. ^^   m   the   international   field, 
government  policy  "all   too  frequently  coincides  with 


188 

Soviet  policy"  "Strong  overtones"  of  class  warfare 
existed,  and  a  "strong  current  of  class  consciousness... 
prevails  in  the  present  revolutionary  regime."  Arevalo 
"is   an   open  and  vociferous   champion  of   labor,"   and 

communists  occupy  "positions  of  importance"  in  Arevalo' s 

44 
presidential   office.       Arevalo   was     "a   political 

opportunist  of  the  extreme  left,  who  admits  the  fallacies 

of  Marxism,  but  who  believes  that  the  chief  function  of 

the  State  is  to  champion  the  underprivileged  and  force 

needed  social  and  economic  reforms  upon  the  intransigent 

45 
conservatives  and  the   reaction.'" 

However,   Wells  believed  that  the  trend  toward 

communism  "seemingly  has  been  reversed  by  the  forces  for 

moderation  and  unless  unforeseeable  developments  check 

46 
this  trend,  communism  should  be  contained.     An  attempt 

in  1947  to  establish  a  Marxist  party  had  failed,  "and 

there  is  no  evidence  which  would  indicate  that  plans 

47 
in  that  direction  now  exist."     The  current  political 

trend,  in  early  1948,  was  moving  more  toward  the  center, 

48 
as   indicated   by   FPL   displeasure   with   PAR.     The 

opposition   of   the   "propertied   classes"   had   become 

49 
stronger   and   better   organized.     Guatemala   remained 

an   agricultural   country,   not   industrialized,   with   a 

50 
"relatively   sound"   economy   and   no   extreme   misery. 

The  armed  forces  retained  a  privileged  and  powerful  role 


189 
in  Guatemala,  and  communist  influence  within  the  military 
remained  "non  consequential . "51  The  recent  rioting  at 
Bogota  had  had  "a  sobering  influence  upon  all  but  the 
extremist  elements  in  Guatemala.""  Russian  world 
expansionist  plans  had  recently  become  better  understood 
in  Guatemala,  also  producing  a  sobering  influence. '^ 
Finally,  "persistent  rumors"  continued  to  indicate  that  a 

military  coup  would   soon  eradicate   Arevalo  and   the 

54 
co^xsts.    All  in  all,  united  States  security  was  not 

in  danger.  The  "chief  concern"  for  the  .o.ent  was  the 
possible  harrr,  that  communist  influences  might  inflict 
upon  UFCo  and  IRCA.^^  The  State  Department  rated  the 
wells  report  on  communism  an  "outstanding  despatch." 
Wells  received  a  letter  of  commendation  from  the  Director 
of  the  Office  of  the  Foreign  Service,  noting  that  his 
report  had  been  "rated  EXCELLENT. "^^ 

Fears  for  U.S.  national  security  would  remain  for 
a  time  a  relatively  minor  factor  in  Guatemalan  relations. 
Only  occasionally  was  the  subject  directly  treated.  A 
State  Department  Policy  Statement  on  Guatemala,  dated 
August  17,  1948,  for  example,  recognized  security 
concerns,  but  found  little  over  which  to  be  alarmed.  The 
polxcy  statement  noted  that  leftist  activity  could 
endanger  the  United  States'  use  during  a  future  war  of 
military  aviation  bases  in  Guatemala  which  during  World 


190 

War  II  had  served  as  a  link  with  the  Canal  Zone  and  for 
long  distance  patrol,  but  which  they  were  not  in  use  in 
1948.  In  case  of  war,  the  writers  of  the  policy  statement 

speculated  that  Guatemalan  support  for  the  United  States 

57 
would  probably  be  prompt. 

Relations   between   the   two   nations,   howev.;r, 

worsened.   In  1948,  Col.  Mark  A.  Devine,  Jr.,  military 

attache  to  the  U.S.  Embassy  in  Guatemala,  was  charged 

with  interfering  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Guatemala, 

C  Q 

and  declared  persona  non  grata.  The  State  Department 
demonstrated  its  resolve  to  get  tough  when  Richard  C. 
Patterson  replaced  Ambassador  Kyle  in  September  1948. 
Patterson  was  a  business  impresario  and  former  chairman 
of  the  board  of  Radio  Keith  Orpheum,  from  1940  to  1944. 
According  to  Cole  Blasier,  "promotion  was  his  specialty 

and  U.S.  business  interests  in  Guatemala  were  his  major 

S  9 
concern."     Patterson   had   served   as   ambassador   to 

Yugoslavia  from  late  1944  to  May  1947,  had  proven  himself 

to  be  an  enthusiastic  and  fearless  anti-communist.  As 

expected,    Patterson    sided    completely    with    U.S. 

V.   •      60 
business . 

During  the  remainder  of  1948,  the  labor  movement 

continued  to  gain  strength,  and  serious  conflicts  between 

unions  and  U.S.   companies  occurred.    A  large  Puerto 

Barrios  dockworkers  strike  against  UFCO  in  late  1948  led 


1  91 
to   a   confrontation  with  Arevalo.   Both  UFCO  and  the 
unions   refused   to   compromise   or   accept   arbitration, 
eventually   causing   a   cutback   in   the   UFCO   shipping 
operations.  National  imports  and  exports  were  affected, 
and  the  Guatemalan  economy  slowed  down.  On  January  28, 
1949,  an  executive  decree  from  Arlvalo  declared  the  port 
and  UFCO  plantation  facilities  to  be  "public  utilities," 
which  then  gave  the  government  the  right  to  suspend  the 
strike  and  order  arbitration.   UFCO  defied  the  order, 
and  twenty-four  hours  later  shut  down  Puerto  Barrios 
completely.  UFCO  escaped  unpunished,  and  a  new  contract 
reached  in  March  1949,   cut  out  many  of  the  workers' 
demands. 6^  However,  UFCO  pointed  out  that  it  had  lost 
time  and  money  combating  labor  strikes,  and  claimed  that 
the  new  reform  laws  had  begun  to  drain  company  coffers. 
UFCO  financial  reports  for  1948  indicated  that  labor 
rights  and  benefits  established  by  the  Labor  Code  cost 
the  company  $1,080,193,  and  social  security  dues  and  wage 
increases  cost  another  $83,697.^^ 

A  Policy  Statement  of  May,  1949,  expressed  an 
increased  displeasure  with  Guatemalan  developments. 
Anti-United  States  propaganda  in  Guatemala  continued,  and 
the  government  had  a  "hostile  attitude  toward  U.S. 
capital."  Guatemala  must  "correct  their  unfair 
legislative   and   administrative   treatment   of   American 


192 


enterprises.""  m  Central  American  affairs,  Guatemala 

had  joined  "with  a  group  of  self-righteous  democratic 

governments"  which  advocated  the  overthrow  of  dictators, 

thus   leading   to   instability   in   the   region. ^^   No 

confidence  could  be  demonstrated  for  the  future.  Four 

years  of  experience  with  Arevalo  proved  that  little  would 

change  these  attitudes,  which  were  "injurious  to  the 

broad  interest  of  Guatemala,  of  the  United  States,  and  of 

the  world  democratic  cause.""  The  United  States  had 

failed  to  change  these  "inimical  Guatemalan  attitudes," 

in  part  because  "the  harmful  nature  and  far-reaching 

effects  of  those  attitudes  have  only  recently  become 

evident  in  all   their  extent.""    The  United  States, 

however,   remained  confident  that  the  situation  would 

improve,   because  it  was  expected  the  pending  end  of 

Guatemala's   wartime   boom   would   make   clear   to   the 

Guatemalans  "the  injurious  nature  of  some  of  the  extreme 

and   ill-formed   policies   they   have   been   following." 

Furthermore,   the   United   States   would   not   support 

Arevalo's    overthrow.    Although    his    policies    were 

injurious  to  the  democratic  cause,  "at  the  same  time  it 

must  be  recognized  that  Arevalo  was  popularly  elected, 

appears  to  enjoy  the  support  of  the  Guatemalan  people, 

and   on   the   whole   is   democratic   in   spirit   and   in 

fi  7 
action."     But  relations  between  the  countries  continued 


193 
to  worsen  during  1949,  and  in  June,  shortly  before  the 
assassination  of  Francisco  Arana,  a  State  Department 
office  memo  noted  that,  especially  during  the  previous 
few  months,  "things  in  Guatemala  have  not  been  going  well 
for  our  national  interests . "^^ 

Arevalo  and  the  vast  majority  of  the  Arevalistas 
disbelieved  that  Guatemala  was  or  could  be  a  threat 
to  U.S.  national  security,  or  world  democracy,  and  they 
strongly  believed   that  the  United  States,   in  turning 
against  their  reform  movement,   was  defending  selfish 
economic   interests.   Labor   leader   Manuel   Pinto   Usaga 
claimed  that  the  Embassy  and  the  U.S. -owned  companies 
misinformed  both  Washington  and  the  U.S.  public  about  the 
true  nature  of  the  Guatemalan  reform  movement. ^^  Arevalo 
himself  advised  Wells,  just  two  weeks  before  Arana ' s 
death,  that  the  situation  in  Guatemala  was  a  part  of  "the 
worldwide  struggle  between  capitalism  and   labor."   m 
order  to  conquer  communism,  said  Arevalo,  injustice  and 
the  conditions  that  breed  poverty  (the  "fertile  soil  for 
communist  ideas,")  must  be  eliminated.  Furthermore,  said 
Arevalo,   U.S.   policy   added   fuel   to   the   cause   of 
extremists. 

Guatemalans  suspected  the  U.S.  government  and  U.S. 
companies  of  contributing  money  and  advice  to  rebellious 
factions  of  the  opposition, ^^  which  could  well  have  been 


1  94 
the   truth;   but   hard   evidence   Is   lacking.   Arevalo 
believed   that  urco  helped  finance  the  opposition:  he 
called  UFCO  his  "worst  ene.y."'^  ,,,,,,, „^  ^^  ^^.^^^^^ 
UFCO  „ade  "a  very  strong  campaign  to  pull  .e  out  of 

power. "'^  U.S.  archival  records  sh„w  th  ^ 

lecoras  show  that  conspirators 

against   Arevalo  did   si-  ^n^~ 

aid   at   times   contact   United   States 

Officials,  asking  for  aid  or  in  one  case  the  United 
States'  "blessing,  "^^  but  the  records  ,if  they  can  be 
believed)  indicate  that  aid  was  not  given. 

By  July,  ,8,  1949,  the  day  of  Arana's  death,  th 
united  states  government  had  completely  given  up  on 
Arevalo,  and  had  developed  only  enmity  for  the  reform 
movement  in  general.  It  had  hoped  that  with  time,  and 
U.S.  pressure,  Guatemala  would  back  away  from  its 
revolutionary  ideology,  but  with  Arana's  death  and  the 
rise  of  Arbenz  just  the  opposite  would  occur. 


Notes 

1.  NAUS    814.00/11-1346    Memo. 

2.  NAUS    814.00/1-445      no. 1948. 

3.  Ibid. 

4.  Arevalo,    Escritos   poHMnoe,     65. 

5.  NAUS    814.00/1-945    tel. 

6.  NAUS    814.00/1-1345    no. 17049. 


e 


195 


7.  NAUS    814.002/3-1745      no. 2271. 

8.  NAUS    814.011/3-2945      no. 2315. 

9.  NAUS    81 4.00/4-2445. 

1 0.  NAUS    81 4.00B/8-2345. 

^ ''  •  El    Libertador^    Jan.    13,    1945,    p.i, 

de  Gobe^ciorvarlosf"'    """•    "'    ''«'    ''^'    «-isterio 

13.  Handy,  "Revolution,"  108. 

14.  NAUS  711 .14/1-1945   no. 1995. 

15.  Richard  Immerman,  The  CIA  in  Guatpm;^!^-  th^ 
.Foreign  Policy  of  Interv.ni- .- .n  -..„....  /^^^^f^-^^^^-J^^ 

t974;:^'?0   "'""''  °"  ""^^^  ^"^^-^^-'  Guatemala  ^n':  York' 

Paiz   roL   ^^1^^'   Public  Finance.   34;   Alfonso  Bauer 

!!'!^   llll!?  ?'  ""^^'"^  ^^^""'  ""  ^^ntroamerica:^y 
caso  de  Guatemala  (Mexico,  1956),  331;  Handy,  Gift,  82; 

18.  Immerman,  The  CIA.  72. 

19.  Bauer  Paiz,  Como  opera.  360. 

20.  NAUS  814.00/8-146  Memo. 

21.  NAUS  814.00/9-1246  no. 1736. 

^t-.^  e^^-  .,,^yl^'s  letter  to  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State  Spruille  Braden,  dated  October  1945,  demonstrates 
Kyle  s  feelings.  Kyle  wrote:  "l  desire  to  state  that  I 
Success7uTbnS'™'"'^  acquainted  with  many  of  the  most 
successful  businessmen  and  finca  owners.  They  are  the 
balance  wheels"  of  this  country,  i  am  in  hope  that  I 
can  convince  them  that  it  takes  time  to  develop  and  build 
a  Democracy,  but  that  the  final  result  is  so  much  to  be 


196 

desired,  as  is  so  well  demonstrated  in  the  effort  and  the 
patience  which  are  essential  in  accomplishing  such  a 
desirable  end.  This  is  truly  a  wonderful  country.  There 
are  many  fine  people  here.  They  have  all  been  so  kind 
and  friendly  to  me  and  Mrs.  Kyle.  I  am  now  terribly 
anxious  to  help  them  not  only  in  the  development  of  their 
natural  resources  but  in  building  a  real  Democracy." 
NAUS  814.00/10-145  no. 681. 

23.  NAUS    814.00/9-1246      no. 1736. 

24.  NAUS    71 1 .1 4/12-1 745. 

25.  NAUS    814.00/10-145      no. 681. 

26.  NAUS    814.00/8-3045      no. 682. 

27.  NAUS    814.00/11-1346    Memo. 

28.  NAUS    711.14/12-246    Memo. 

29.  NAUS    81 4.00/1-247. 

30.  NAUS  814.6156/11-2247  tele.  Guatemala 
claimed  that  seven  native  companies  were  also  affected. 

31.  Ibid. 

32.  Cole  Blasier,  The  Hovering  Giant  (Pittsburg, 
1976),  57. 

33.  NAUS  814.00/7-1547.  For  details  on 
Department  reaction  to  the  labor  code,  see  United  States 
Department  of  State,  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United 
States  1947:  The  American  Republics  (Washington,  1972), 
705-719. 

34.  NAUS  814.00/10-247  Memo. 

35.  Frankel,  "Political  Development,"  68-78; 
Charles  Ameringer,  The  Democratic  Left  in  Exile  (Miami, 
1974),  66-67.  " 

36.  NAUS  81 4.00B/4-1 348   no.A-74. 

37.  NAUS  81 4.00B/5-648   no . 2 1 7 . 

38.  Ibid.,  1. 

39.  Ibid.,  3. 


197 


40.  Ibid.,  4. 

41.  Ibid.,  5. 

42.  Ibid.,  13. 

43.  Ibid.,  14. 

44.  Ibid.,  15. 

45.  Ibid.,  16. 

46.  Ibid.,  1. 

47.  Ibid.,  3. 

48.  Ibid.,  19. 

49.  Ibid.,  20. 

50.  Ibid.,  19. 

51.  Ibid.,  20. 

52.  Ibid. 

53.  Ibid.,  21. 

54.  Ibid.,  22. 

55.  Ibid. 

56.  NAUS  814.00B/5-648   CS/A. 

57.  NAUS  711.14/8-1748  Policy  Statement, 
NAUS   OIR  5123,  65. 
Blasier,  Hovering  Giant.  59. 


58 
59 


60, 


For  more  detail  on  Patterson,  see  Ir 


The  CIA.  98-99.  -auu«xt=on,  see  immerman, 

61.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  part  2,  pp. 27-28. 

62.  Ibid.,  part  3,  p. 35. 

63.  NAUS   711.14/5-1349   Policy  Statement ,  1 -2 . 


198 

64.  Ibid.,  9, 

65.  Ibid.,  14. 

66.  Ibid.,  3. 

67.  Ibid.,  14. 

68.  71 1 .14/6-749  Memo. 

69.  Manuel   Pinto   Usaga,   "Dos   embajadores , " 
Diario  de  la  Manana .  p. 5. 


70 


71 


NAUS   711.14/6-3049 


Baur  Paiz,  Como  opera.  322-323;  NAUS 
814.00/5-2846  no. 1412;  814.00/1-1149  no  23- 
814.00/10-748   no. 511;  Celhelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz , "  12o!   ' 

72.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,   interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  July  14,  1986. 

73.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  letter  to  author,  April 
15,  1984. 

74.  NAUS  814.00/4-846;  814.00/10-946  no   1483- 
814.00/4-1046;  814.00/3-2647;  814.00/7-2749   no. 397. 


CHAPTER  12 
ELIMINATION  OF  ARANA,  1949 

Colonel  Francisco  Arana,  chief  of  the  Armed  Forces 
and  ex-member  of  the  post-revolution  Junta,  met  his  death 
in  July,  1949,  killed  by  men  who  supported  Jacobo  Arbenz 
and  President  Arivalo.  A  small  civil  war  then  broke  out 
between  forces  loyal  to  the  Guatemalan  government  and 
Arbenz,  and  the  forces  which  remained  loyal  to  Arana. 
The  Arana  forces  lost;  the  leftist  political  elements, 
in  particular  the  Partido  Accion  Revolucionaria  (PAR), 
Renovaci5n   Nacional   (RN),   and   the   Marxists,   gained 
greater  political  power.   Arbenz  had  his  road  to  the 
presidency  nearly  guaranteed,  while  Arevalista  moderates, 
in   particular   the   Frente   Popular   Libertador   (FPL), 
continued  to  lose  power  and  influence  in  1950.  Arana ' s 
death  would  greatly  alter  Guatemalan  political  reality. 

The  story  of  Arana ' s  death  has  remained 
controversial  up  to  the  present  day.  By  best  accounts, 
however,  on  July  18,  1949,  Col.  Arana  drove  to  the  chalet 
Morion  in  Amatitlan  to  inspect  a  recently  discovered 
cache  of  500  rifles,  accompanied  by  Col.  Felipe  Antonio 
Gir5n  (Chief  of  the  Presidential  Staff),  Major  Absalon 
Peralta  (Arana's  aide),  and  Francisco  Palacio  (Arana's 

199 


driver).  Chief  of  poUce  Col.  victor  Sandoval  followed 
Arana  in  another  car.  On  the  return  trip  Arana  and  the 
three  men   in   his   car   traveled   alone,   because   Col. 
Sandoval  had  driven  back  earUer.  Approaching  the  bridge 
La  Gloria,  Arana  found  his  path  blocked  by  a  vehicle,  and 
he  stepped  from  his  car  to  investigate  the  trouble, 
suddenly  a  group  of  men,  including  congressman  Alfonso 
Martinez   Estevez   and   others   assocrated   wxth   the 
government  and  Arbenz,  emerged  from  a  vehxcle  positioned 
behind  Arana.  Shooting  started  from  somewhere,  possibly 
several  places,  and  Arana  fell  to  the  ground  dead . ^ 

When  news  of  the  killing  reached  Arana ' s  followers 
in  the  capital,   they  reacted  with  an  attack  on  the 
National   Palace   which  launched  a   two  day  civil  war 
between  Arana ' s  followers  and  government  forces.  Officers 
and  civilians  loyal  to  Arana  commanded  the  important  Army 
barracks  Guardia  de  Honor  and  possibly  ninety  percent  of 
the  soldiers. 2  The  government  forces  consisted  of  the 
Arbenz  faction  in  the  Army,  the  Air  Force,  the  police, 
members  of   the  so-called  Caribbean  Legion,   and  armed 
units   of   workers.   The  civilian  forces  proved  to  be 
especially   valuable.^   The   cadets   of   the   Escuela 
Politecnica  also  joined  the  government  troops.^  Aerial 
strafings,   bombings,   and   ground   combat   marked   the 
fighting,  all  of  which  took  place  in  Guatemala  City,  and 


201 
several  hundred  people  were  killed.  In  the  evening  of 
the  19th,  the  leaders  of  the  Arana  forces  agreed  to  a 
nearly  unconditional  surrender.^ 

During   the   months   before   Arana ' s   death,   his 
relations   with  the  leftists  had  worsened,   and  grown 
critical.  In  addition,  Arana  and  Arivalo  had  long  known 
astrained  relationship  over  their  political  differences. 
According  to  General  Miguel  Ydigoras  Fuentes,  President 
Arevalo  once  said  of  his  relationship  with  Arana  that 
"there  are  two  presidents  in  Guatemala,  and  one  (Arana) 
IS  constantly  pointing  a  machine  gun  at  the  other. "^ 
Apocryphal  or  not,  the  statement  reflects  both  Arana ' s 
great  power  as  head  of  the  military  and  his  political 
differences  with  Arevalo.  Rumors  of  an  Arana-led  coup 
d'etat  became  increasingly  prevalent  in  1948,   rumors 
which  suggested  that  the  colonel  only  awaited  the  right 
opportunity   and   a   reasonable   excuse   to   overthrow 
Arevalo.^  In  February  of  1949,  a  United  States  Embassy 
report   stated  that  Arana  and  Arevalo  had  completely 
broken  off  what  remained  of  their  working  relationship.^ 

Arana  gave  no  open  indication  that  his  relations 
with  the  government  had  degenerated,  but  he  worked  to 
strengthen  his  hold  over  the  military.  Under  the 
Constitution,  to  be  a  candidate  for  president  Arana  had 
to   resign  his   military   post   six   months   before   the 


202 
elections,  which  were  to  be  held  on  November  10,  11,  and 
12  of  1950.  Arana  most  of  all  needed  to  gain  control  of 
the  next  Consejo  Superior  de  Guerra.   The  council  would 
be  elected  in  July  of  1949,  by  the  top  military  leaders 
in  secret  ballot.  Council  members  would  then  have  the 
responsibility  of   sending   the   names  of  three  men  to 
Congress,   of  whom  one  would  be  elected  the  Chief  of 
Armed  Forces  to  serve  under  the  next  prp-ident.  The 
Embassy  reported  that  Arana  successfully  arranged  and  won 
the  election  but  that  Arbenz  demanded  another  election. 
According  to  the  report,  Arana ' s  men  also  won  the  second 
election,  but  the  Embassy  could  not  be  sure  that  it  had 
obtained   the   correct   information.    Ronald   Schneider 
claims  the  second  vote  had  not  been  taken,  but  rather  had 
been  scheduled  for  late  July.''°  Arbenz  later  claimed 
final  voting  had  been  scheduled  for  the  day  that  Arana 
died.    In  any  case,  it  was  crucial  that  Arana  control 
the  Supreme  War  Council  in  order  to  retain  his  command 
over  the  military,  and  the  Council  elections  caused  much 
turmoil . 

Arana  also  sought  to  secure  power  in  other  ways. 
On  July  16,  he  replaced  the  head  of  the  Air  Force,  Col. 
Francisco  Consenza,  with  an  Aranista,  Lt.  Col.  Arturo 
Altolaguirre.  On  the  same  day  Arana  ordered  a  full 
confiscation  of  arms  held  by  the  Caribbean  Legion.  Arana 


203 
did  not  trust  the  Legion,  and  feared  that  they  might 
become  involved  in  internal  politics. ^^ 

The  official  report  of  the  Arevalo  government 
claimed  that  Col.  Arana  had  been  killed  by  unknown 
criminals.  The  report  praised  Arana,  and  noted  that 
although  many  enemies  of  the  Arevalo  government  had  tried 
to  persuade  Arana  to  lead  a  coup  d'etat,  Arana  had  always 
remained  a  loyal  revolutionary.  But  the  official  version 
also  noted  that  Col.  Arana  had  steadfastly  refused  a 
friendly  alliance  with  the  President. ^^ 

Another  version  of  the  killing  held  that  Arana ' s 
own  followers  had  assassinated  Arana  in  order  to  promote 
a  rebellion  against  Arevalo.''^  According  to  this 
version,  Arana ' s  supporters  had  grown  tired  of  the 
colonel's  refusal  to  overthrow  Arevalo.  Arbenz  and 
Arevalo  would  receive  the  blame  for  Arana ' s  murder,  and 
the  Aranistas  could  proceed  with  their  desired  coup. 

The  official  report  and  also  the  second  version 
can  be  discounted.  Too  many  witnesses  saw  the  killers, 
and  recognized  some  as  having  connections  with  Arbenz  or 
Arevalo.  Men  who  reportedly  had  a  hand  in  the  killing 
were  Col.  Victor  Sandoval  (Director  of  National  Police 
and  Arevalo's  brother-in-law),  Lt.  Col.  Enrique  Blanco 
(sub-director  of  the  police),  Alfonso  Martinez  and 
Caribbean   Legion   Commander   Francisco   Morazan   (both 


204 
confidants  and  later  private  secretaries  of  Arbenz ) ,  Lt. 
Carlos  Bracamonte  (an  aide  to  Arbenz),  Carlos  A.  Palmieri 
(friend  of  Arbenz),  and  the  Minister  of  Communications 
Col.  Carlos  Aldana  Sandoval. ^^  Although  proof  is  lacking, 
and  some  of  these  men  may  have  been  wrongly  accused,  it 
is  clear  that  associates  of  Arbenz  and  Arevalo  did  the 
shooting,  a  fact  which  Arbenz  admitted  in  1968.''^ 

One  interpretation  holds  that  Arana * s  death  had 
been  an  accident.  According  to  Arbenz,  President  Arevalo 
ordered  Arbenz  to  do  anything  necessary  to  stop  Arana. 
Arbenz  met  with  political  leaders,  and  they  agreed  to 
remove  Arana  as  Chief  of  Armed  Forces.  Alfonso  Martinez 
Estevez  led  a  group  of  men  to  arrest  Arana,  but  Arana '  s 
military  aide  pulled  his  gun,  shooting  started  and  Arana 

lost  his  life.  Arbenz  expressed  great  sorrow  over  this 

1  7 
misfortune.     Pellecer  claims  that  no  one  wanted  to 

silence  Arana,  but  only  to  exile  him,  "to  leave  him  with 
his  mouth  open  and  moving."  Arevalo  agreed  that 
Arana 's  death  had  been  accidental,  as  did  Marroquin 
Roj  as. 

The  idea  that  Arana  died  accidentally  during  the 
arrest  attempt  has  some  merit.  In  the  past,  leaders 
accused  of  coup  attempts  against  the  government  had  never 
been  intentionally  killed,  only  jailed  or  exiled.  No  one 
after  Arana  was  killed  under  Arevalo.  Both  friends  and 


205 
foes  of  Arevalo,  including  long  time  opponent  Clemente 
Marroqu£n  Rojas,  have  found  it  difficult  to  believe  that 
Arevalo,  a  sincere  humanist,  would  approve  the  killing  of 
Arana.  This  author  also  believes  that  murder  would  be 
foreign  to  Arevalo' s  character  and  public  record. 
Arevalo  himself  has  flatly  denied  direct  responsibility 
for  the  murder, 20  and  he  has  remained  quiet  about  his 
possible  role  in  an  arrest  attempt. 

In  spite  of  the  above  testimonies  to  the 
contrary,  the  men  who  shot  Arana  have  been  widely 
accused  by  Arevalo's  opposition  of  premeditated  murder. 
In  support  of  this  view,  Francisco  Palacio,  Arana ' s 
driver  and  an  eyewitness,  testified  that  the  killers  had 
given  Arana  no  chance  to  submit  peacef ully . ^^  Also,  a 
North  American  who  investigated  the  killing  interviewed 
eyewitnesses  and  concluded  that  the  Chief  of  the 
Presidential  Staff,  Col.  Felipe  Antonio  Giron,  shot 
Arana  in  the  back  when  he  left  the  car.^^ 

Premeditated  murder  is  certainly  a  possibility. 
It  would  have  been  difficult  to  keep  the  militarily 
powerful  Arana  in  jail  or  exile,  thus  his  murder  may  have 
been  deemed  necessary.  The  circumstances  at  the  site  of 
the  killing,  with  a  blocked  vehicle  and  many  armed  men, 
would  have  been  more  in  keeping  with  an  ambush  than  an 
arrest.   Najera  speculated  that  Arevalo  may  not  have 


206 
ordered  the  killing,  but  that  Arbenz  and  others  took  the 
matter  into  their  own  hands. ^^ 


According   to   rumors   that   circulated   widely   in 
Guatemala  preceding  Arana ' s  death,  Arana  was  planning  to 
overthrow  Arevalo.   The  United  States  Embassy  reported 
that  a  fairly  reliable  source  claimed  that  Arana  had 
planned  a  coup  for  July  18,   the  day  of  his  death. ^^ 
Arbenz  agreed,  and  claimed  that  on  the  16th  Arana  gave 
the  President  an  order  to  dissolve  the  cabinet  within  48 
hours,  by  10  P.M.  on  July  18;  or  face  a  coup.  According 
to  Arbenz,  Arana  had  long  been  urged  by  civilian  and 
military  conservatives,  as  well  as  by  representatives  of 
the  U.S.  Embassy,  to  overthrow  Arevalo,  and  Arana  felt  he 
had  to  act  or  lose  a  segment  of  his  supporters . ^^ 

Arana,  however,  probably  had  not  planned  any  coup 
against  Arevalo,  at  least  not  for  the  day  of  his  death. 
Circumstances  surrounding  Arana ' s  death  indicate  that  he 
had  not  readied  himself  for  a  military  struggle.  He  and 
his  followers  appeared  surprised  and  unprepared  for  the 
attack.  Arana  had  been  making  an  inspection  of  a  cache 
of  arms  about  fifteen  miles  from  Guatemala  City;   he  had 
taken  no  armed  guard,  and  he  made  no  secret  of  his 
movements.  Such  activities  would  have  been  absurd  for  a 
man  who  had  threatened  the  President  with  an  overthrow, 
scheduled  to  take  place  that  very  day.  Nor  did  Arana '  s 


207 
soldiers   and   political   supporters   in   Guatemala   City 
appear  to  expect  any  trouble,  for  the  government  easily 
succeeded   in   weakening   the   pro-Arana   forces   before 
knowledge  of  the  killing  became  public.  Arevalo  sent  for 
Aranista  Col.  Francisco  Oliva,  commander  of  the  crucially 
important  Guardia  de  Honor.   Oliva  left  his  post  and 
appeared   at   the  palace,   where  Arbenz   placed  him  in 
custody.    other  top  commanders  were  also  apprehended 
and  held  at  the  palace. ^'^  such  easy  capture  would  have 
been  improbable  for  men  allegedly  ready  to  attack  the 
President  on  the  same  day.  Nor  were  the  Aranistas  in  the 
Air  Force  ready  for  conflict.  Francisco  Consenza  and  six 
men  captured  Air  Force  headquarters,  while  the  Aranista 
Air   Force  commander.   Col.   Altolaquirre ,   had  been  at 
home. 2^  After  the  fighting  started,  the  Aranistas  fought 
poorly.  A  telegram  from  the  Department  of  State  to  the 
Embassy  at  Caracas  claimed  that  the  Aranistas'  movements 
lacked   plan  or  coordination,   and  that  they  probably 
proceeded  by  spontaneous  reaction. ^^  All  told,  it  seems 
very  unlikely  that  Arana  had  planned  a  coup. 

The  government  forces  were  better  prepared;  they 
were  expecting  a  reaction  after  Arana ' s  arrest  or  death. 
Their  most  formidable  weapon  had  been  surprise.  If  Arana 
had  taken  the  initiative  instead  of  the  government,  or  if 


208 
Arana  had  been  allowed  an  even  chance,  the  outcome  could 
well  have  been  reversed. 

After  the  death  of  Arana,  the  government  launched 
a  propaganda  campaign  to  convince  the  public  that  the 
Aranistas  had  rebelled.  Organized  labor  and  pro-Arevalo 
politicians  joined  the  effort.  Many  gave  public  speeches 
in  support  of  Arevalo,  including  the  FPL  Secretary  of 
Propaganda,  Marco  Antonio  Villamar.-^° 

Many  other  Guatemalans  denounced  the  death  of 
Arana  and  accused  the  government  of  having  plotted  his 
murder.  Over  the  next  several  months,  anti-government 
demonstrations  were  held,  and  pamphlets  which  denounced 
the  assassination  of  Arana  were  passed  to  the  public. 
The  United  States  Embassy  also  believed  that  Arana ' s 
death  had  not  been  accidental,  and  all  Embassy  dispatches 
refer  to  the  incident  as  the  "Arana  assassination."  With 
Arana 's  death,  tensions  and  animosities  reached  new 
extremes . 


Notes 


^^^    ,.,\'.  There  is  no  agreement  on  the  particulars  of 

^h   M^   ^"^'       ^^  account  of  Francisco  Palacio,  see 


ipo: 
2.     Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz , "  121. 


209 


3.     Bush,  "Organized  Labor",  part  5,  13-14-  on 
"^"^^^t  J'  .Nuestro  Diario  pleaded  to  the  civilians  to 
return  their  explosives,  arms  and  munitions  to  the  Army 
Nuestro  Diario.  August  1.  1949,  p. 7.  ^' 


^-  ^     ^"  .   1°^   ^'^    extended  version  of  the  fighting   see 
the  report  of  Col.  Willis  F.  Lewis,  NAUS  81 !. 00/?:22!9 


4.     Samayoa  Coronado,  Escuela,  23. 
5. 

PC 

no.  366. 

6.  Ydigoras,  My  War,  226. 

7.  NAUS  814.00/11-1248   no. 564. 


this  lee  "eT'o  ^J^-°Vl-^6,49  no. 85.  Arevalo  denies 
tnis.  See  El  Doctor  Arevalo  responde  al  Licenciadn 
Alvarado  Rubio,"  La  Hora .  Dec.  7,  1982,  p. 4.    '^^''^"^^^'^° 

9.  NAUS  814.00/7-2249  no. 386. 

10.  Schneider,  Communism.  29. 

11.  Cehelsky,   "Habla   Arbenz , "   120.   For   the 
version   of   Carlos   Paz   Tejada,   see   Carlos   Caseres 
Aproximacion  a  Guatemala  (Sinaloa  Mexico,  1980),  43-46? 

12.  NAUS  814.00/72249   no. 386. 

13.  "El  gobierno  informa  al  pueblo  de  Is 
TorTs'^lf"^^   '''    '''''    ''^^'  ""'^^^^  Papers^nd  documents 

^^-  Nuestro  Diario.  August  2,  1949,  p  3-  Thomas? 
and  Margorie  Melville,  Guatemala:  the  Pol/,  f.e  ^  J  .  ^L^ 
Ownership  (New  York,  1971  )  ,  42. 

15.    NAUS  814.00/2-2349   no. 97. 

^r-io^  J^*  .  u^l^u^^^^'   ""^^^^  Arbenz,"  121.  Arbenz  had 
tried  to  watch  the  events  with  binoculars. 

17.  Ibid.,  120-121. 

18.  Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  2. 

Sept.  13^1972^'^^^^''^"'°^  ''°''  ^^     ^"^ '     ^^^^^1°'"  La  Hora. 


210 

20.  '"La  sangre  de  Arana  es,  no  lo  niego,  una 
mancha  sobre  mi  gobierno'  declar5  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,"  El 
Imparcial,  Dec.  6,  1961;  "Habla  Arlvalo,"  Prensa  Libr^ 
Jan.  10,  1962.  ' 

21.  NAUS  814.00/2-2349  no. 97. 

22.  NAUS  814.00/2-1049  Memo,  Air  Intelligence 
Information  Report. 

23.  Najera,  Estaf adores,  pp. 111-112. 

24.  NAUS  814.00/7-2249   no. 386. 

25.  Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz , "  120. 

26.  NAUS  814.00/7-2249  no. 386. 

27.  Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz,"  121. 

28.  NAUS  814.00/7-2249   no. 386. 

29.  NAUS  814.00/7-2049 

30.  Onda  Larga,  (July  1949),  11. 


CHAPTER  1 3 
THE  ARBENZ  COALITION 


Arbenz  won  the  presidential  election  of  1950, 
supported  heavily  by  Partido  Acci5n  Revolucionario  (PAR), 
Renovacion  Nacional  ( RN ) ,  labor,  and  some  progressive 
capitalists.  The  leftists  had  finally  secured  power,  and 
they  were  gleeful.  Arana  had  been  eliminated,  and 
Arbenz,  the  friend  of  PAR  and  the  workers,  controlled  the 
military.  Rural  and  urban  labor  unions  continued  to  grow 
in  size  and  power.  The  United  States  had  become  an 
essential  part  of  the  opposition,  but  so  far  demonstrated 
no  plans  to  intervene  militarily.  Although  significant 
numbers  of  Arevalistas  had  wanted  someone  else  besides 
Arbenz  for  president,  only  the  extreme  opposition 
demanded  a  violent  overthrow  of  legal  government.  In 
private,  Arbenz  promised  moderation  to  those  who  feared 
the  far  left.  Many  who  had  preferred  other  candidates 
agreed  to  join  the  Arbenz  government,  including  Manuel 
Galich  and  Raul  Osequeda,  who  would  become  cabinet 
ministers.  Arbenz  was  indubitably  the  choice  of  the 
majority,  and  when  Arevalo  passed  on  the  presidential 
office   peacefully  and  willingly,   as  required  by  the 

21  1 


212 
Constitution,  a  legal  and  democratic  system  of  government 
seemed  to  be  functioning.  Maria  Villanova  de  Arbenz  wrote 
to  the  wife  of  Enrique  Munoz  Meany  that  "we  all  have 
faith  and  confidence  in  the  future  and  even  suspect  that 
some  reactionaries  are  content  because  of  the  anticipated 
tranquillity  that  surely  will  guarantee  their  economic 
investments.  " 

Pro-government  forces  continued  to  strive  for  the 
success  of  the  reform  movement.  Notably,  on  December  12, 
1949,  Congress  passed  the  Law  of  Forced  Rental,  which 
obligated  many  landowners  to  rent  part  of  their  land  to 
the  peasants  at  a  fair  price.  Congress  also  passed 
two  laws  in  1949  designed  to  reduce  the  political  freedom 
of  government  opponents,  although  the  government  did  not 
use  the  laws  to  their  full  potential.^  The  first  law, 
passed  by  Congress  on  September  13,  gave  the  government 
the  right  to  discharge  any  employee  considered  disloyal 
to  Guatemala.  The  law  in  theory  affected  all  government 
employees,  or  about  50,000  people.^  Diario  de  Centro 
America  advised  its  readers  that  tolerance  for 
non-reformist  government  employees  "was  not  worth  it."'^ 
The  second  law,  decree  666,  received  Arevalo's  signature 
on  September  24.  The  law  was  primarily  aimed  at  the 
press,  and  provided  punishment  for  journalists  who  by 
their  writings  "incited  disregard  for  the  law."  Decree 


213 
666  also  enacted  new  penalties  against  clergymen  who 
became  involved  in  politics. 

Causing   the   opposition   further   alarm,    the 
communists  established  two  political  parties  during  the 
year  that  followed  Arana ' s  death.  The  public  appearance 
of  communism,  in  spite  of  Article  32  of  the  Constitution 
which  had  previously  been  interpreted  as  prohibiting 
communism,  attests  to  the  greatly  increased  power  of  the 
leftists.    Moreover,    the    communists    had    achieved 
influence  in  the  labor  leadership;  had  proven  valuable 
supporters  of  the  Arevalista  reform  movement;  and,  most 
importantly,  had  become  allies  of  Arbenz  in  his  quest  for 
the  presidency. 

The  Partiao  Comunista  de  Guatemala  ( PCG ) ,  with 
roots  in  the  old  Vanguardia,  had  its  first  congress  on 
September  28,  1949,  and  its  first  formal  session  in 
January  1950.  On  May  20,  1950,  a  number  of  leading  PAR 
members  resigned  in  order  to  align  themselves  with  th 
PCG,  including  ex-Secretary  General  Jose  Manuel  Fortuny, 
four  members  of  the  executive  committee  and  two  members 
of  the  political  committee.  Another  communist  party, 
Partido  Revolucionario  Obrero  de  Guatemala ( PROG ) ,  formed 
on  June  1 ,  1 950. 

The   PROG,   led   by   victor   Manuel   Gutierrez, 
consisted   of  communists  who  spent  much  time  working 


e 


214 

directly  with  the  people.  Gutierrez  believed  that  the 
workers  must  take  the  initiative  on  their  own  behalf,  or 
working  class  interests  would  be  sacrificed  to  political 
ends  and  opportunism.  PCG,  led  by  Manuel  Fortuny, 
worked  less  directly  with  the  people  but  tried  to 
strengthen  the  communist  movement  through  political  and 

bureaucratic    channels,    and    cooperating    with    the 

,        .  .   6 
bourgeoisie. 

According   to   Ronald   Schneider,    the   policy 

differences  between  Fortuny  and  Gutierrez  led  to  serious 

conflict.  Carlos  Manuel  Pellecer  concurs  in  stating  that 

significant   differences   existed   between   Fortuny   and 

Gutierrez,  but  he  believes  that  the  clash  did  not  cause 

deep  divisions.  According  to  Pellecer,  the  two  leaders 

manifested  complementary  currents  of  thought.  Fortuny ' s 

current   followed   the   Soviet   line   of   politics   and 

international  goals;   and  this  group  published  Soviet 

style   propaganda  in  the  newsweekly  Octubre .   An  able 

bureaucratic  politician,   Fortuny  had  smooth  political 

relations   with   Arbenz.   But   (according   to   Pellecer) 

Fortuny  disliked  the  working  masses  and  did  not  work  well 

with  them.  He  had  no  rapport  with  city  workers,  and  "he 

hated  to  visit  rural  localities  and  talk  with  peasants." 

On  the  other  hand,  Gutierrez  looked  mainly  to  solving 

problems  within  Guatemala  and  paid  full  attention  to  the 


215 

plight  of  Guatemalan  workers  and  peasants.  Pellecer 
concluded  that  the  two  approaches  produced  reciprocal 
benefits,  not  division. 

Communism  in  Guatemala  by  1950  had  certainly 
become  important,  but  observers  disagreed  on  the  actual 
degree  of  its  influence.  Much  of  the  disagreement 
concerned  who  was  a  communist,  and  who  was  only  a  leftist 
but  tolerant  of  communism.  Reformers  who  supported  the 
Arevalo  government  tended  to  see  an  important  distinction 
between  the  two  groups,  while  the  opposition,  including 
the  United  States  government,  tended  to  lump  communists 
and  those  tolerant  of  communists  into  the  same  category. 

Guatemalans  of  the  political  left  in  general  saw 
the  communists  as  allies  in  the  struggle  to  overcome 
their  conservative  enemies  and  bring  social  and  economic 
justice  to  Guatemala.  Moreover,  the  left  feared  talk  of 
anticommunism,  because  they  knew  that  conservatives 
continued  the  traditional  tactics  of  categorizing  all 
leftists  as  communists.  From  their  standpoint,  any 
steps  taken  to  eliminate  the  true  communists  would 
eventually  lead  to  the  doors  of  the  "near-communists." 

Communists  held  leadership  positions  in  labor,  the 
government,  and  political  parties,  although  their  actual 
numbers  were  small.  A  U.S.  intelligence  report  placed 
the  number  of  Guatemalan  communists  in  mid-1950  at  "well 


216 

under  500,"  a  small  figure  when  compared  to  the  some 
400,000  votes  cast  in  the  presidential  elections  of 
that  year.  The  number  of  truly  outstanding  and 
influential  communists  was  far  less.  Only  a  few 
communists  had  been  elected  to  Congress:  there  averaged 
only  about  two  communist  congressmen  under  Arevalo.  Nor 
had  many  communists  been  appointed  to  administrative 
posts.  Examples  would  be  Mario  Alfredo  Silva  Jonama  who 
served  as  sub-secretary  of  education  for  a  few  months, 
and  Pellecer  who  once  directed  the  Misiones  Culturales. 
Mario  Silva  Jonama  also  became  propaganda  chief  of 
government  radio  PAX,  and  Alfredo  Guerra  Borges  became 
editor-in-chief  of  the  Diario  de  Centre  America,   the 

Q 

official  newspaper.  Most  communists  connected  to  the 
administration  held  minor  jobs,  however.  The  ministry 
which  offered  the  most  positions  to  communists  proved  to 
be  that  of  foreign  affairs. 

Communism  strongly  influenced  the  labor  leadership 
by  1949.  Some  of  labor's  most  outstanding  leaders  openly 
declared  their  communism,  for  example  Victor  Manuel 
Gutierrez.  Labor  unions,  however,  did  not  officially 
embrace  communism,  and  possibly  a  majority  of  labor 
leaders  were  not  true  communists,  although  non-communist 

leaders  remained  on  the  sidelines  while  the  committed 

1  1 
communists  tended  to  maintain  the  initiative.    Ordinary 


217 

union   members,   rural   workers,   and   Indians   remained 

1  2 
largely  unaffected  by  communism.    Workers  in  general 

concerned  themselves  with  wages  and  social  rights,  and 

showed  little  understanding  of  an  international  ideology. 

Labor   leaders,   even   the   communists,   maintained   more 

concern    for    internal    reform    than    international 

,  .^.    13 
politics . 

But  the  trend  toward  communism  in  labor  had  been 

strong.  The  FSG  had  broken  away  from  the  CTG  in  1946 

because  of  CTG  far-left  inclinations,  but  by  1949  both 

organizations   had   become   ideologically   similar.   FSG 

Secretary   General   Manuel   Pinto   Usaga   never  declared 

himself   a  communist,   but  he  demonstrated  at  least  a 

strong   leftist  proclivity  and  a  willingness   to  work 

closely  with  communists.   In  January  1950,  FSG  joined 

the   Confederacion  de   Trabaj adores   de   America   Latina 

(CTAL)  and  the  World  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  ( WFTU ) , 

pro-Soviet  organizations  which  CTG  had  joined  earlier. 

WFTU  ties  to  Guatemalan  labor  had  become  strong  by  1950, 

and  Guatemalan  labor  leaders  attended  WFTU  meetings, 

1  4 
sometimes  with  help  from  the  Guatemalan  government. 

Political  aims  espoused  by  the  labor  movement  invariably 

included  some  demands  typically  championed  by  the  World 

Federation,   for  example  the  recognition  of  China,  and 

support  for  the  anti-colonial  struggles  in  Indonesia, 


218 

1  5 
Vietnam,   and   Malaya.     The   United   States   was   often 

1  ft 
criticized,  and  the  Soviet  Union  sometimes  praised. 

The  United  States  Embassy  considered  both  FSG  and  CTG  as 

...        ...     17 

communistic  organizations. 

The  communists  did  not  control  Guatemala.  They  had 

1  R 

virtually  no  influence  in  the  police  or  armed  forces. 
Most  Guatemalans,  including  the  military,  police,  and 
even  a  majority  of  leftists  including  both  Arbenz  and 
Arevalo,  would  have  opposed  any  attempts  to  create  a  true 
communist  state,  and  would  have  quickly  eliminated  the 
handful  of  communists  if  they  had  felt  so  threatened. 

The   reform  movement   in   1 950   remained   "fundamentally 

1  9 
democratic  in  its  objectives." 

The  central  political  issue  in  1950,  however,  was 

not  communism,  but  the  November  presidential  elections. 

Arbenz ' s  power  in  Guatemalan  politics  increased  greatly 

with  the  Arana  killing,  and  he  thus  became  the  primary 

presidential   contender.   Some   observers   believed   that 

Arbenz,  after  July  1949,  had  become  more  powerful  than 

Arevalo.    Minor    Keihauer,    a    wealthy    landowner, 

businessman,   and  political  ally  of  Arbenz,   told  U.S. 

embassy  officials  that  Arbenz  was  "in  the  saddle,"  that 

is,   the   strongest   directing   force   in   Guatemalan 

20 
politics.    Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,   the  President  of 

Congress  at  the  time  of  Arana '  s  death,  believed  that  the 


21  9 
murder  of  Arana  "concentrated  all  official  politics  in 
the  grip  of  Arbenz."^^  Reliable  observers  have 
stated,  however,  that  Arlvalo  remained  a  strong 
executive,  and  although  Arbenz ' s  power  increased, 
Arevalo's  did  not  decrease. ^^ 

Power  relationships  actually  remained  complex,  and 
even   in   the  military,   Arbenz  did  not  have  unlimited 
influence.  Certainly,  Arbenz  became  the  strongman  within 
the  armed  forces  with  Arana ' s  demise.  The  military  was 
immediately  purged  of  the  most  influential  of  Arana ' s 
followers,  causing  about  twenty  percent  of  the  officers 
to  experience  exile,   jail,  or  early  retirement . ^^  But 
many  officers  who  remained  were  not  leftists,  and  they 
gave  Arbenz  only  lukewarm  support.  Morale  had  been  badly 
shaken  by  Arana ' s  death  in  1949,  and  in  1950  relations 
within  the  military  remained  bitter  and  tense. ^^  Possibly 
about  50%  of  the  military  officers  retained  conservative 
inclinations.  ^  In  a  1968  interview,  Arbenz  claimed  he 
had  wanted  a  full  purge  of  all  enemies  in  the  army 
following  his  victory  over  the  Aranistas.  He  planned  to 
ship  the  defeated  officers  to  El  Peten  "to  try  them  in 
military  courts  and  shoot  them  like  traitors. "^^  Arbenz 
blamed   Arevalo   for   extending   pardons   which   allowed 
conservatives   and  moderates   to   remain   in   uniform. ^^ 
According  to  Arbenz,  these  anti-leftists  who  survived  in 


220 

the  military  eventually  caused  the  destruction  of  his 

2  8 
presidency  in  1954. 

Arbenz,  however,  still  led  the  "young  military" 
faction  of  the  army,  and  with  the  death  of  Arana,  the 
Arbenz  faction  had  taken  over  the  military's  top  command. 
Also,  and  just  as  important,  Arbenz  visited  the  various 
garrisons,  and  promised  the  conservative  officers  that 
leftists  would  not  dominate  in  the  Arbenz  presidency.  He 
indicated  that  he  needed  the  leftists  to  get  elected,  but 
that  in  due  course  their  power  would  be  weakened. ^^ 
Arbenz  thus  soothed  the  fears  of  the  non-leftist 
officers,  and  kept  the  armed  forces  pacified  during  the 
presidential  campaign. 

Progressive  capitalists  who  supported  Arbenz 
established  the  Partido  Integridad  Nacional  (PIN),  which 
represented  businessmen  and  landowners  such  as  Keilhauer 
and  Nicolas  Brol  Galicia.  PIN  opposed  the  extreme  left, 
but  supported  land  reform. ^°  Arbenz  promised  the 
capitalists  the  same  that  he  promised  military  officers: 
the  communists  and  far-leftists  would  not  control  his 
government.  Many  Guatemalans  did  in  fact  believe  that 
Arbenz  would  exercise  the  presidential  powers  as  a 
political  moderate,  and  that  the  leftists  would 
eventually  see  their  power  diminished . ^^ 


221 

Labor  unions  openly  endorsed  Arbenz ,  and  became 
deeply  involved  in  the  election  campaign,  even  though  the 
Labor  Code  proscribed  unions  from  political  activities . ^^ 
In  December  1949  and  January  1950  all  of  the  most 
influential  elements  of  labor  formed  a  new  organization 
called  ComitI  Politico  Nacional  de  los  Trabajadores 
(CPNT).  Pinto  Usaga  became  secretary  general,  and 
Gutierrez  became  secretary  of  organization.  On  24 
February  1950  CPNT  declared  "the  candidate  of  the  working 
class  and  peasants  to  be  Jacobo  Arbenz  Guzman.  "^"^  PAR, 
RN,  and  the  newly  formed  communist  parties  also  nominated 
Arbenz  for  President;  and  they  campaigned  actively  and 
enthusiastically,  in  both  rural  and  urban  areas. 

Evidence  indicates  that  a  few  leftist  elements 
had  some  misgivings  about  Arbenz.  The  United  States 
Embassy  claimed  that  labor  worried  about  the  "real  depth 
of  Arbenz 's  affection."  Pinto  Usaga  received  a  letter 
which  complained  that  workers  of  at  least  one  locality 
did  not  know  enough  about  Jacobo  Arbenz. ^^  Likewise,  the 
Arevalista  parties  all  had  some  dissenting  members  who 
did  not  champion  Arbenz.  An  outstanding  example  is 
Carlos  Leonidas  Acevedo,  who  resigned  from  RN  in  1950, 
and  opposed  the  election  of  Arbenz. ^^  Acevedo 's  high 
posts  had  included  minister  of  government  under  Arevalo 
and  secretary  general  of  RN.  Until  1950  Acevedo  had  been 


222 

one  of  the  reform  movement's  most  prestigious  political 
leaders . 

Certainly,  Arbenz  did  not  have  the  great 
popularity  that  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  enjoyed  in  1944.  But 
hesitancy  on  the  part  of  labor  and  the  left  in  general 
remained   minor,   and   in  the  main  the  left  supported 

Arbenz.  Pellecer  observed  that  workers  and  peasants  had 

37 
"full   confidence"   in  Arbenz.     Arbenz ' s  bond  to  the 

political   left   was   strengthened   by   his   wife,   Maria 

Cristina  Vilanova,  who  retained  leftist  beliefs  herself 

and  was  active  in  political  matters.  Maria  evidently 

retained  a  measure  of  influence  over  her  husband,  and 

some   observers,   including   Clemente   Marroquin   Rojas, 

claimed  that  Maria  actually  dominated  her  husband. 

Arevalo   claims   that   he   supported   Arbenz   for 

President  after  it  became  clear  that  Arbenz  was  the 

3  9 
choice  of  the  people.    Arevalo  did  not  declare  Arbenz 

the  official  candidate,  nor  did  he  openly  declare  his  own 

support  for  Arbenz.  But  the  Arbenz  campaign  received 

significant  aid  from  the  Arevalo  administration.   The 

Ministry   of   Communications   in   particular   helped   by 

lending  personnel,  vehicles,  and  other  aids  to  the  Arbenz 

campaign.     Government-supported  newspapers  worked  for 

Arbenz,  and  President  Arevalo 's  private  secretary  spoke 

in  Arbenz 's  behalf.    Moreover,  Mariano  Arevalo,  brother 


223 
of  President  Arlvalo,  appeared  on  the  platform  with 
Arbenz  during  the  campaign.  Mariano,  a  close  and  trusted 
political  supporter  of  President  Arevalo,  became  head  of 
t^^  Departamento  de  Fincas  Nacionales  e  Intervenidas 
(Department  of  National  and  Intervened  Farms),  in  August, 
1950,  a  position  that  gave  him  some  influence  over  the 
farm  workers'  vote.  The  board  of  directors,  who  had 
elected  Mariano,  had  themselves  been  appointed  by 
President  Arevalo. 

Arevalo  may  have  merely  backed  the  popular  choice 
of  the  people,  but  he  also  may  have  backed  Arbenz  for  an 
additional  reason:  i.e.  he  believed  that  Guatemala  needed 
a  strong  ruler  to  combat  the  obstacles  to  reform.  Arevalo 
had  worked  hard  to  promote  social  and  economic  changes, 
but  political  difficulties  had  often  impeded  his  efforts, 
n  November  7,   1949,   Arevalo  stated  during  a  public 
ech  that  he  was  glad  to  finish  his  term  in  office 
"because  personally  I  have  no  appetite,  nor  wish,  nor 
interest,  nor  advantage  in  continuing  one  day  longer" 
than  the  presidential  term.   He  could  not  continue  as 
resident,   he   stated   further,   because   he   could   not 
maintain   much  longer  his   "white  glove  policy"  which 
avoided   "shedding   blood."   He   called   his   style   of 
government  "romantic,"  because  he  valued  and  believed  in 
humanity  and  democracy.   He  recommended  that  the  next 


0 
spe 


P 


224 
president  act  "with  a  little  more  realism  in  regard  to 
the   treatment   of   conspirators."   The   next   government 
would  also  have  to  solve  the  nation's  economic  problems 
"with  methods  which  are  not  very  romantic .  "'^^  Arbenz ,  a 
practical  military  man  of  progressive  ideas,  appealed  to 
Arevalo.  Moreover,  while  Arbenz  promised  Guatemala  social 
and  economic  modernization,  a  vigorous  program  of  land 
reform,  and  the  end  of  imperialist  domination,  he  did 
not  run  a  radical  campaign  or  make  extreme  promises  to 
workers;  his  political  speeches  seemed  moderate,  even  to 
North  American  observers  . '^'^ 

The  area  of  greatest  non-support  in  the  Arevalista 
camp  was  the  FPL.    A  strong  segment  of  the  FPL  had 
backed  Arana,  and  after  their  candidate's  death  they  had 
been  purged  from  the  pro-government  forces.  Some  lost 
their  jobs,  and  some  who  had  taken  an  active  part  in  the 
"Arana   uprising"   went   to   jail.   Hector   Espana   spent 
thirty  days   in  jail.^^  Julio  Cesar  Mendez  Montenegro 
left  active  politics. ^^  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo  claimed 
that  FPL  members  had  the  choice  of  joining  the  opposition 
or   giving   up   to   leftism. ^^   The   U.S.   Embassy,   in 
November  1949,  reported  that  FPL  lay  weakened,  a  "has 
been"  party,  with  the  remnants  closer  to  PAR  than  at  any 
time  since  1 947. ^^ 


225 
In  1950,  the  FPL  continued  to  function,  but  it  no 
longer  enjoyed  the  power  it  held  before  July  1949.  At 
the  time  of  Arana ■ s  death,  FPL  had  28  members  in 
Congress,  PAR  and  RN  had  25,  and  the  opposition  had  14. 
By  November  of  1950,  five  FPL  members  had  switched  to  the 
Arbenz  camp,  two  had  claimed  independent  status,  and  one 
had  resigned  from  Congress. ^^  The  20  remaining  FPL 
congressmen  were  profoundly  disunited.  "The  remnants  of 
the  party  are  in  an  advanced  state  of  collapse,"  reported 
the  U.S.  Embassy  in  October,  1950.'^^ 

FPL  surviving  members  split  their  support  between 
Manuel  Galich  L5pez  and  Dr.  victor  Giordani.  Grassroots 
elements  of  FPL  had  wanted  Giordani  but  the  party 
leadership  decided  to  back  Galich. ^^  Subsequently,  the 
two  groups  issued  rival  posters  and  campaign  literature, 
each  claiming  that  their  candidates  had  the  endorsement 
of  the  party. ^^  Both  branches  supported  continued 
reforms,  for  example  land  reform,  and  both  attacked 
Arbenz  by  claiming  that  an  army  officer  as  president 

would  politicize  the  military  and  endanger  the  reform 

52 
movement. 

Jorge  Garcia  Granados,  the  "father  of  the  1945 
Constitution,"  became  a  presidential  candidate  for 
moderate  reform.  In  late  1949,  he  pooled  support  from 
the  revolutionary  parties  to  establish  the  Partido  del 


226 

Pueblo. ^"^  The  party  began  publishing  the  newspaper  El 
Pueblo,  which  reported  general  events  as  would  any 
newspaper  but  also  advanced  Garcia 's  political  views. 
El  Pueblo  championed  revolutionary  goals  but  emphasized 
non-extreme   measures.   On   September   8,   a   political 

aci'-ertisement  claimed  that  Garcia  was  not  a  rebel  or  a 

5  4 
communist  but  a  reformist.    On  September  18,  the  paper 

spoke  in  favor  of  land  reform,  but  only  reform  based  on 

moderation.   First,   El   Pueblo  claimed,   Guatemala  must 

divide  and  distribute  the  national  lands,  then  buy  the 

remaining  large  farms  at  a  fair  price  and  divide  them 

into  small   farms.    Garcia  Granados  claimed  that  the 

Arevalo  government  had  failed  to  establish  a  rational 

program   of   reform,   and  had  developed  no  wide  based 

economic  plan.^   Garcia  would  emphasize  production,  safe 

investment,  a  stable  and  peaceful  work  force,  and  an  end 

to  exploitation.^^  But  Garcia  failed  to  develop  a  large 

following;  he  did  not  obtain  the  support  of  either  the 

Arevalista  parties  or  the  conservative  opposition. 

The  opposition  had  achieved  a  measure  of  better 

organization  from  1944  to  1949  (see  chapter  8),  but  in 

1950   it   failed   to   rally   behind   one   candidate.   The 

opposition  suffered  from  strong  differences  of  opinion, 

ambitious  leaders  and  factions,  government  harassment, 

and,  most  important,  a  profound  lack  of  popular  support. 


227 

Uni5n  Nacional  Electoral  ( UNE )  ,  meant  to  be  a 
coordinating  organization  for  the  opposition  parties, 

r  o 

suffered  a  rapid  decline  in  strength  in  1950,  and  in 
October,  the  U.S.  Embassy  reported  that  the  opposition 
remained  "still  as  far  from  unification  as  ever,  and  will 

probably   go   down   to   defeat   still   bickering   among 

59 
themselves . " 

Opposition  efforts  to  overcome  the  reformers  led 

to  more   violence.   On  July  19,   1950,   the  opposition 

promoted  a  demonstration  in  front  of  the  National  Palace, 

as  an  act  of  homage  to  Col.  Francisco  Arana  and  a  protest 

against   the   Arevalo   government.   On   the   second   day, 

pro-government  groups  joined  with  the  police  and  army  to 

disperse  the  protesters,  violence  broke  out,  and  several 

people  were  killed.  The  government  declared  martial  law, 

and  Major  Carlos  Paz  Tejada,  chief  of  the  armed  forces, 

assumed   command   of   Guatemala   City   for   12   days. 

Constitutional  guarantees  were  suspended  for  45  days. 

About  20   leaders  of  the  demonstration  were  deported, 

including  Manuel  Cobos  Batres,   and  Ramon  Blanco.  The 

opposition   parties   faced   suppression   and   retribution 

after   the   July   violence.   In   August,   the   National 

Election  Board,  controlled  by  Arevalistas,  canceled  the 

legal  party  status  of  two  opposition  political  parties 

which  had  taken  part  in  the  July  violence.  The  final 


228 

frustrated  attempt  before  the  elections  to  overthrow 
Arivalo  occurred  on  November  6,  when  Colonel  Carlos 
Castillo  Armas  led  an  armed  force  of  about  70  men,  in  a 
vain  plan  to  capture  important  military  installations. 
About  one-half  of  the  rebels  would  be  killed  or 
wounded. 

Miguel  Ydigoras  Fuentes,  an  ex-army  general  who 
refused  to  join  the  revolution  of  1944,  became  the 
conservative  opposition's  chief  candidate.  By  late 
1950,  Yd£goras  and  Garcia  Granados  were  Arbenz ' s  only 
outstanding  rivals.  Both  men  claimed  they  confronted 
heavy  political  harassment  and  campaign  obstructions, 
such  as  the  destruction  of  party  property  and  campaign 
literature.  Garcia  Granados  accused  the  police  of 
breaking  into  his  house  and  sacking  the  valuables .  ^'' 

The  November  voting,  which  took  place  on  the  10th, 
11th,  and  12th,  produced  a  solid  victory  for  Jacobo 
Arbenz.  The  final  count  gave  Arbenz  266,778  votes,  while 
Ydigoras  received  73,180  and  Garcia  drew  28,897.  Giordani 
of  FPL  took  15,664.  Manuel  Galich  of  the  other  FPL 
branch  withdrew  his  candidacy  on  the  first  day  of  the 
three-day  election  in  order  to  back  Arbenz.  Eighty-six 
percent  of  the  illiterate  vote  went  to  Arbenz,  ten 
percent  to  Ydigoras  and  four  percent  to  Garcia.  Of  the 
literate  vote,  Arbenz  drew  fifty-six  percent,  Ydigoras 


229 
thirty-one  percent  and  Garcia  twelve  percent.  In 
Guatemala  City,  Arbenz  pulled  25,000  votes  out  of  a 
possible  58,000.^2  ^^^  voting  pattern  demonstrated  the 
importance  of  the  peasants  and  workers  to  the  Arbenz 
victory.  Much  of  Arbenz  '  s  vote  came  from  the  workers  on 
the  large  farms  which  had  been  unionized.  In  Guatemala 
City,  where  many  middle  class  conservatives  and  moderates 
lived,  he  received  less  than  one  half  of  the  votes. 

Although  Arbenz  took  most  of  the  votes  from  the 
countryside,  some  peasants,  possibly  influenced  by  church 
pressures,   remained  politically  conservative  and  voted 
for   other   candidates.   Richard   Adams   recorded   the 
election   events   in   Magdalena   Milpas   Alpas,   a   small 
village   which   split   its   votes   between   Ydigoras   and 
Arbenz.  The  village  had  two  barrios,  an  "upper"  and  a 
"lower."  The  upper  barrio  consisted  of  Indians  who  were 
mostly   small   landowners.   Politically   and   religiously 
conservative,  they  voted  for  Ydigoras  Fuentes.  The  lower 
barrio  had  more  ladino  characteristics,   and  all   the 
town's   true   ladinos   lived   there.   They   were   less 
religious,  and  many  held  jobs  outside  the  village.  The 
lower  barrio  voted  for  Arbenz.  ^"^ 

There  has  been  controversy  as  to  whether  the 
presidential  elections  were  conducted  fairly.  Some 
have   asserted   that   the   elections   were   completely 


230 
honest/^  where  as  Ydxgoras  claimed  that  only  in  the  cxty 
did  honesty  prevail,  and  fraudulence  characterized  the 
countryside.  65   In   fact,   election   abuses   undoubtedly 
occurred,  but  only  Arbenz  with  the  backing  of  PAR,  the 
communists,   labor,  as  well  as  the  tacxt  endorsement  of 
the  government,  commanded  the  political  forces  necessary 
to  obtain  a  majority  vote.   As  to  the  alleged  election 
abuses,  one  author  sagely  commented  that  "although  Arbenz 
was  probably  the  choice  of  more  voters  than  were  any  of 
the  opposition  candidates,  nothing  was  left  to  chance. "^^ 
Arbenz   won   the   elections   with   a   reformist 
coalition   based   on   labor   and   peasants,    leftist 
politicians,   the   "young   military,"   and   capitalist 
progressives.   He   had   appeased   some   moderates   and 
conservatives   with   promises   to   curb   the   power   of 

communism  and  far  leftists   Tho  o^=i-;^-- 

xeLciscs.  ine  coalition  promoted  their 

candidate  with  energy,  zeal,  and  confidence,  and 
succeeded  admirably  although  not  to  the  level  of  1944. 
Instability,  however,  underlay  the  coalition  and  the 
Guatemalan  political  reality  as  a  whole.  The  killing 
of  Arana  had  created  a  radical  political  polarization, 
and  the  rise  of  the  communists  reinforced  this  tendency. 
The  year  1950  had  been  characterized  by  turmoil  and 
conflict,  between  the  pro-government  forces  and  the 
opposition,  and  within  each  camp.  The  legitimacy  of  the 


231 

majority  vote,  which  is  the  basic  tenet  of  democracy, 
remained  unacceptable  to  many  in  the  sphere  of  Guatemalan 
politics.  No  consensus  had  been  reached  on  the  desired 
shape  of  a  "new  Guatemala":  cooperation  and  agreement 
remained  elusive. 


Notes 


o^"*'  .ocn^^""^^  Villanova  to  Amalita,  Guatemala  City, 
Dec.  20,  1950,  Biblioteca  Cesar  Branas,  Cartas  de  Jacobo 
Arbenz  Guzman. 

Jan.    1^9S0.Tl    '' ' ■°°''-''''      "°-  =  '^'  ^'      Imparcial, 
3.     Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government.  33. 

io.n    ^:  "Editorial,"  Diario  de  la  Manana .  Oct.  23, 

1949,  p.1.  ' 

5.  Schneider,  Communism.  58-59,  61. 

6.  Ibid.,  97. 

7.  Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  7-8.  On  February  2, 
lybl,  PROG  dissolved  and  most  members  joined  PCG 
Pellecer  noted  that  he  followed  the  current  of  Gutierrez* 
and  Guerra  Borges  followed  the  current  of  Fortuny ' 
Prominent  communist  who  took  a  middle  path  included  Mario 
Silva  Jonama  and  Bernardo  Alvarado  Monz5n. 

8.  NAUS   OIR  5123,8. 

9.  Government   radio   stations   were   mainly 
apolitical.   NAUS   OIR  4615.10. 

10.  NAUS   OIR  5123,  114-116. 


1  7 
18, 
19. 


232 

11.  Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  oart  4   n  41   q^^ 

Peasant  M^..:^L:':"fl.\-..^''l'.9.r:'^^-^   ^%'    ^ati^^JBerican 

12.  Ibid.,  part  3,  pp.17,  33. 

13.  Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  8. 

14.  Bishop,  "Organized  Labor,"  part  3,  pp. 104-5. 

15.  NAUS  714.00/4-350. 

16.  NAUS  714.00/1-2650. 
Bush,  "Organized  Labor,"  part  3,  p. 16. 
NAUS  714.00/8-450   no.  140. 
NAUS   OIR  5123,  78. 

20.  NAUS    711.14/7-2249    nn  ^ft^.    -,  i 
814.00/7-2549   no. 340.     /  '  ^^^^    no. 385;    also    see 

21.  Monteforte,  Monografia.  312. 

valenzuela ,  int'ervie«'Lth'  'autl"  '  Jur^"""",  SSy^^'nli" 

no. 74.  "■    "*"^  814.00/11-749  Memo;  NAUS  714.00/8-150 

no.214;'7;4.00/5-14l;.'-°°"'-'''   "^"°'   '^^-""Z   8-^"0 

25.  Monteforte,  Monografia.  364-370. 

26.  Cehelsky,  "Habla  Arbenz , "  122. 

27.  Ibid. 

28.  Ibid. 

NAUS  713!5/4-29l2!'"°"''  °'  """^ '     ^""'^^^  ^^"^^^^  Azurdia, 


233 


LCMD/Gd'°pi„-b:x1!''°  '"'  '"""°  integridad  National, 

31 .  NAUS  71 4.00/8-2450. 

32.  NAUS  714.00/8-2950   no. 221. 
CPNT-Bofi5.  '^'^^^^^^   "°-  ''       ^^b.   24,   1950,   LCMD/GD, 

Rpl.fiJ!'   /"i^^"^  ^^^^^^  Department  of  State,  Foreign 

Relations of the   United   States   1950-   Tho   American 

Republics  (Washintnn^  1Q79^_  «75^ -^^ — American 

LCMD/GD''cPNT-Box'?5^  '''"^°''  '°  ''"'°  "^"^"'  ^^^  ^^^°' 

La  Hora'^Mav  2T;^95  8. ''''"'  "°'  '°^  ^^"^°^  "^  Aceredo," 

37.    Pellecer,  "Respuesta,"  3. 

^  38.  Clemente  Marroquin  Rojas,  "Jacobo  Arbenz 
Guzman:  ex-Presidente  de  Guatemala,"  La  Hora .  Jan.  28^ 
1971;  also  see  NAUS  714.00/8-450.       " 

^u    ^^"  ^  ^^^^      '^°^^   Arevalo,   interview   with   the 
author,  Guatemala  City,  July  14,  1986. 

40.  NAUS  714.00/9-2050. 

41 .  NAUS  71 4.00/10-450. 

42.  NAUS  714.00/8-950   no. 152. 

^.  "^l'  Diario  de  Centro  America.  Nov.  8,  1949  n  1- 
In  his  final  speech  as  President,  Arevalo  made  similar 
statements.   See  Arevalo,  Escritos  politico^,  493-507. 

44.  Mundo  Libre.  Jan.  21,  1950,  p.1. 

45.  Nuevo  Amanecer,  1966,  p. 4. 

46.  Monteforte,  Monografia.  312. 

47  NAUS  814.00/11-1649  no. 674;  also  see  La 
Hora,  July  1,  1950,  p.1;  El  Imparcial.  April  11,  1  95  0~ 
p.1;  and  newspapers  in  1950  in  general. 

48.    NAUS  714.00/9-750    no. 153. 


234 


49.  NAUS  71 4.00/1 0-450. 

50.  Najera,  Estaf adores ,  107. 

51.  Unfiled  papers  and  documents  for  1950, 
various  campaign  leaflets  and  posters,  AGC. 

52.  Ibid. 

53.  NAUS  814.00/12-1649   no. 800. 

54.  El  Pueblo,  Sept.  8,  1950,  p. 3. 

55.  El  Pueblo,  Sept.  18,  1950,  p. 5. 

56.  Jorge  Garcia  Granados,  and  Emilio  Zea 
Gonzalez,  Discursos  de  los  licenciados  Jorge  Garcia 
Granados  candidito  del  Partido  del  Pueblo  a  la 
presidencia  de  la  Republica  y  Emilio  Zea  Gonzalez, 
secretario  general  del  Partido  del  Pueblo  (Guatemala, 
1950),  8-10. 

57.  Ibid.,    12-13. 

58.  NAUS      714.00/10-1350      no. 410. 

59.  NAUS    71 4.00/10-1 950. 

60.  NAUS  714.00/11-750   no. 481. 

61.  El  Pueblo,  Sept.  8,  1950,  p.1;  NAUS 
71 4.00/8-450. 

62.  NAUS  714.00/12-750;  Silvert,  A  Study 
in  Government,  60;  Schneider,  Communism,  34. 

63.  Richard  Newbold  Adams,  "Magdalena  Milpas 
Altas:  1951-1952"  in  Richard  Newbold  Adams,  comp. , 
Political  Changes  in  Guatemalan  Indian  Communities  ( New 
Orleans,  1957),  15. 

64.  North  American  Congress  on  Latin  America, 
Guatemala  (New  York,  1974),  47. 

65.  Ydigoras,  My  War,  231. 

66.  Schneider,  Communism,  33. 


CHAPTER  1 4 
THE  USA  AND  GUATEMALA, 
1  949-1951 


The   United   States  and  Guatemala  remained  in  a 
state   of   official   conflict   during   the   remainder   of 
Arevalo's  presidency.    The  U.S.  government  continued  to 
defend  U.S.  business  in  Guatemala,  but  by  1950  communism 
had  become  the  issue  of  most  ostensible  importance.  The 
growth  of  communism  in  Guatemala  had  actually  paralleled 
the  growth  of  the  Cold  War  and  fear  of  communism  in  the 
United  States.  Eric  Goldman  called  1949,  the  same  year 
communist  parties  surfaced  in  Guatemala,  a  turning  point 
for   the   United   States,   when   the   Alger   Hiss   case 
developed,  Mao  won  in  China,  and  the  Soviets  exploded  an 
atom  bomb.   "1949  was  a  year  of  shocks,   shocks  with 
enormous  catalytic  force.  "^ 

In  a  strategy  to  increase  awareness  of  the 
communist  "threat"  in  Guatemala,  the  State  Department 
and  U.S.  owned  companies  promoted  an  anti-Guatemala 
information  campaign  in  the  United  States  which  sought  to 
discredit  the  Guatemalan  government  to  the  North  American 
public.  By  August,  1949,  the  Department  had  decided  to 
have   "open  and  frank  discussions"  with  newspaper  and 


235 


236 

magazine  correspondents  about  communism  in  Guatemala  "to 

encourage  them  to  go  to  Guatemala,  to  see  for  themselves 

2 

what  is  going  on  and  to  acquire  material  for  articles." 

In  1950,  the  anti-Guatemala  campaign  would  be  aided  by 
the  Truman  administration's  Psychological  Operations 
Coordinating  Committee. 

The  United  Fruit  Company  conducted  a  propaganda 

campaign  that  was,   in  the  words  of  Richard  Immerman, 

4 
"extremely  successful."   Correspondents  who  traveled  to 

Guatemala  were  well  treated  by  UFCO,  and  most  of  them 

received  the  material  for  their  stories  directly  from 

UFCO  and  U.S.  Embassy  officials.  The  positive  aspects  of 

Guatemala's   reform  movement   were   generally   ignored. 

During  1950,  publications  such  as  the  New  York  Herald 

Tribune,   Time,   Newsweek,  U.S.  News  and  World  Report, 

Atlantic  Monthly,   and  the  Saturday  Evening  Post,  all 

pictured  Guatemala  as  a  communist  dominated  country  which 

unjustly  persecuted  American  owed  business.   UFCO  also 

obtained   help   from   Senator   Henry   Cabot   Lodge   and 

Representative   John   McCormack,   who   in   1949   gave 

anti-Guatemala  speeches  in  their  respective  Congressional 

Chambers.   Both  men  represented  UFCO ' s  home  state  of 

Massachusetts.   Other  Congressmen  who  would  speak  out 

against   the   Guatemalan   treatment   of   US   businesses 

included   Representatives   Christian   Herter   and   Mike 


237 

Mansfield;  and  Senators  Lister  Hill,  Claude  Pepper,  and 
Alexander  Wiley. 

U.S.  companies  and  the  State  Department  also 
encouraged  the  Guatemalan  local  press  to  play  up  the 
communist  issue.  Secretary  of  State  Dean  Acheson  himself 
once   directed   the   Embassy   to   discreetly   advise   the 

"friendly"  Guatemalan  press  to  emphasize  the  communistic 

7 
activities   of   Carlos   Manuel   Pellecer.    When   U.S. 

officials   were  told  by  a   "confidential   source"   that 

Guatemalan  police  had  tortured  a  Guatemalan  employee  of 

International  Railways  of  Central  America  (IRCA),  Acheson 

directed  that  this  story  "leak  out"  to  the  Guatemalan 

local  press,   therefore  to  become   "public  knowledge," 

allowing  the  Embassy  to  obtain  the  story  "from  other  than 

g 

confidential  sources." 

The  United  States  used  aid  programs  as  an 
additional  tool  to  pressure  the  Guatemalan  government. 
Guatemala  received  aid  in  education,  health,  military 
training,  public  administration,  agriculture,  and  a 
variety  of  programs  designed  to  develop  and  modernize  the 
nation.  Aid  and  loans,  for  example,  helped  build 
hospitals  and  roads.  Between  1946  and  1950,  the  Office 
of  Foreign  Agricultural  Relations  gave  substantial 
assistance  to  Guatemala.^  Total  aid  to  Guatemala, 
however,  remained  small. 


238 

As  early  as  1949,  the  State  Department  considered 
concelling  aid  programs,  as  a  protest  to  the  Guatemalan 

government,  but  decided  to  continue  existing  programs  and 

1  0 
create   no   new   ones.     The   Arevalista   government 

eventually  came  to  believe  that  the  State  Department  used 

the  aid  programs  to  spread  pro-U.S.  propaganda;  and  in 

1950  Guatemala  expelled  the  U.S.  education  mission  and 

restricted  the  activities  of  U.S.  agrarian  and  health 

.  , .  ,   11 
specialists . 

From  the  Cold  War  viewpoint  of  the  United  States, 

cause   for   alarm  did  exist.   By  all   indications,   the 

communists  had  gained  significant  influence  and  power 

from  1944  to  1950.  Communists  were  making  concerted  and 

energetic  efforts  to  proselytize  the  Guatemalans  and 

dominate   the   reform  movement.   International   contacts 

were  evident,  and  the  United  States  was  being  heavily 

criticized.   The  government  of  Guatemala,  in  particular 

Arevalo  and  the  Congress,  had  done  little,  in  the  eyes  of 

the  United  States,   to  smother  the  communist  movement. 

U.S.  officials  sometimes  seemed  irritated  over  the  growth 

of  communism,  as  did  Milton  K.  Wells  in  a  report  on 

Partido  Accion  Revolucionaria  (PAR): 

It  would  perhaps  be  unnecessarily  repetitious  to 
comment  on  the  pro-Communist  slant  on 
international  issues  found  throughout  the  PAR 
statement.  It  is  replete  with  the  typical 
Communist  line  views  on  peace  and  democracy;  and 
the     monotonous     tirade     against     foreign 


239 


imperialistic"  companies  reveals  an  emotional 
devotion  to  the  Arevalista  thesis  regarding  the 
so-called  need  of  achieving  "full  economic  and 
political  sovereignty." 

But   the   United   States   officials   significantly 
overemphasized  the  danger  of  communism  taking  control  of 
Guatemala;    in   part   because   they   lumped   together 
communists   and    "near-communists,"   thus   incorrectly 
pushing  influential  men  such  as  Charnaud  MacDonald  and 
Pinto    Usaga    into    the    communist    camp.     The 
"near-communists"  did  not  identify  themselves  with  the 
Marxist  doctrine,   even  though  they  shared  some  common 
goals  with  the  Guatemalan  communists  and  felt  no  reason 
to  hate  or  distrust  them.  U.S.  officials  worried  that 
the  differences  between  the  communists  and  other  leftists 
would  become  triflingly  minor  when  U.S.  interests  were  at 
stake.  The  U.S.  Embassy  reported  that  "clear  cut  lines 
between  Marxism  and  leftist  liberalism  have  yet  to  be 
drawn. "^^ 

In  1950,  the  Office  of  Intelligence  Research 
(OIR)  in  the  Department  of  State  compiled  a  comprehensive 
report  on  communist  influence  in  Guatemala.  Dated  October 
23,  the  report  investigated  communism,  communists,  and 
"near-communists,"  and  on  the  whole  was  accurate,  but  in 
the  end  it  overemphasized  communist  strength.  The  OIR 
report  correctly  noted  that  the  communist  movement  had 


240 

made  steady  progress  since  1944,  becoming  "almost 
inextricably  a  part  of  the  Revolution,"  and  that  the 
communists  had  become  some  of  "the  most  ardent  leaders  of 
the  movement  which  is  fundamentally  democratic  in  its 
objectives."    The  report  recognized  that  communism  had 

not   permeated   everywhere.   Communism   had   made   little 

1  5 
headway  with  the  rank  and  file  of  labor.    There  existed 

"no  evidence  that  the  population  as  a  whole  or  any 

considerable   segment   of   it"   had   been   responsive   to 

communist    programs.''^    The    Soviet    Union   had    no 

representative    in    Guatemala,    although    Guatemalan 

communists  received  educational  material,  "and  presumably 

directives,"  from  the  Soviet  Embassy  in  Mexico,  and  from 

1  7 
communists  throughout  Latin  America.    The  anti-United 

States  aspects  of  the  reform  movement  could  be  best 

explained  as  a  manifestation  of  nationalism  rather  than 

communism.''^  Communists  had  no  influence  in  the  police 

or  armed  forces.  Communist  and  "pro-Communist"  members 

in  Congress  had  been  few.^   Neither  did  the  report  find 

anything  extremely  radical  in  the  labor  code  or  other 

pro-labor   laws.^°   Arevalo's   foreign   policy   toward 

neighboring  countries  had  been  supported  by  communists 

and  communist  propaganda,  but  otherwise,  "the  Guatemalan 

government  had  not  pursued  any  policy  which  could  be 

definitely   attributed   even   in   part   to   Communist 


241 

2 1 

influence.'      Communist    influence    on    Guatemala's 

attitude  toward  the  Inter-American  system  probably  had 

2  2 
been  significant  but  "by  no  means"  dominant.    Guatemalan 

actions   in  the  United  Nations  revealed  "little  overt 

communist    influence    or    significant    pro-communist 

activity. " 

The   OIR  report  paid  careful  attention  to  all 

possible  indications  of  communist  influence.  A  study  of 

one  labor  union's  policy  statement  that  expressed  "a 

desire  for  peace  and  international  solidarity,  favored 

religious  freedom  and  equality  of  women,  and  opposed  the 

Rio   Defense   Pact,"   led   OIR   to   conclude   that   each 

policy  point  in  itself  was  "not  necessarily  communistic," 

but  that  the  points  taken  together  formed  "a  pattern 

similar  to  that  of  communists  in  other  Latin  American 

24 
countries."    The  OIR  report  treated  the  party  programs 

of  PAR  and  Renovacion  Nacional  (RN)  in  much  the  same  way 

and  decided  that: 

An  emphasis  on  agrarian  reform,  anti-imperialism, 
peace  and  democracy  suggests,  but  is  not 
necessarily  evidence  of,  communist  penetration  in 
PAR  and  to  almost  the  same  degree  in  RN .  This 
line,  however,  tends  to  echo  the  propaganda  of 
known  communists  elsewhere  in  Latin  America  and  is 
reasonably  ascribable,  in  part  at  least,  to 
influencepj-  of  militant  communists  in  these 
parties . 

The   OIR   report   concluded   that   communists   had 
become  extremely  powerful  in  Guatemala.  Based  "upon  a 


242 
few  intellectual,  political,  and  labor  leaders,  the 
communists  had  obtained  "considerable,  and  in  some  areas 
possibly  decisive,  influence  in  the  government . "^S 
Communist  influence  in  government,  the  political  parties, 
and  in  the  labor  movement  probably  gave  them  "very  nearly 
a  balance  of  power  position  in  strictly  domestic 
political  matters. "^'^ 

U.S.   officials   rarely   questioned   the   need   to 
defend  business  interests.   George  McGhee  of  the  State 
Department  once  cautioned  his  colleagues  that  the  UFCO, 
because  of  its  great  importance  in  Guatemala,  may  have 
unduly  influenced  the  opinions  of  the  U.S.  Embassy, ^^ 
while  one  report  indicated  there  were  some  differences  of 
opinion  in  the  State  Department  as  to  whether  the  UFCO 
stand  on  the  labor  code  could  be  legally  justified. ^^ 
John   Fishburn,   the   Labor   Officer   of   the   Office   of 
Regional  American  Affairs,  wrote  a  long  memorandum  on  the 
latter  question,  in  which  he  suggested  that  the  disputed 
sections  of  the  labor  code  were  not  far  different  from 
practices  in  the  United  States,   and  did  not  "warrant 
diplomatic   aid   to   the   UFCO."   It   would   be   unwise, 
Fishburn  continued,  "to  be  tied  to  the  company's  position 
without  regard  for  Guatemala's  aspirations  or  sovereign 
feelings."  Such  a  position  would  allow  the  communists  "to 
pose  as  champions  of  labor  and  national  sovereignty"  and 


243 
could  threaten  the  entire  Good  Neighbor  policy. ^°  These 
few  comments,  however,  did  not  alter  the  State  Department 
consensus.  Edward  Clark  of  the  Office  of  Middle  American 
Affairs  (MID)  wrote  to  the  embassy  in  Guatemala  that  "all 
of  us  here  in  MID  think  Fishburn  is  way  off  the  beam  in 
his  thinking  on  this  matter  and  have  told  him  so."^^ 

But  one  month  later,  in  recognition  that  United 
States  policies  might  have  only  strengthened  the  leftists 
and  communists,  the  State  Department  made  a  minor  change 
in  tactics.   It  abandoned  the  use  of  the  official  and 
public  protests  against  leftism,  and  only  in  private 
would  United  States  representatives  be  allowed  to  make 
their  views  known.  The  policy  makers  theorized  that  some 
Guatemalans  sympathized  with  the  United  States  but  could 
not  do  so  openly  without  being  branded  as  lackeys  of  the 
imperialists.   If   the  United  States   could  change   its 
"reactionary"   image,   reformers   who   secretly   opposed 
communism  would  lose  their  fear  to  oppose  communism 
publicly.  If  the  more  moderate  elements  thus  gained  the 
confidence  to  oppose  the  radical  left,  the  communists 
might  become  isolated  from  the  main  body  of  Guatemalan 
politicians.  Thus  separated,  they  would  cause  the  United 
States  interests  less  damage. ^^  The  new  policy  did  not 
offer  any  substantial  alteration  of  past  policy.   The 
Embassy  continued  its  protest  in  private  conversations. 


244 
and  nothing  in  the  new  policy  called  for  compromise  or 
reconsideration  of  the  United  States  interests.  The 
State  Department  hoped  that  its  change  of  approach  would 
give  the  Guatemalan  people  a  chance  to  eventually 
repudiate  the  communists,  but  if  the  Guatemalans  failed 

to  do  so,  the  Department  stood  ready  to  revise  its  policy 

33 
again.    The  Department  noted  that  the  communist  issue 

was   less  difficult  in  Guatemala  than  China,   because 

Guatemalan  geography  and  economics  made  it  "much  easier 

to  exert  force  if,   as  a  last  resort,  this  should  be 

3  4 
necessary. " 

By  1950  the  United  States  needed  more  than  an  end 
of  public  protest  against  Guatemalan  leftism  in  order  to 
change  its  image.  Furthermore,  a  middle  group  of 
political  moderates  who  would  acquiesce  to  the  United 
States'  uncompromising  defense  of  UFCO,  etc.,  essentially 
did  not  exist.  Garcia  Granados  campaigned  on  a  moderate 
reform  ticket  that  criticized  both  Arbenz  and  Arevalo, 
but  Garcia  remained  under  U.S.  suspicion  for  his  earlier 
links  to  the  far  left.  Moreover,  Garcia  remained  a 
sincere  reformer.  Mario  Monteforte  Toledo,  an  FPL 
moderate  and  ex-President  of  Congress,  actively  opposed 
the  rise  of  communism,  but  Monteforte  told  a  North 
American  friend  that  he  retained  three  pet  hates: 
communists,  UFCO,  and  Ambassador  Patterson. ^^  Clemente 


245 

Marroquin  Rojas,  editor  of  the  moderate-conservative  La 
Hora  newspaper,  had  become  an  early  foe  of  the 
Arevalistas.  The  U.S.  Embassy  noted  that  Marroquin  hated 
communism,  was  a  devout  Catholic,  supported  U.S.  foreign 
policy  and  at  times  defended  U.S.  investments  in 
Guatemala;  but  "it  is  doubtful  that  he  has  any  particular 
affection  for  the  U.S.  and  Americans . "^^ 

The  Guatemalan  government  probably  hoped  its 
occasional  repression  of  communists  would  soften  U.S. 
anger.  In  1950,  the  government  discharged  two  Marxist 
editors  from  the  Diario  de  Centro  America.  Mario  Silva 
Jonama  was  dismissed  from  the  government  radio  station, 
and  arms  were  confiscated  from  several  labor  unions. ^^ 
In  September,  Arevalo's  strongly  anti-communist  Minister 
of  Government,  Col.  Elfego  Hernan  Monzon,  closed  the 
communist  newspaper  Octubre  and  the  Jacobo  Sanchez  School 
of  Communist  Doctrine;  and  late  in  the  month  submitted  to 
the  Congress  a  bill  that  would  outlaw  communism. -^^ 
However,  Monzon  resigned  when  Congress  approved  an  act  of 
interpellation,  46  to  2,  accusing  the  minister  of 
employing  illegal  and  unconstitutional  conduct.'*^ 

The  United  States  remained  unconvinced  that 
the  Guatemalan  government  had  sincere  intentions  to 
halt  communism.  The  moves  against  communism,  the 
State   Department   believed,    resulted    largely   from 


international  developments  and  fro.  internal  political 
considerations/^   Moreover,   the   communists   retained 
their  influence   in  labor  and  elsewhere.   Events  st.U 
occurred  which  angered  the  United  States.   During  the 
Central  Amerxcan  Olympics  in  Guatemala,  for  example,  to 
protest   united   States   colonialism   the   Guatemalans 
initially  refused  to  fly  the  United  States  flag  or  play 
the  "Star  Spangled  Banner"  when  the  Puerto  Rican  team 
appeared.   "Colonies  are  not  recognized   in  Guatemala- 
proclaimed  the  Diario_^^_ia_Manana.^2  ^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^^ 

Guatemala's  foreign  minister  and  the  ambassador  to  thi 
U.S.,  under  instructions  from  Arevalo,  asked  the  State 
Department   to   recall   Ambassador   Patterson.   The   U.S. 
ambassador's  incessant  criticisms  and  demands,  and  his 
arrogance,  had  earned  the  enmity  of  Guatemala.  Arevalo 's 
ministers  claimed  that  Patterson  was  so  unpopular  in 
Guatemala,   that  his  life  was  in  danger.  As  the  State 
Department  deliberated,  rumors  circulated  that  Patterson 
would  soon  be  officially  declared  persona  non  grata. ^^ 
Patterson  left  Guatemala  in  early  April,  and  no  other 
ambassador  served  under  Arevalo. 

Arbenz,  meanwhile,  in  order  to  gain  the  United 
States'  trust,  had  been  trying  hard  to  convince  the 
Embassy  that  he  was  not  a  communist.  Two  or  three  days 
after  Arana ' s   death,   Arbenz  made  an  advance  to  the 


247 

Embassy  through  Minor  Keilhauer,  who,  acting  as  Arbenz ' s 
messenger,  reported  that  Arbenz  had  taken  control  of 
Guatemala  and  "U.S.  interests  would  be  better  off." 
Keilhauer  called  Arevalo  a  trouble  maker  for  the  United 

States,  and  said  the  harmony  between  Arevalo  and  Arbenz 

44 
had   been   partly   feigned.     Arbenz   repeated   similar 

messages  during  the  months  that  followed.  On  August  9, 

1949,  Arbenz  had  a  lengthy  discussion  with  Ambassador 

Patterson.  Arbenz  claimed  to  agree  with  Patterson  that 

the  United  States  companies  had  been  badly  treated  by  the 

reform  movement,  and  promised  to  do  his  best  to  convince 

labor  leaders  to  be  more  "reasonable".  He  claimed  that 

union  leaders  trusted  him  "because  they  think  I  am  a 

communist."    In  early  1951,   referring  to  communists, 

Arbenz  told  a  representative  of  the  International  Bank 

for  Reconstruction  and  Development  that  "something  would 

have   to   be   done   about   these   people,   but   that  he 

(Arbenz)   would   have   to   move   slowly   and  with   great 

„46 
care. 

The  United  States  officials  were  not  convinced, 

feeling  that  Arbenz  only  sought  increased  U.S.  aid  and 

capital  loans  to  Guatemala.  Ambassador  Patterson  remarked 

that  Arbenz  wanted  to  play  up  to  the  United  States  for 

opportunistic  reasons.    Moreover,  although  Arbenz  had 

promised  the  Embassy  that  he  would  control  leftism,  the 


248 

Guatemalan   political   situation   did   not   change.   In 
August,  1950,  one  United  States  official  noted  that  "at 

this  time"  there  was  "no  chance  of  Guatemala  receiving 

4  8 
more  aid."    In  December,  Arbenz  lamented  that,  although 

he  had  tried  hard  to  please  the  State  Department,  the 

49 
United  States'  banks  remained  closed  to  Guatemala. 

The  United  States  would  settle  for  nothing  less 

than  a  total  or  near  total  elimination  of  communists  and 

"near-communists"  from  Guatemalan  politics.  As  early  as 

October  1949,  the  U.S.  Embassy  had  concluded  that  "only  a 

purge  can  bring  about  a  real  change  for  the  better."    In 

the  OIR  report,   it  was  recognized  that  Guatemala  had 

indicated  some  willingness  to  restrain  communism,  but 

that   the   restraints   would   be   "virtually   negligible" 

if  the  government  continued  (as  in  fact  it  did)  to  accept 

51 
communist  support.    In  a  statement  that  foretold  the 

future,   the  report  had  observed  that  "more  effective 

cooperation  with  the  U.S.  would  probably  be  possible 

52 
under  a  non-communist  authoritarian  regime." 

The  Office  of  Intelligence  Research  speculated  on 

three  possible  avenues  which  Arbenz  would  have  open  to 

him  concerning  the  communists.  One,  he  could  continue  to 

accept  their  support.  Two,  he  could  establish  a  personal 

popularity  with  labor  and  ease  the  communists  out.  Three, 

53 
he  could  establish  a  non-leftist  military  dictatorship. 


249 

Only  the  second  and  third  alternatives  would  be 
acceptable  for  the  United  States.  The  State  Department 
recognized  that  the  second  would  be  difficult  for  Arbenz , 

as  he  lacked  the  "prestige  and  talent"  needed  to  gain  a 

54 
popular   following.     He   had   to   rely   on   men   like 

Gutierrez  and  Pellecer  to  promote  his  support  among  the 

masses.  The  third  possibility,  a  military  dictatorship 

and  a  forceful  suppression  of  communists,  appeared  "much 

more  likely."    This  third  outcome  was  also  expected  by 

Ernest  Siracusa,  the  Department  of  State  Guatemalan  desk 

officer . 


Notes 

1 .  Eric  F.  Goldman,  The  Crucial  Decade:  America 
1 945-1955  (New  York,  1956),  112. 

2.  NAUS   814.00/8-149   Memo. 

3.  Immerman,  The  CIA,  111. 

4.  Ibid. 

5.  Ibid.,  113. 

6.  For  detailed  accounts  of  the  UFCO  campaign, 
see  Immerman,  The  CIA,  111-118;  and  Stephen  Schlesinger 
and  Stephen  Kinzer,  Bitter  Fruit:  the  Untold  Story  of  the 
American  Coup  in  Guatemala  (New  York,  1983),  79-86. 

7.  NAUS   814.00/7-2349   Tele. 

8.  NAUS  814.00/1-1149  CSM. 


250 


Lyman  Bryson  (New  York,  1 960)  ,  23  5 


1  10 


10, 

1  1  . 
12. 
13. 

1  4. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

21  . 

22. 

23. 

24. 

25. 

26. 

27. 

28. 

29. 

30. 

31  . 


NAUS  814.00/6-849  Memo;  Immerman,  The  CIA. 

Adams,  "Social  Change  in  Guatemala,"  236. 

NAUS   714.00/2-2350. 

NAUS   81 4.00B/10-749. 

NAUS   OIR  5123,  78. 

Ibid.,  17. 

Ibid.,  32. 
Ibid.,  33. 
Ibid.,  57. 
Ibid.,  55. 
Ibid.,  56. 
Ibid.,  64. 
Ibid.,  67. 
Ibid.,  68. 
Ibid.,  18. 
Ibid.,  23. 
Ibid.,  79. 
Ibid.,  81 . 

"•S-/  Foreign  Relations:  1950.  902. 
Ibid.,  898. 
Ibid.,  880-884. 
Ibid.,  903. 


251 

32.  Ibid.,  880-884;  NAUS  714.00/5-1050  Memo. 

33.  NAUS  71 4.00/5-1050. 

34.  Ibid. 

35.  Piero  Gleijeses,  "Guatemala:  Crisis  and 
Response"  in  Richard  R.  Fagan  and  Olga  Pellicer,  eds., 
The  Future  of  Central  America  (Stanford,  1983),  187-188. 

36.  NAUS   714.00/5-2550. 

37.  NAUS   714.00/10-1050;  Also  see  OIR  5123,  74. 

38.  OIR  5123,  53. 

39.  Ibid. 

40.  Istmania,  39  (Oct.  20,  1950),  3. 

41 .  OIR  5123,  53. 

42.  U.S.,  Foreign  Relations:  1950,  867. 

43.  Ibid.,  875;  Immerman,  The  CIA,  99. 

44.  NAUS/71 1 .1 4/7-2249   no.  385. 

45.  NAUS  711.14/8-1249   no.  435. 

46.  NAUS  711.14/1-1851   Memo. 

47.  NAUS  711.14/7-2249   no.  385. 

48.  NAUS  814.00/8-1149   no. 433. 

49.  U.S.,  Foreign  Relations:  1950,  908. 

50.  NAUS   81 4.00B/10-749. 

51 .  OIR  51 23,  85. 

52.  Ibid. 

53.  Ibid.,  83-84. 


252 

54.  Ibid.,    84. 

55.  Ibid.,    83. 

56.  NAUS    814.00/7-2949    Memo. 


CHAPTER  1 5 
SUMMARY  AND  INTERPRETATIONS 


Commentators  on  Guatemalan  history  have  often 
characterized  the  Arbenz  period,  1951-1954,  as  a  time  of 
more  profound  reforms  than  what  occurred  under  Arevalo, 
largely  because  of  the  1952  land  reform  law.  Certainly, 
the  land  reform  measures  went  beyond  what  Arevalo 
enacted,  but  it  was  only  with  the  hard-won  reforms  under 
Arevalo  that  land  reform  could  be  achieved  in  1952, 
Arevalo' s  outstanding  legacy  was  the  growth  of  labor 
unions,  both  urban  and  rural,  the  growth  of  labor  rights, 
for  example  the  social  security  system,  and  the  increased 
political  awareness  of  the  workers.  Indeed,  Arevalo  and 
the  Arevalistas  not  only  enthusiastically  worked  to  bring 
immediate  reforms,  but  strived  to  pave  the  way  for  future 
reforms.  Also,  it  should  be  remembered  that  many  of  the 
people  active  under  Arevalo  remained  active  under  Arbenz, 
and  it  was  these  Guatemalans  who  had  envisioned,  and 
worked  for,  many  of  the  reforms  that  took  place  between 
1945  and  1954,  A  line  of  differentiation  between  the 
Arevalo  and  Arbenz  presidencies  should  not  be  drawn  too 
distinctly. 

253 


254 


Marxist  writers  have  generally  accused  Arevalo  and 
many  of  the  Arevalistas  of  lacking  a  sincere  commitment 
to  reform.  Marxists  of  course  find  fault  with  Arevalo' s 
anti-communism,  and  further  note  that  very  little  land 
reform  occurred  1945-1951.  Generally,  Marxist  writers 
depict  the  Arevalo  period  as  one  dominated  by  bourgeois, 

middle   class   interests,   at   the   expense   of   more 

2 

far-reaching  popular  reforms. 

Marxist  and  non-Marxist  writers  have  criticized 
Arevalo  because  they  thought  his  ideas  were  too  unclear 
and  unrealistic.  This  line  of  thought,  also  propagated 
by  the  U.S.  Embassy,  began  in  1944.  The  critics  felt 
Arevalo' s  doctrine  of  spiritual  socialism  lacked  a 
pragmatic  approach  to  government  and  failed  to  offer  a 
definite  plan  or  structure  for  reform.  Mario  Na j era 
noted  that  "many  people  who  are  considered  cultured  or 

versed  in  practical  matters  mocked  what  Arevalo  called 

3 
spiritual  socialism." 

"Spiritual  socialism"  was  certainly  abstract  and 

out  of  the  ordinary;  and  worse,  "socialism"  in  the  title 

had  a  non-democratic  ring.  Dion  translated  the  following 

typical  statement  from  Arevalo: 

Spiritual  socialism  will  surpass  the  philosophy  of 
national  socialism  which  grants  the  status  of 
personality  solely  to  the  chief.  Like  liberalism, 
spiritual  socialism  will  restore  to  the 
personality  all  of  its  civil  and  moral  grandeur, 
but   it   will   go   further   than   liberalism   in 


255 

obligating  man  to  leave  his  isolated  position  to 
enter  the  sphere  of  social  values,  to  embrace  the 
needs  and  goals  of  society  understood 
simultaneously  as  economic  organism  and  spiritual 
entity . 


Authors  have  been  further  misled  by  Arevalo's 
campaign  and  early  presidential  speeches,  where  he  at 
times  adopted  a  soft  and  conciliatory  line  towards  the 
economic  upper  class,  trying  to  promote  unity,  and  his 
own  security.  (Arevalo  hoped  that  his  leadership,  and  the 
moral  force  of  the  revolutionary  ideals,  would  eventually 
win  over  even  the  opposition.)  Furthermore,  during  his 
presidency,  while  trying  to  balance  and  overcome 
political  disunity  and  the  U.S.  and  Guatemalan 
opposition,  Arevalo  made  political  moves  and  statements 
that  could  appear  rightist,  middle  of  the  road,  or 
leftist.  But  a  careful  study  demonstrates  that  Arevalo 
had  been  solid  in  his  reformist  and  democratic  goals  at 
the  time  of  his  election,  and  always  pursued  them 
thereafter. 

Arevalo,  as  president  of  Guatemala,  never  entirely 
stopped  being  Dr.  Arevalo  the  teacher.  A  forceful, 
effective,  and  popular  teacher,  Arevalo  believed  that  the 
position  of  presidency  could  be  used  to  "teach"  high 
ideals  and  democracy  to  the  Guatemalan  people. 
Education,  he  felt,  was  a  key  to  the  future,  to  be 
instilled  in  each  person  individually  and  in  the  nation 


256 

as  a  whole.  Arevalo  especially  held  great  confidence  in 

the   potential   of   the   young,   and   encouraged   their 

participation  in  Government. 

Arevalo  is  thus  often  seen  as  an  idealist,  a 

"romantic",  and  indeed  he  had  high  ideals  and  hopes.  But 

Arevalo  was  not  solely  an  idealist,  unaware  or  unable  to 

accept  the  many  obstacles  he  faced.  Education,  and  his 

teaching  talents,  according  to  Arevalo' s  strategy,  were 

to  be  used  as  political  tools  which  would  promote  the 

positive,  and  obtain  the  best  from  both  the  politicians 

and  the  people.  One  Arevalista  congressmen  said  that 

"when  Arevalo  met  with  us,   it  was  like  sitting  in  a 

classroom"   Another  congressman  called  Arevalo' s  method 

g 
of  government  "politics  by  instruction." 

Arevalo   also   used   aggressive   force   and   raw 

political  power  to  overcome  threats  and  obstacles.  He 

instructed  the  Guardia  Civil  to  counter  external  and 

internal   dangers,   and  keep  watch  over  potential  and 

identified  enemies.  Enemies  would  be  jailed  or  exiled  if 

necessary,  and  denied  jobs  in  the  government  certainly. 

Arevalo  wanted  democracy,   but  he  felt  that  for  the 

present, reality  demanded  a   ruler  to  use  occasionally 

undemocratic   means.   He   actively   cultivated   friendly 

elements  of  the  armed  forces,  and  promoted  power  to  labor 

unions  and  reform-minded  political  parties.  He  took  a 


257 

strong  stand  before  the  U.S.  embassy  and  U.S. -owned 
companies,  and  promoted  the  fall  of  dictators  via  the 
Caribbean  Legion.  His  own  governmental  appointees, 
including  cabinet  members,  would  be  replaced  quickly, 
like  "a  bolt  of  lightening  from  above,"  whenever  he  saw 
the  need.  Arevalo  was  more  aggressive  than  his  overt 
image  as  a  humanist  would  indicate.  He  was  not  a 
military  dictator,  nor  a  "bleeding  heart"  liberal. 
Rather,  he  strove  to  be  a  strong  but  loving  teacher.  He 
endeavored  to  bring  democracy  to  his  country  but  he 
would  carry  a  stick  for  the  opposition. 

The  Arevalista  reform  movement  had  great  potential 
to  succeed,  but  serious  obstacles  stood  in  the  way.  One 
obstacle  was  created  by  the  resistance  maintained  by  the 
opposition,  which  yearned  for  a  return  to  a  conservative, 
authoritarian  government.  Social  scientists  have  noticed 
numerous  examples  of  authoritarianism  in  Latin  American 
politics  and  society.  Scholars  who  have  treated  the 
subject  include  Claudio  Veliz,  who  in  a  1980  monograph 
claimed  that  Latin  America  remains  predominantly  under 
the  influence  of  a  "centralist  tradition,"  first 
developed  in  the  colonial  age.  Periodical  bouts  with 
liberalism  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries  have  been 
aberrations,  according  to  Veliz,  and,  "for  the  past  half 
century--with  the  expected  variations  from  country  to 


258 

country--Latin  America  has  been  finding  its  way  back  to 

.18 

its  centralist  mainstream. 

An  authoritarian  tradition  (or  conservative,  or 
centralist),  certainly  exists,  and  has  long  existed,  in 
Guatemala.  But  by  the  twentieth  century,  a  liberal  (or 
reformist)  and  democratic  tradition  also  existed.  From  a 
small  number  of  persons  profoundly  influenced  by  the 
Enlightenment,  the  liberal  tradition  developed  and 
expanded  during  the  nineteenth  century,  until  this  new 
tradition  began  to  equal  in  depth  and  force  the  older, 
"centralist"  tradition.  Democracy,  or  some  form  of  it, 
had  been  a  professed  ideal  in  Guatemala  from  the 
nineteenth  century,  and  by  1944  a  sincere  and  profound 
desire  for  a  just  and  democratic  government  was  felt  by 
the  great  majority  of  the  middle  class  sector.  Also  by 
1944,  socialism  and  Marxism  had  made  a  profound  impact  on 
liberal  thought,  thus  encouraging  reformist  tendencies. 

Both  traditions,  the  old  and  the  new,  can  be 
clearly  and  separately  identified,  as  two  distinct  waves, 
and  Guatemalan  history  can  in  part  be  examined  through 
the  clash  of  these  two,  separate,  antagonistic 
intellectual,  social  and  political  currents.  It  would  be 
more  accurate,  however,  to  think  of  Guatemalan  history  in 
terms  of  a  "dual  tradition,"  whose  elements  often 
overlapped   and   mixed   together,   especially   in   the 


259 

multifarious  goals  and  beliefs  of  the  individual.  Staunch 
conservatives  like  Marroquin  Rojas  and  Adrian  Recinos 
exhibited  many  aspects  of  a  humanitarian  and  reformist 
nature.  Conversely,  zealous  reformers  like  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo  could  embrace  authoritarian  means  to  achieve 
their  goals.  This  clash  of  the  dual  tradition,  expressed 
most  clearly  in  the  conflict  between  the  reformers  and 
the  conservatives,  would  remain  unresolved  during  the 
Arevalo  period. 

Disunity  within  the  reform  movement  created 
another  obstacle,  but  it  would  be  an  error  to  consider 
the  divisive,  contentious  nature  of  Arevalista  politics 
dominant  over  unity.  Reformers  had  accomplished  much, 
and  they  continued  sharing  similar  goals  and  ideals. 
They  did  not  want  the  Arevalo  government  to  fail.  The 
Arevalistas  never  criticized  Arevalo  in  public,  and 
respect  for  him  remained  high.  For  many,  especially  the 
young,  the  Arevalo  period  remained  an  exhilarating  time 
of  pride  and  hope.  They  knew  that  the  divisions  and 
disagreements  among  them  hurt  their  chances  for  continued 
success,  but  they  remained  confident  that  the  goals  of 
the  revolution  would  be  reached.  Even  with  the  divisions 
that  developed  during  the  1949-1950  presidential 
campaign,  an  underground  level  of  unity  remained.  Many 
of   the   reformers  who  had  worked  against  the  Arbenz 


260 

candidacy   joined   his   government   after   the   election: 
Manuel  Galich  serves  as  an  outstanding  example. 

Divisiveness  within  the  Arevalista  parties, 
however,  was  serious.  As  Arevalo  would  later  say, 
disunity  caused  "lamentable  delays"  Divisiveness,  it 
may  be  noted,  also  afflicted  Arevalo' s  opposition; 
and  the  refusal  of  the  various  sectors  to  play  by 
democratic  rules--or  to  compromise  or  coexist--remained  a 
pernicious  legacy  of  Guatemalan  history  and  remains  so 
today.  Asked  in  1985  how  Guatemala  could  achieve 
democracy,  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,  then  81  years  old,  exhorted 
fellow  Guatemalans  to  "dominate  sectarian  passions," 
meaning  that  when  politicians  lose  the  elections  they 

must  support  the  winners,  which  "is  a  question  of  civil 

1  1 
education  and  political  ethics." 

United   States   interference   with   the   reform 

movement   caused   the   third   obstacle.   Left   alone,   or 

better  yet  helped,  the  Arevalista  reformers  may  well  have 

eventually    overcome    their    problems    of    internal 

divisiveness   and   the   conflict   found   in   the   dual 

tradition.  Instead,  the  United  States  worked  against  the 

Arevalista  movement,  and  gave  aid,  hope,  and  confidence 

to   U.S.   companies   and   the   national   opposition.   By 

bolstering   the   opposition,   the   United   States   made 

compromise  and  cooperation  appear  unnecessary.    u.b. 


261 

policy  also  resulted  in  great  frustration  for  the 
Arevalista  reformers,  and  exacerbated  the  internal 
divisions . 

The  United  States  initially  found  justification 
for  its  Guatemalan  policy  in  the  alleged  unfair  treatment 
given  the  U.S.  companies  by  the  reformers.  But  by  the 
end  of  1949,  communism  had  become  the  primary  rationale 
behind  policy.  The  rapid  growth  of  apparent  communist 
strength  under  Arevalo  was  completely  unacceptable  to 
U.S.  officials.  For  the  last  few  years  during  Arevalo's 
presidency,  it  was  still  hoped  that  the  moderates  would 
soon  gain  control  of  the  situation,  but  U.S.  policy 
planners  were  already  considering  the  possible  need  for 
military  intervention. 

The  concerns  of  U.S.   officials,   however,   were 

exaggerated   and  U.S.   policy  only  made  the  situation 

1  3 
worse.     Marxism  had  influenced  the  beliefs  of  many 

educated   Guatemalans,   but  by  no  means  dominated  the 

reform  movement.  Reformers  generally  accepted  as  truths 

the  concepts  of  U.S.  imperialism,  class  conflict,  the 

"historic   struggle"   between   patron   and   peasant,   and 

between  capitalism  and  labor;  but  they  did  not  desire  a 

communist    state.    Rule    of    the    proletariat    was 

contemplated  only  by  a  very  few.  Reform  laws  passed  by 

the  Arevalo  government  were  modeled  on  concepts  and  goals 


262 

considered  proper  in  Western  democracies,  and 
demonstrated  very  little,  if  any,  communist  influence. 
Even  the  land  reform  of  1952  was  moderate.  Possibly  the 
most  "radical"  response  of  the  government  was  its 
acceptance  of  the  very  existence  of  communism  in  the 
political  process.  The  communists,  however,  did  have 
significant  power  in  the  unions,  and  through  the  power  of 
the  workers'  vote  they  helped  keep  the  reform  movement  on 
the  leftist  path. 

Scholars  have  interpreted  U.S.  policy  rationale  in 
various  ways.   Jose  Ayabar  de  Soto  believes  that  the 

U.S.A.  acted  primarily  in  defense  of  the  U.S.  companies; 

1  4 
he  rejects  ideology  as  a  factor.    Walter  LaFeber  claims 

that  the  U.S.A.   used  carefully  thought-out  measures, 

based  on  economic,  political,  and  military  power,   to 

dominate  and  control  Central  America  in  a  policy  designed 

to  further  U.S.  interests,  with  little  regard  for  the 

best  interests  of  Central  America.    Richard  Immerman 

believes  that  the  U.S.A.  sincerely  feared  the  Guatemalan 

communists,  but  concludes  that  U.S.  policy  makers  lacked 

knowledge   of   Guatemala,   and   did   not   understand   the 

1  fi 
Guatemalan  situation.    This  author  believes  that  all 

three  above  interpretations  contain  much  truth. 

Embassy   and   State   Department   officials   could 

hardly  have  missed  the  sincerity  in  the  Guatemalan  desire 


263 

for  reform  and  democracy,  and  the  significant  advances 
achieved.  But  U.S.  officials  after  1947  seldom 
demonstrated  any  concern  or  empathy  for  the  reform 
movement.  By  1949,  strongly  encouraged  by  U.S.  companies 
and  the  native  Guatemalan  opposition,  the  United  States 
identified  the  Arevalista  movement  as  dangerously  close 
to   Communism.   Immerman   noted   that   U.S.   officials 

repeatedly  "used  McCarthy-like   inferences  rather  than 

.,17 
facts   to   find   evidence   of   Guatemalan   communism. 

Although   the  Cold  War  did  create  genuine  world-wide 

security  concerns,  it  must  be  noted  that  these  concerns 

dovetailed  very  nicely  with  a  traditional  U.S.  defense  of 

business  in  Guatemala. 

In  sum,  formidable  obstacles  afflicted  the  reform 

movement,  and  resulted  in  the  failure  to  establish  a 

solid,  long  lasting  democracy  in  Guatemala.  By  the  end 

of   1949,   the  writing  was  on  the  wall.   Turmoil  and 

violence  had  not  been  eliminated,  they  had  become  more 

ominous  and  deep-seated.  Opposition  to  Arevalo  had  not 

been  pacified  or  co-opted,   it  had  grown  in  size  and 

organization.   The   communist   issue   became   much   more 

profound,   as  a  number  of  outstanding  leaders  in  the 

Arevalista   parties   became   increasingly   outspoken   and 

public   with   their   Marxist   beliefs.   Urban   and   rural 

workers   had   reached   a   high   degree   of   organization, 


264 

political  power,  and  militancy,  which  increased  the  fear 
and  resolve  felt  by  the  opposition.  With  the  death  of 
Arana  and  the  subsequent  loss  of  power  by  the  FPL,  the 
Arevalista  camp  became  narrowed.  The  Arana-Arbenz 
conflict  had  not  ended  with  Arana ' s  death.  Arana 
supporters  and  sympathizers  remained  in  the  military,  and 
in  the  civilian  community.  They  would  weaken  the 
governments  of  both  Arevalo  and  Arbenz .  Historic 
conflicts  in  Guatemalan  society,  such  as  the 
Indian-ladino  conflict,  had  not  been  eliminated:  they  had 
increased.  The  United  States  government  and  business 
interests  had  become  all  the  more  recalcitrant  and 
adamantly  rejected  compromise  with  the  Arevalistas.  Cold 
War  fears  matured  in  1949,  "the  year  of  shocks,"  with 
Russia  exploding  the  Bomb,  and  the  "loss  of  China." 

As  a  postscript  to  the  Arevalo  period,  it  may  be 
noted  that  the  government  of  Arbenz,  1951-1954,  continued 
the  reforms  begun  under  Arevalo.  A  stress  on  education 
and  social  amelioration  of  the  masses  remained,  and  the 
Arbenz  government  promoted  many  programs  which  were 
designed  to  help  the  people.  Notably,  the  government 
enacted  a  comprehensive  land  reform  law  which  promised  to 
supply  land  eventually  to  all  landless  Guatemalans.  The 
government  also  made  extensive  use  of  the  organizations 
set  up  under  Arevalo  to  foster  economic  modernization. 


265 

The  military  continued  to  be  a  major  center  of 
power  in  Guatemala.  In  1954,  the  president  of  the 
Congress,  seven  other  congressmen,  all  twenty-two  local 
department  governors  and  the  head  of  the  land  refor 


m 


1  8 
program   were   Army   officers.     A   State   Department 

intelligence  report  noted  that  Arbenz ,  as  President  and 

head  of  the  military,  had  "the  power  to  check  or  break 

the  communist  organization  at  will."  According  to  the 

report,  the  communists  lacked  the  economic  resources  and 

1  9 
popular  following  to  oppose  Arbenz. 

Arbenz,  and  his  more  business  oriented  supporters, 

concentrated   on   capitalistic   enterprises   designed   to 

modernize   Guatemala   and   make   themselves   prosperous. 

Cotton   production  continued  to  be  popular  with  this 

group,  and  government  policy  was  geared  toward  helping 

cotton  growers.   Indeed,  the  laws  may  have  helped  the 

20 
cotton  growers  at  the  expense  of  the  Guatemalan  public. 

Arbenz   supporters  were  also  given  primary  access  to 

21 
government  loans. 

But  Arbenz  encountered  the  same  obstacles  that 
beset   Arevalo.   Internal   division,   which   had   never 

actually   subsided,   grew   especially   rife   over   the 

2  2 
controversial   land  reform  law.     Labor  leaders  found 

much  to  criticize  in  the  entrepreneur  elements  of  the 

Arbenz  coalition  who  did  not  consider  the  advancement  of 


266 

the  masses  their  first  priority. ^^  Some  Arbenz 
followers,  although  they  supported  land  reform,  were 
upset  over  the  degree  of  communism  and  radicalism  in  the 
labor  movement.  In  July  of  1951,  for  example,  four 
non-communist  parties  that  supported  Arbenz  issued  a 
joint  statement  claiming  that  they  did  not  approve  of 
communism.  Arbenz ' s  desire  and  ability  to  control  the 
communists  increasingly  became  in  doubt. 

The  Guatemalan  opposition  continued  to  fight  and 
plot  against  the  government.  The  United  Fruit  Company 
expanded  and  intensified  its  campaign  in  the  United 
States  against  Guatemala.  In  the  end,  the  U.S.  government 
and  the  Guatemalan  opposition  to  Arbenz  collaborated  in 
an  effort  to  destroy  his  regime. 

The  impaired  democracy  developed  under  Arevalo 
could  not  be  repaired  by  Arbenz:  in  fact  the  political 
situation  only  became  worse.  On  June  18,  1954,  Col. 
Carlos  Castillo  Armas,  who  had  failed  in  a  1950  coup 
attempt  against  Arevalo,  led  an  invading  force  of  about 
200  exiles  into  Guatemala  from  Honduras.  By  way  of  the 
presence  of  a  number  of  top  "Aranistas,"  the  ghost  of 
Francisco  Arana  would  accompany  the  invasion  force. 
Several  airplanes  that  had  been  provided  to  the  invaders 
by  the  United  States  bombed  and  strafed  the  capital  and 
other  towns.  The  United  States  also  blocked  entry  into 


267 

Guatemala  of  all  arms  shipments.  The  Guatemalan  Army  and 

Air  Force  refused  to  fight,  and  the  Arbenz  government 

P  n  25 
fell . 


Notes 


1.  See,  for  example.  Handy,  "Revolution  and 
Reaction,"  2,  137;  Garcia  Anoveros,  "caso  Guatemala," 
187. 

2.  See,  for  example,  Diaz  Rozzotto,  El 
caracter ,  39-40,  67-69,  303-307,  and  passim;  GarcTa 
Anoveros,  "caso  Guatemala,"  187;  Galich,  "Diez  ahos," 
39-40;  Maria  Luisa  Mulet  de  Cerezo,  Bibliograf ia 
analitica  de  la  revolucion  del  20  de  octubre  de  1944 
(Guatemala,  1980),  25;  Solorzano,  "Factores  economicos," 
47;  North  American  Congress  on  Latin  America,  Guatemala, 
47. 

3.  Najera  Farfan,  Los  estaf adores,  77.  For 
examples  of  recent  authors  who  accept  this  criticism  of 
Arevalo,  see,  Ayabar  de  Soto,  Dependency  and 
Intervention,  115;  Handy,  Gift  of  the  Devil,  107; 
LaFeber,  Inevitable  Revolutions,  112-113;  Schlesinger, 
Bitter  Fruit,  42. 

4.  Dion,  "Ideas  of  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,"  73. 

5.  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela,  interview  with 
the  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  15,  1987. 

6.  Marco  Antonio  Villamar  Contreras,  interview 
with  the  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  17,  1987. 

7.  Oscar  Barrios  Castillo,  interview  with  the 
author,  Guatemala  City,  July  9,  1987. 

8.  Claudio  Veliz,  The  Centralist  Tradition  in 
Latin  America  (Princeton,  1980),  9. 

9.  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela,  interview  with 
author,  Guatemala  City,  July  8,  1987;  Oscar  Benitez  Bone, 
interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July  1,   1987; 


268 

Jorge  Arriola,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City, 
June  27,  1986;  Raul  Osequeda,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  June  29,  1986;  Marco  Antonio  Villamar 
Contreras,  interview  with  author,  Guatemala  City,  July 
17,  1987;  Oscar  Barrios  Castillo,  interview  with  author, 
Guatemala  City,  July  9,  1987. 

10.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo,   letter  to  the  author, 
September  4,  1986. 

11.  "Remanso  de  la  democracia,"  Prensa  Libre, 
Dec.  5,  1985,  p. 6. 

12.  Frankel,  "Political  Development,"  267; 
Silvert,  A  Study  in  Government,  55. 

13.  Immerman,  The  CIA,  93-94;  Frankel, 
"Political  Development,"  267-268. 

14.  Ayabar  de  Soto,  Dependency  and  Intervention, 
294. 

15.  LaFeber,  Inevitable  Revolutions,  16-18. 

16.  Immerman,  The  CIA,  ix,  9-19;  for  a^^similarly 
stated  point  of  view,  see  Frankel,  "Political 
Development,"  273-4. 

17.  Immerman,  The  CIA,  93. 

18.  Schneider,  Communism,  43. 

19.  "Guatemalan  Support  of  Subversion  and 
Communist  Objectives  1950-1953,"  April  30,  1953,  NAUS  OIR 
6185,  2. 

20.  Adams,  Crucifixion,  385;  Marcos  Mishaan,  "La 
produccion  nacional  de  algodon  y  la  industria  textile 
algodonera"  (Licenciado  thesis,  Universidad  de  San 
Carlos,  1961 ),  149. 

21.  LCMD/GD,  Government  Patronage-Box  3. 

22.  "Agrarian  Reform  in  Guatemala,"  March  5, 
1953,  NAUS  OIR  6001,  6-7;  Handy,  "Precious  Fruit,"  29, 
41,  47;  see  also  the  Guatemalan  newspapers  1952-1954. 

23.  "Telegramas  de  CGTG,"  LCMD/GD,  Presidency- 
Box  3  . 


269 

24.  "Integrada  la  alianza  de  los  partidos 
democraticos, "   Integridad  (July  1951),  7. 

25.  The  standard  sources  on  the  1954  invasion 
have  become  Schlesinger,  Bitter  Fruit,  and  Immerman,  The 
CIA  in  Guatemala. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Primary  Sources 

Documents  used  during  this  study  include  the  State 
Department  papers  of  1944  to  1951,  which  are  contained  in 
the  National  Archives  of  the  United  States.  All 
available  documents  concerning  Guatemala  of  the  711,  714, 
and  814  categories  were  viewed.  Part  of  the  1952  to  1954 
documents  were  also  used.  State  Department  documents 
include  records  of  the  correspondence  between  the  State 
Department  in  Washington  and  the  American  Embassy  in 
Guatemala,  meetings  between  American  officials  and 
Guatemalans,  and  inter-office  communications  and  meetings 
in  the  State  Department  in  Washington.  Reports  from  the 
Office  of  Intelligence  Research  (OIR  Reports)  were  also 
viewed.  Several  items  were  obtained  under  the  Freedom  of 
Information  Act. 

Extensive  use  was  also  made  of  the  documents  kept 
in  the  Archive  General  de  Centroamerica  in  Guatemala 
City.  The  papers  of  the  Ministerio  de  Gobernacion  and  of 
the  Presidente  de  la  Republica  provided  valuable  insights 
into  the  presidency  and  administration  of  Juan  Jose 
Arevalo,  but  unfortunately  only  the  documents  for  1944  to 

270 


271 

1948  were  available.  The  remaining  documents  are  still 
stored  in  the  National  Palace,  and  could  not  be  obtained 
by  this  author.  The  Archivo  also  contains  many 
newspapers  and  magazines  from  the  Arevalo  period. 

Microfilms  and  prints  of  the  documents  collected 
in  1954  by  the  Comite  Nacional  de  Defensa  contra  el 
Comunismo,  contained  in  the  U.S.  Library  of  Congress, 
Manuscript  Division,  gave  further  aid  to  this  study. 
These  are  the  documents  used  by  Ronald  Schneider  to 
produce  Communism  in  Guatemala  1944  to  1954,  and  they 
were  donated  to  the  Library  by  the  Foreig..  Policy 
Research  Institute  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
The  collection  contains  about  50,000  items,  which  cover 
the  years  1944  to  1954,  but  most  material  pertains  to  the 
Arbenz  period. 

The  archives  of  El  Imparcial  supplied  a  great 
amount  of  information.  Besides  the  collection  of  El 
Imparcial  newspapers,  various  books,  photos,  and 
reference  materials,  the  archives  contain  many  thousands 
of  newspaper  and  magazine  clippings,  filed  by  subject  or 
person's  name.  The  archives  were  begun  under  the  Arbenz 
period  and  continued  until  the  present  day  and  now 
contain  a  wealth  of  bibliographic  and  political  material. 
Other  sources  include  the  Biblioteca  Nacional,  which 
contains  a  large  collection  of  Guatemalan  newspapers,  and 


272 
the  Biblioteca  Cesar  Brafias,  which  contains  rare  books, 
pamphlets,  periodicals,  and  several  collections  of 
personal  letters. 

Interviews 


D 


r.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo  (President  of  Guatemala,  1945-1951) 


Dr.  Jorge  Arriola  (Hero)  of  the  1944  revolution,  Minister 
of  Education  under  the  Junta) 

Dr.  Ricardo  Asturias  Valenzuela  (PAR  and  FPL  Secretary 
General,  Congressman) 

Lie.  Oscar  Barrios  Castillo  (FPL,  President  of  Congress) 

Lie.  Oscar  Benitez  Bone  (RN,  Congressman) 

Don  Rufino  Guerra  Cortave  (El  Imparcial  newspaperman) 

Dr.  Raul  Osequeda  (Minister  of  Education,  Minister  of 
Foreign  Relations,  close  friend  of  Arevalo) 

Lie.  Marco  Antonio  Villamar  Contreras  (FPL,  Congressman) 


Questionnaire 

Carlos  Manuel  Pellecer  (communist  leader) 

Books  and  Articles 


Adams,  Richard  Newbold.  Crucifixion  by  Power:  Essays  on 
Guatemalan  National  Social  Structure.  Austin: 
University  of  Texas  Press,  1970. 

.  comp.  Political  Changes  in  Guatemalan  Indian 

Communities.   New   Orleans:   Tulane   University, 


1957 


273 

,  "Social  Change  in  Guatemala  and  U.S.  Policy." 

In  Social  Change  in  Latin  America  Today.  Edited 
by  Lyman  Bryson.   New  York:  H.  &  Bros.,  1960. 

Adler,  John  Hans;  Schlesinger,  Eugene  R.;  and  Olson, 
Earnest  C.  Public  Finance  and  Economic  Development 
in  Guatemala.  Stanford,  CA:  Stanford  University 
Press,  1952. 

Aguilera,  Leon.  Treinta  ahos  de  El  Imparcial:  o  la  lucha 
de  un  diario  por  su  independencia .  Guatemala: 
Union  Tipografica,  1952, 

Almengor  Rodriguez,  Adolf o,  Alegato  ante  la  Sala  Primera 
de  la  Corte  de  Apelaciones,  como  defensor  del  Dr. 
Salvador  Serrano  Mufioz  en  el  proceso  que  se  le 
instruye  por  el  delito  de  rebelion.  Guatemala: 
n.p.,  1946. 

Alvarado,  Huberto,  "En  torno  a  las  clases  sociales  en  la 
revolucion  de  octubre."  Alero  8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974): 
70-74. 

Alvarez   Elizondo,   Pedro.   El  presidente  Arevalo y el 

retorno     a Bolivar: un     panamericanismo 

revolucionario.   Mexico:  Ediciones  Rex,  1947. 

American   University.   Case   Studies   in   Insurgency and 

Revolutionary    Warfare:    Guatemala    1944-1954. 
Washington  D.C.:  Special  Operations  Office,  1964. 

Ameringer,  Charles.  The  Democratic  Left  in  Exile:The 
Antidictatorial  Struggle  in  the  Caribbean 
1 945-1 959.  Miami:  University  of  Miami  Press,  1974. 

Arevalo,     Juan    Jose.     Anti-Kommunism    in Latin 

America. Translated  by  Carleton  Beals.  New  York: 
Lyle  Staurt  Inc.,  1963. 


274 

El  candidato  bianco  v  el  huracan 
T944-1 945.  Guatemala:  Editorial  Academica 
Centroamericana,  S.A.,  1984. 

Carta  politica  al  pueblo  de  Guatemala.  Mexico: 
'b.    Costa-Amic,  1963. 

Escritos  pedaqoqicos  v  filosoficos.  Guatemala: 
"ripografia  Nacional,  1945, 

Escritos  politicos  y  discursos.   La  Habana: 
"Cultural,  S.A.,  1953. 

_.   Guatemala.   la   democracia   v   el imperio. 

Montevideo:  Marcha,  1954. 

.   Que   siqnifican   las   escuelas   "f ederacion" ; 
"soluclon  Guatemalteca  en  un  conflicto  universal 
entre  la  arquitectura  v  la  pedagogia.  Guatemala: 
Tipografia  Nacional,  1949. 

Seis  afios  de  gobierno.   2  vols.   Guatemala: 
"CENALTEX,  1987. 


The  Shark  and  the  Sardines.  Translated  by 
June  Cobb  and  Dr.  Raul  Osequeda.  New  York:  Lyle 
Staurt  Inc. ,  1 961 . 

Arevalo  Martinez,  Rafael.  Ubico.  Serie  "David  Vela," 
no. 2.  Guatemala:  Tipografia  Nacional,  1984. 

Avbar  de  Soto,  Jose  M.  Dependency  and  Intervention:  The 
Case  of  Guatemala  in  1954.  Boulder:  Westview 
Press,  1978. 

Barrios  Archila,  Jaime.  Bioqrafia  minima  del  Doctor  Juan 
Jose  Arevalo  Bermejo.  Guatemala:  n.p.,  1985. 


275 

Bauer  Paiz,  Alfonso.  Como  opera  el  capital  yangui  en 
Centroamerica:  el  caso  de  Guatemala.  Mexico: 
Ibero-Mexicana,  1956. 


La   frutera   ante   la   ley,   los   conflictos 


laborales   de   Izabel   y   Tiquisate.   Guatemala 
Ministerio  de  Economia  y  Trabajo,  1949. 


.  "La  revoluci5n  Guatemalteca  del  20  de  octubre 

de  1944  y  sus  proyecciones  economico-sociales . " 


Alero  8(Sept.-0ct.  1974):  58-70. 


Bishop,  Edwin  W.  "The  Guatemalan  Labor  Movement, 
-1944-1959."  Ph.D.  dissertation.  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1 959 . 


Bishop,  Jefferson  Mack.  "Arevalo  and  Central  American 
Unification."  Ph.D.  dissertation,  Louisiana  State 
University,  1971. 


Blasier,    Cole.    The    Hovering    Giant.    Pittsburgh: 
University  of  Pittsburg  Press,  1976. 


Britnell,  G.E.  "Problems  of  Economic  and  Social  Change 
in  Guatemala."  The  Canadian  Journal  of  Economy 
and  Political  Science.  17:4  (Nov.  1951):  468-481. 


Bush,  Archer  C.  "Organized  Labor  in  Guatemala 
1944-1949."  M.A.  thesis,  Colgate  University, 
1950. 


Caceres,   Carlos.   Aproximacion   a   Guatemala.   Sinaloa, 
Mexico:  Universidad  Autonoma  de  Sinaloa,  1980. 


Cardoza,  Jose  Alberto.  "A  treinta  ahos  de  la  revolucion 
de  octubre  de  1944."  Alero  8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974): 
88-93. 


Cardoza   y   Aragon ,   Luis.   La   revolucion   guatemalteca. 
Mexico:  n.p.,  1955. 


276 


_.^  "Tecunhumanismo."  Alero  8  (Sept. -Oct.  1974): 

Castro,  JosI  R.  "La  revolucion  desde  el  poder:  viaie  de 
Ida  y  vuelta  a  Guatemala."  La  Habana:  Legrci6n  de 
Guatemala  en  Cuba,  1948. 

ri944  f?M^^''%   ^^"t^^'^^^i""^^ de     Guatemala 

(  1^44-1951  )  .   La  Habana:  Imprenta  H.C.,  1951. 

Cehelsky,^^Marta._^-'Habla  Arbenz . "  Alero  8   (Sept. -Oct. 

Chavarria  Flores,  Manuel.  PoUtica  educacional  d. 
Guatemala.   Guatemala:    Imprenta   Universitaria , 

Contreras  Veliz,  Alvaro.  En  el  xxx  aniversario  dP  l. 
Revolucion  de  Octubre:  apnntes  para  la  hi.fnr-H.  ^. 
remembrances  de  _::Cact^.  Guatemala:  Editorial 
Prensa  Libre,  1975.  -i-Luriax 

Cuenca,  Max  Ricardo  "La  reforma  agraria  democratica  en 
Guatemala.   Revista  de  Guatemala  7  (March  1947): 

Davis,   Harold  Eugene.   Latin  American  Social  Thnnrrhf 
Washington    D.C.: Thi University    Press    of 
Washington  D.C.,  1961. 

Delgado  Rafael.  Falange  en  Guatemala:  una  amenaza  nar. 
1  948  ^^"^°^^^-^^^   Mexico:   Grafica   Panamericana , 

Delli  Sante  Arrocha,  Angela.  Arevalo:  pen^^ador 
1^96  r""^"""^"^"'    ^^^^^°-'    Edit^Tin    Costa-Amic, 


277 

De  Los  Rios,  Efrain.  Ombres  contra  hombres.  2  vols. 
Guatemala:  Tipografia  Nacional,  1948. 

Derrocamiento  de  una  tirania:  la  caida  de  Jorge 
Ubico.   Guatemala:  Tipografia  Nacional,  1966. 

Diaz  Castillo,  Roberto.  "El  'Caso  Gua^temala'  (1954): 
contribucion  para  una  b- oliograf la. "  Universidad 
de  San  Carlos;  Publicacion  Anual  5  (1974):  41-62. 


Diaz   Rozzotto,   Jaime.   El   caracter   de   la revolucion 

cTuatemalteca:  ocaso  ^  de  la  revolucion 
democratica-burguesa  corriente.  Mexico:  Ediciones 
Revista  "Horizonte,"  1958. 

Dion,  Marie-Berthe.  "The  Social  and  Political  Ideas  of 
Juan  Jose  Arevalo  and  their  Relationship  to 
Contemporary  Trends  of  Latin  American  Thought." 
M.A.  thesis,  The  American  University,  1956. 

Dosal,  Paul  J.  "The  Political  Economy  of  Guatemalan 
Industrialization,  1871-1948:  The  Career  of  Carlos 
F.  Novella."  Hispanic  American  Historical  Review. 
68:2  (May  1988) :  321-358. 

Economic   Survey   Mission   to   Guatemala.   The Economic 

Development  of  Guatemala;   Report  of  a  Mission 

Sponsored    by    the    International    Bank |or 

Reconstruction  and  Development  in  Collaboration 
with  the  Government  of  Guatemala.  Washington 
D.C.;  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and 
Development,  1951. 

Frankel,  Anita.  "Political  Development  in  Guatemala, 
1945-1954:  The  Impact  of  Foreign,  Military,  and 
Religious  Elites."  Ph.D.  dissertation,  University 
of  Connecticut,  1969. 

Frente   Popular   Libertador.   Por   la   patria.   por la 

juventud  y  por  el  pueblo;  resena  biografica  del 

Licenciado  Manuel  Galich.  Guatemala:  Imprenta 
Hispania,  1950. 


278 


Galich,  Manuel.  Del  panico  al  ataque.  Guatemala:  n.p., 
1  949. 


_.  "Diez  anos  de  primavera  (1944-54)  en  el  pais 
de   la   eterna   tirania   (1838-974)."   Alero   8 


(Sept. -Oct.  1974):  70-74 


_.  Por  que  lucha  Guatemala.  Buenos  Aires:  Elmer 
Editor,  1956. 


.   "Replica   a   Garcia   Granados."   Publicaciones 

del  Frente  Popular  Libertador.  Guatemala:  Centro 
Editorial,  1950. 


Garcia  Anoveros,  Jesus.  "El  'caso  Guatemala'  (junio  de 
1954):  la  universidad  y  el  campesinado. "  Alero  28 
(Jan. -Feb.  1978):  133-234. 


Garcia   Bauer,   Jose.   Nuestra   revolucion   legislativa. 
Guatemala:  n.p.,  1948. 


Garcia  Granados,  Jorge.  The  Birth  of  Israel:  The  Drama 
As  I  Saw  It.   New  York:  Alfed  A.  Knopf,  1949. 


_,  and  Zea  Gonzalez,  Emilio.  Discursos  de  los 
licenciados  Jorge  Garcia  Granados  candidito  del 
Partido  del  Pueblo  a  la  presidencia  de  la 
Republica  y  Emilio  Zea  Gonzalez,  secretario 
general  del  Partido  del  Pueblo.  Publicaciones  del 
Partido  del  Pueblo.  Guatemala:  Talleres 
Gutenberg,  1950. 


Gleijeses,  Piero.  "Guatemala:  Crisis  and  Response."  In 
The  Future  of  Central  America,  pp. 187-212.  Edited 
by  Richard  R.  Fagen  and  Olga  Pellicer.  Stanford: 
Stanford  University  Press,  1983. 


Goldman,  Eric  F.  The  Crucial  Decade:  America  1945-1955. 
New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1956. 


279 


Gonzalez  Orellana,  Carlos.  Historia  de  la  educacion  en 
Guatemala .   Guatemala:  Tripografia  Nacional,  1 970 . 


Grieb,   Kenneth  J.   Guatemalan  Caudillo:   The  Regime  of 
Jorge  Ubico.   Athens:  Ohio  University  Press,  1979. 


Guatemala:  historia  de  una  decada.  Guatemala:  n.p.,  n.d 


Guerra  Borges,  Alfredo.  Pensamiento  economico  social  de 
la  revolucion  de  octubre.  Guatemala:  Universidad 
de  San  Carlos  de  Guatemala,  1977. 


Guillen,    Fedro.    "Guatemala    1951-1954."    Alero    4 
(Nov. -Dec.  1970):  5-29. 


Handy,  Jim.  Gift  of  the  Devil:  A  History  of  Guatemala. 
Boston:  South  End  Press,  1984. 


.  "Revolution  and  Reaction:  National  Policy  and 

Rural  Politics   in  Guatemala,   1944-1954."  Ph.D. 
dissertation.  University  of  Toronto,  1985. 


.   "The  Most  Precious  Fruit  of  the  Revolution: 

The  Guatemalan  Agrarian  Reform,  1952-1954." 
Article  to  be  published  by  the  Hispanic  American 
Historical  Review. 


Hartness-Kane,  Ann.  Revolution  and  Counterrevolution  in 
Guatemala,  1944-1963:  An  Annotated  Bibliography  of 
Materials  in  the  Benson  Latin  American  Collection. 
Austin:  The  General  Libraries,  The  University  of 
Texas  at  Austin,  1984. 


Hendon,  Robert  R.  Jr.  "Some  Recent  Economic  Reforms  in 
Guatemala,"  M.A.  Thesis,  Colgate  University,  1949. 


Herrera,  Tomas.  Guatemala:   revolucion  de  octubre.  San 
Jose,  C.R.:  EDUCA,  1986. 


280 


Hilton,  Ronald,  ed .  Who's  Who  In  Latin  America.  (Part 
II,  Central  America  and  Panama.)  3rd  ed .  Stanford: 
Stanford  University  Press,  1945. 


Holleran,   Mary  P.   Church  and  State  in  Guatemala.  New 
York:  Columbia  University  Press,  1949. 


Hoyt,  Elizabeth  E.  "Challenge  From  Guatemala:  Obstacles 
to  Point  Four."  New  York:  Citizens  Conference  on 
International  Economic  Union,  1950. 


Huizer,  Gerrit.  The  Revolutionary  Potential  of  Peasants 
in  Latin  America.  Lexington,  MA:  Lexington 
Books,  1972. 


Immerman,  Richard  Hall.  The  CIA  in  Guatemala:  The 
Foreign  Policy  of  Intervention.  Austin:  University 
of  Texas  Press,  1982. 


Inman,   Samuel   Guy.   A  New  Day   in  Guatemala.   Wilton, 
CT:  Worldover  Press,  1951. 


James,  Daniel.  Tacticas  rojas  en  las  Amerias.  Prologue 
by  David  Vela.  Mexico:  Editorial  Intercontinental, 
S.A.,  1955. 


Jones,   Chester   Lloyd.   Guatemala   Past   and   Present. 
Minneapolis:  University  of  Minnesota  Press,  1966. 


Lafeber,  Walter.  Inevitable  Revolutions:  The  United 
States  in  Central  America.  New  York:  W.W.  Norton, 
1  984. 


Lopez  Larrave,  Mario.  Breve  historia  del  movimiento 
sindical  guatemalteco.  Guatemala:  Editorial 
Universitaria,  1979. 


281 

Marinas  Otero,  Luis.   Las  constituciones  de  Guatemala. 
Madrid:  Institute  de  Estudios  Politicos,  1958. 


Marroquin  Rojas,  Clemente.  Cronicas  de  la  Constituyente 
del  45.  2nd  ed .  Guatemala:  Tipografia  Naccional, 
1970. 


Mejia,  Medardo.  Juan  Jose  Arevalo:  o  el  humanismo  en  la 
presidencia.  Guatemala:  Tipografia  Ncional,  1 951  . 


El   movimiento   obrero   en   la   revolucion   de 


octubre .  Guatemala:  Tipografia  Nacional,  1949. 


Melville,  Thomas,  and  Melville,  Marjorie.  Guatemala: 
Another  Vietnam?  Harmondsworth ,  England:  Penguin 
Books,  1 971 . 


Mishaan,  Marcos.  "La  producci5n  nacional  de  algodon  y  la 
industria  textile  algodonera."  Licenciado  thesis, 
Universidad  de  San  Carlos,  1961. 


Monteforte  Toledo,  Mario.  Guatemala,  monografia 
socioloqia.  Mexico:  Institute  de  Investigaciones 
Sociales,  Universidad  Nacional  Autonoma  de  Mexico, 
1  959. 


La    Revolucion    de    Guatemala    1 944-1 954 


Guatemala:  Editorial  Universitaria ,  1975 


Mulet  de  Cerezo,  Maria  Luisa.  Bibliografia  analitica  de 
la  revolucion  del  20  de  octubre  de  1944. 
Guatemala:  Editorial  Universitaria,  1980. 


Muhoz  Meany,  Enrique.  El  hombre  y  la  encrucijada  ( textos 
politicos  en  defensa  de  la  democracia).  Preface 
by  Luis  Cardoza  y  Aragon .  Guatemala:  Tipografia 
Nacional,  1950. 


282 

Najera  Farfan,_^  Mario  Efrain.  Los  estafadores  de  la 
democracia:  hombres  y  hechos  en  Guateinala.  Buenos 
Aires:  Editorial  Glem,  1956. 


North  American  Congress  on  Latin  America.  Guatemala. 
Edited  by  Susanne  Jonas  and  David  Tobis.  New  York: 
Waller  Press,  1974. 


Obando  Sanchez,  Antonio.  "Apuntes  para  la  historia  del 
movimiento  obrero  de  Guatemala."  Alero  30 
(May-June  1 978)  :  76-82. 


Ordonez  Arqiiello,  Alberto,  ed.  Arevalo  visto  por  America: 
la  opinion  continental  en  torno  a  la  personalidad 
del  primer  presidente  de  la  nueva  Guatemala. 
Guatemala:  Editorial  del  Ministerio  de  Educacion 
Publica,  1 951  . 


Osegueda,   Raul.   Operacion   Guatemala   $$0K$$.   Mexico; 
Editorial  America  Nueva,  1955. 


Pearson,  Neal.  "Guatemala:  The  Peasant  Union  Movement 
1944-1954."  In  Latin  American  Peasant  Movements, 
pp. 323-373.  Edited  by  Henry  A.  Landsberger. 
Ithaca:  Cornell  University  Press,  1969. 


Pellecer,   Carlos   Manuel.   Caballeros   Sin   Esperanza, 
Guatemala:  Editorial  del  Ejercito,  1973. 


Peterson,  John  Holger.  "The  Political  Role  of  University 
Students  in  Guatemala,  1944-1968."  Ph.D. 
dissertation,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1969. 


Quintana,   Epaminondas.   Historia   de   la   generacion   de 
1  920.   Guatemala:  Tipografia  Nacional,  1971. 


Ramos  de  Schmoock,  Maria  Eugenia.  "El  movimiento 
sindical  en  Guatemala  (1949-1954)."  Alero  30 
(May-June  10,  1978):  83-102. 


283 

Reina,  Ruben  E.  "Political  Crisis  and  Cultural 
Revitalization.  The  Guatemala  Case."  Human 
Organization  17:4   (Winter  1958):  14-18. 

Rodriguez,  Rodney  T.  Revista  de  Guatemala:  indice 
literario.  Guatemala:  Universidad  Rafael  Landivar, 
1987. 


Rubio  Sanchez,  Manuel,  comp.  Semblanza  del  licenciado 
Eduardo  Caceres  Lehnhoff.  Guatemala:  Talleres  de 
Impresos  Girblan,  1983. 

Ruiz  Franco,  Arcadio.  Hambre  y  Miseria.  Guatemala: 
Tipografia  Nacional,  1950. 


Samayoa   Chinchilla,   Carlos,   El   quetzal   no   es   rojo, 
Guatemala:  1956. 


Samayoa  Coronado,  Francisco  Armando.  La  Escuela 
Politecnica  a  traves  de  su  historia.  vol  2. 
Guatemala:  1964. 


Schlesinger,  Stephen,  and  Kinzer,  Stephen.  Bitter  Fruit: 
The  Untold  Story  of  the  American  Coup  in 
Guatemala.  Garden  City,  NY:  Doubleday,  1982. 


Schneider,  Ronald  M.  Communism  in  Guatemala:  1944-1954. 
New  York:  Frederick  A.  Praeger,  1958. 


Selser,   Gregorio.   El   guatemalazo:   la   primera   guerra 
sucia.   Buenos  Aires:  Ediciones  Iguazu,  1961. 


Sierra  Roldan,  Tomas.  Dialogos  con  el  coronel  Monzon. 
Guatemala:  Editorial  San  Antonio,  1958. 


Silva     Jonama,     Mario.     "Desarrollo     social     e 
idiosincrasia."  Alero  30  (May-June  1978):  67-75. 


284 

Silvert,  Kalman  H.  A  Study  in  Government:  Guatemala.  New 
Orleans:  Tulane  University,  1954. 


Solorzano,  Alfonso.  "Factores  economicos  y  corrientes 
ideologicas  de  octubre  de  1944."  In  Historia  de 
una  decada,  pp. 33-75.   Guatemala:  n.p.,  n.d. 


Solow,  Anatole  A.  Housing  in  Guatemala.  Washington  D.C, 
Pan  American  Union,  1950. 


Soto  de  Avila,  J.  Victor.  Quien  es  Quien:  diccionario 
biografico  centroamericano.  Guatemala:  Editorial 
Istmo,  1944. 


.   Quien  es  Quien  en  Centroamerica  y  Panama, 

Libro  2.  Guatemala:  Imprenta  "Hispania,"  1954. 


Suslow,  Leo  A.  "Aspects  of  Social  Reform  in  Guatemala, 
1944-1949."  M.A.  thesis,  Colgate  University,  1949. 


_.  "Social  Security  in  Guatemala:  A  Case  Study  in 
Bureaucracy  and  Social  Welfare  Planning."  Ph.D. 


dissertation.  University  of  Connecticut,  1954, 


Toriello  Garrido,  Guillermo.  La  batalla  de  Guatemala, 
Mexico:  Cuadernos  Americanos,  1955. 


.  Tras  la  cortina  de  banano.  Prologue  by  Luis 

Cardoza   y   Aragon.   Mexico:   Fondo   de   Cultura 
Economica,  1976. 

United  States.  Department  of  State.  Foreign  Relations 
of  the  United  States.  1944-1950.  Washington, 
D.C:  Government  Printing  Office,  1970-1976. 

Valle  Matheu,  Jorge  del.  La  verdad  sobre  el  "caso  de 
Guatemala. "   Guatemala:  n.p.,  1956. 


285 


Veliz,   Claudio.   The   Centralist   Tradition   in   Latin 
America.  Princeton:  Princeton  University,  1980. 


Villagran  Kramer,  Francisco.  "1945:  institucionalizacion 
revolucionaria. "  Alero  12  (May-June  1975): 
102-108. 


Wasserstrom,  Robert.  "Revolution  in  Guatemala:  Peasants 
and  Politics  under  the  Arbenz  Government." 
Comparative  Studies  in  Society  and  History  1  7 
(1975):  443-78. 


Woodward,  Ralph  Lee.  "Octubre:  Communist  Appeal  to  the 
Urban  Labor  Force  of  Guatemala,  1950-1953." 
Journal  of  Inter-American  Studies  4  (July  1962): 
363-374. 


Ydigoras  Fuentes,  Miguel.  My  War  with  Communism.  As  told 
to  Mario  Rosenthal.  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ:  Prentice 
Hall,  Inc.,  1963. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCH 

Alan  LeBaron  received  a  B.A.  in  history  from  Boise 
State  University,  December  1974;  an  M.A.  in  history  from 
the  University  of  Maryland,  May  1978;  and  a  Ph.D.  in 
history  from  the  University  of  Florida,  December  1988. 
Mr.  LeBaron  has  seven  years  experience  teaching  English 
in  Korea  and  Japan,  and  has  taught  history  for  the 
University  of  Maryland  in  Korea  and  Japan  during 
1978-1979  and  1985.  Mr.  LeBaron  has  lived,  worked,  and 
traveled  12  years  out  of  the  United  States,  in  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Central  America,  and  has  a  special  interest  in 
international  political  and  cultural  relations. 


286 


I  certify  that  I  have  read  this  study  and  that  in 
my  opinion  it  conforms  to  acceptable  standards  of 
scholarly  presentation  and  is  fully  adequatey'  in  scope 
and  quality,  as  a  dissertation  to^r' the  deg^ree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.         ^■ 


David  Bushnell,  Chairman 
Professor  of  History 

I  certify  that  I  have  read  this  study  and  that  in 
my  opinion  it  conforms  to  acceptable  standards  of 
scholarly  presentation  and  is  fully  adequate,  in  scope 
and  quality,  as  a  dissertation  for  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy. 


at 


Paul  L.  Doughty,' 
Professor  of  Anthropology 

I  certify  that  I  have  read  this  study  and  that  in 
my  opinion  it  conforms  to  acceptable  standards  of 
scholarly  presentation  and  is  fully  adequate,  in  scope 
and  quality,  as  a  dissertation^f or  the  de^gree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy, 


Graduate  Research  Professor  of 
History 


I  certify  that  I  have  read  this  study  and  that  in 
my  opinion  it  conforms  to  acceptable  standards  of 
scholarly  presentation  and  is  fully  adequate,  in  scope 
and  quality,  as  a  dissertation  for  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy. 


T^A-  \]    JL  Hi 

LV/Le  N.  'McAlister 


uJUyVt 


Distinguished  Service 
Professor  of  History 

I  certify  that  I  have  read  this  study  and  that  in 
my  opinion  it  conforms  to  acceptable  standards  of 
scholarly  presentation  and  is  fully  adequate,  in  scope 
and  quality,  as  a  dissertation  for  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Philosophy. 


Charles  F.  Sidman 
Professor  of  History 


This  dissertation  was  submitted  to  the  Graduate  Faculty 
of  the  Department  of  History  in  the  College  of  Liberal 
Arts  and  Sciences  and  to  the  Graduate  School  and  was 
accepted  as  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 


December  1988 


Dean,  Graduate  School 


UNIVERSITY  OF  FLORIDA 

3  1262  08666  364  7